The Best Time to Visit Orlando

Experience pure magic where childhood fantasies come to life. Head to Orlando, where world-famous theme parks create unforgettable memories, thrilling attractions transport you to different worlds, and the spirit of adventure fills every corner of this enchanting city.

This entertainment capital transforms throughout the year, offering visitors completely different experiences based on when they choose to embark on their magical journey. Orlando and its surrounding areas present a unique destination that redefines the meaning of family vacation and adventure travel.

The best time to visit Orlando is during late winter and early spring (February-April) and late fall (October-November) when crowds are manageable, the weather is pleasant, and park experiences are most enjoyable. However, each season brings its own excitement to this magical wonderland, from holiday celebrations to summer festival fun.

For Orlando’s distinct seasonal characteristics, monthly weather patterns, special events, and theme park strategies, we’ll help you discover the perfect vacation accommodation for your magical getaway.

Whether you’re seeking thrilling roller coasters, character meet-and-greets, or simply immersing yourself in the wonder of world-class entertainment, here’s your complete guide to choosing the best time to visit Orlando and creating your most magical vacation yet.

About Orlando, Florida

Orlando spans across Central Florida as the undisputed theme park capital of the world, home to Walt Disney World Resort, Universal Orlando Resort, and numerous other attractions. This remarkable destination features four Disney theme parks, multiple Universal Studios parks, and countless entertainment venues that have made it a global vacation destination for families and thrill-seekers alike.

The city’s strategic location in the heart of Florida creates a subtropical climate supporting year-round outdoor activities, while the surrounding communities offer diverse dining, shopping, and cultural experiences beyond the theme parks. Orlando experiences summers that are long, hot, oppressive, wet, and mostly cloudy, while winters are short, cool, and partly cloudy, with temperatures typically varying from 52°F to 91°F throughout the year.

Orlando Travel Seasons at a Glance

Understanding Orlando’s seasonal patterns will help you plan the ultimate theme park adventure. Here’s your essential seasonal breakdown.

High Seasons: March to April and June to August

These periods bring the largest crowds due to spring break and summer vacation schedules, resulting in longer wait times and premium accommodation rates. Spring offers pleasant weather with manageable heat, while summer delivers intense heat but maximum daylight hours for park enjoyment.

Shoulder Seasons: February, May, September to November

These months provide an excellent balance with moderate crowds, reasonable pricing, and generally favorable weather conditions. Fall months offer particularly pleasant temperatures and beautiful weather, while late winter provides comfortable conditions with fewer visitors.

Low Season: January and December (except holidays)

Winter months outside of holiday periods offer the smallest crowds and lowest prices, though some attractions may have limited hours or undergo maintenance. These periods provide intimate experiences with shorter wait times and cooler, comfortable weather.

Why Visit Orlando?

Orlando’s appeal extends far beyond its world-famous mouse ears and wizarding worlds. This entertainment metropolis offers transformative experiences that create lifelong memories and bring families together through shared adventure. Orlando hosts more theme parks per square mile than anywhere else on Earth, providing endless opportunities for excitement and discovery.

The destination presents unparalleled variety, from heart-pounding roller coasters that defy gravity to gentle rides perfect for toddlers experiencing their first theme park adventure. Character dining experiences allow families to meet beloved characters in magical settings, while world-class shows and parades bring stories to life with stunning production values.

Orlando’s culinary scene has also evolved into a destination in itself, featuring celebrity chef restaurants, international cuisine, and innovative dining experiences that extend the magic beyond traditional theme park fare. The city’s resort hotels create immersive experiences with elaborate theming, multiple pools, and activities that make staying on property part of the adventure.

Your Month-by-Month Guide to Orlando

  • Orlando in January: Cool, comfortable weather, smallest crowds post-holidays, best accommodation deals
  • Orlando in February: Pleasant temperatures return, manageable crowds, romantic atmosphere for couples
  • Orlando in March: Spring weather begins, increasing crowds due to spring break, and beautiful park conditions
  • Orlando in April: Ideal weather conditions, peak spring break crowds, excellent for all outdoor activities
  • Orlando in May: Warm sunny days, summer crowds begin building, perfect pool weather
  • Orlando in June: Hot summer weather, large vacation crowds, maximum daylight hours
  • Orlando in July: Peak summer heat and humidity, largest crowds, intense but exciting atmosphere
  • Orlando in August: Hottest temperatures, continued large crowds, and afternoon thunderstorms
  • Orlando in September: Heat continues, but crowds decrease, back-to-school transition
  • Orlando in October: Excellent weather returns, Halloween celebrations, perfect fall conditions
  • Orlando in November: Comfortable temperatures, holiday decorations begin, manageable crowds
  • Orlando in December: Cool winter weather, holiday magic peaks, crowds surge during holidays

The region’s commitment to creating magical moments extends throughout the year with seasonal celebrations, special events, and limited-time experiences that provide unique reasons to visit during different periods. Whether watching fireworks explode over Cinderella Castle or soaring through the wizarding world on a broomstick like Harry Potter, Orlando provides escapism and wonder impossible to find elsewhere.

When Is the Best Time to Visit Orlando?

The absolute best time to visit Orlando is during the late winter and early spring months, specifically February through April, and again in late fall from October through November. These periods offer the optimal combination of pleasant weather with temperatures in the 70s to 80s, manageable crowd levels, and excellent conditions for enjoying outdoor attractions and activities.

Late winter provides the added benefit of smaller crowds and lower accommodation costs, while spring brings beautiful weather perfect for spending entire days at theme parks. Fall offers consistently pleasant conditions with comfortable temperatures and less humidity, making it ideal for walking extensive distances through parks and waiting in outdoor queues.

Visiting in Spring (March to May)

Spring represents Orlando’s most dynamic season, when the city awakens from its brief winter with perfect weather and increasing energy as vacation season approaches. This period showcases Orlando’s appeal through comfortable temperatures, blooming landscapes, and ideal conditions for experiencing every attraction the city has to offer.

Spring offers weather excellence with clear skies, warm days averaging 75 to 85 degrees Fahrenheit, and pleasantly mild evenings. The comfortable conditions create perfect circumstances for early morning park openings, full-day adventures, and evening entertainment without the extreme heat or humidity of summer months.

Spring’s appeal lies in its consistency – reliable, pleasant weather that allows for spontaneous outdoor activities and the flexibility to modify plans without weather concerns. This season combines ideal conditions with manageable crowds before summer vacation season reaches its peak intensity.

Orlando Weather in Spring

  • March: 59°F (low) / 79°F (high) | Avg precip: 2.4 in
  • April: 64°F (low) / 84°F (high) | Avg precip: 1.8 in
  • May: 70°F (low) / 88°F (high) | Avg precip: 3.2 in

Things to Do in Orlando During Spring

Spring weather makes every Orlando attraction more enjoyable. Theme park experiences reach their peak during these months, with comfortable temperatures for waiting in lines and perfect conditions for outdoor attractions. Water parks become particularly appealing as temperatures warm, while evening shows and parades are comfortable without summer’s oppressive heat.

Spring break periods bring increased energy and excitement to the parks, though they also result in larger crowds. The season’s pleasant evenings make it ideal for exploring Disney Springs, Universal CityWalk, and other outdoor entertainment districts without the discomfort of extreme temperatures.

Photography opportunities abound during spring, with excellent lighting conditions and comfortable temperatures that allow for extended photo sessions throughout the parks. The mild weather also makes it perfect for exploring Orlando’s attractions beyond theme parks, including gardens, outdoor markets, and cultural sites.

Orlando Events in Spring

  • EPCOT International Flower & Garden Festival (March-July) – Stunning topiaries, gardens, and outdoor concerts celebrating springtime
  • Universal Mardi Gras (February-April) – Authentic New Orleans celebration with parades, concerts, and Cajun cuisine
  • Spring Break Celebrations (March-April) – Special entertainment, extended hours, and festive atmosphere throughout parks
  • Easter Celebrations (March-April) – Special character meet-and-greets, themed treats, and holiday decorations

Local Eats in Orlando During Spring

Spring brings outdoor dining opportunities to Orlando’s restaurants, with perfect weather for enjoying meals on patios and terraces. Disney Springs and Universal CityWalk showcase seasonal menus featuring fresh ingredients, while resort hotels offer special spring-themed dining experiences and poolside service.

The comfortable temperatures make it perfect for exploring Orlando’s diverse culinary scene, from food trucks to award-winning restaurants, without the extreme weather considerations of other seasons. Many establishments offer special spring menus highlighting lighter fare perfect for active theme park days.

Orlando Travel Tips During Spring

Spring attracts many visitors, particularly during spring break periods, so reserve accommodations and popular dining experiences well in advance. Weather can vary between warm afternoons and cool mornings, making layered clothing essential for early park openings and late evenings.

Check crowd calendars before visiting, as spring break timing varies by region, creating fluctuating crowd levels throughout the season. Early morning park arrivals and strategic use of skip-the-line services become especially valuable during busier spring periods.

Visiting in Summer (June to August)

Summer in Orlando presents the most intense but exciting conditions, offering maximum daylight hours for park enjoyment alongside the year’s largest crowds and highest temperatures. July is the hottest month in Orlando with an average temperature of 28°C (82°F), with daily sunshine hours reaching 11 in June. Summer brings authentic Florida heat and humidity, creating the classic Orlando experience many visitors expect.

The wettest month is July with an average of 196mm of rain, though these afternoon thunderstorms often provide welcome relief from the heat and rarely last long enough to significantly impact park plans. Those who visit Orlando during summer must prepare for intense conditions but are rewarded with extended park hours, special summer events, and the electric atmosphere of peak season.

Despite the challenges, summer offers unique Orlando experiences impossible during other seasons. The extreme energy of packed parks, extended evening hours, and special summer entertainment create an intensity and excitement that defines the classic Orlando vacation experience.

Orlando Weather in Summer

  • June: 73°F (low) / 89°F (high) | Avg precip: 7.3 in
  • July: 75°F (low) / 91°F (high) | Avg precip: 7.7 in
  • August: 76°F (low) / 91°F (high) | Avg precip: 6.8 in

Things to Do in Orlando During Summer

Summer activities in Orlando require strategic planning and frequent cooling breaks. Water parks become essential rather than optional, providing necessary relief from the heat while offering thrilling attractions. Many visitors structure their days around air-conditioned attractions during peak afternoon hours, saving outdoor rides for early morning and evening periods.

Pool time at resort hotels becomes a crucial part of the daily routine, offering relaxation and cooling between park sessions. The extended daylight hours allow for early morning park openings and late evening activities, maximizing attraction time despite midday heat challenges.

Indoor attractions, shows, and air-conditioned restaurants become valuable respites that allow families to recharge while still enjoying Orlando experiences. Many visitors develop strategies that alternate between outdoor attractions and cooling breaks throughout the day.

Orlando Events in Summer

  • 4th of July Celebrations (July) – Spectacular fireworks displays, patriotic shows, and special entertainment across all parks
  • Summer Concert Series (June-August) – Special musical performances and entertainment throughout the resort areas
  • Water Park Events (June-August) – Special summer programming, extended hours, and unique seasonal attractions
  • Character Breakfast Extensions (June-August) – Additional dining opportunities and special summer character appearances

Local Eats in Orlando During Summer

Summer dining in Orlando centers around air-conditioned restaurants and refreshing treats. Many establishments adjust their outdoor seating strategies, focusing on covered patios and indoor service during peak heat periods. Frozen treats, cold beverages, and light meals become dining priorities.

Resort hotels often feature extended pool bar service and special summer menus emphasizing cooling foods and drinks. Many restaurants offer special summer promotions and family packages designed to accommodate the increased vacation crowds.

Orlando Travel Tips During Summer

Summer requires serious preparation and respect for Florida’s heat and humidity. Carry more water than seems necessary, plan frequent air-conditioning breaks, and consider midday resort breaks as part of your daily strategy. Lightweight, moisture-wicking clothing and sun protection become essential rather than optional.

Monitor weather forecasts for afternoon thunderstorms and have indoor backup plans readily available. Book accommodations with excellent air conditioning and pool facilities, as these become crucial for comfort during summer visits. Consider vacation rentals with full kitchens to provide flexibility for meals and snacks.

Visiting in Fall (September to November)

Fall presents a divided season in Orlando, with early fall still experiencing summer heat and humidity, while October and November offer some of the year’s most pleasant weather conditions. This season provides comfortable temperatures that make extended outdoor activities enjoyable without the extreme heat of summer or the occasional cool snaps of winter.

September through November typically sees crowds decrease as children return to school, creating more manageable park experiences with shorter wait times and easier navigation. Fall offers excellent value with outstanding weather conditions and reduced competition for reservations and popular attractions.

The season showcases Orlando’s appeal through comfortable conditions and special seasonal celebrations, from Halloween events to holiday preparations that create unique atmospheric experiences throughout the theme parks.

Orlando Weather in Fall

  • September: 74°F (low) / 89°F (high) | Avg precip: 5.9 in
  • October: 67°F (low) / 84°F (high) | Avg precip: 2.7 in
  • November: 60°F (low) / 78°F (high) | Avg precip: 1.9 in

Things to Do in Orlando During Fall

Fall provides ideal conditions for every Orlando activity. Theme park experiences become more comfortable with pleasant temperatures for waiting in lines and walking extensive distances. The moderate crowds make it easier to experience attractions multiple times and explore areas that might be overwhelming during peak periods.

Photography benefits from fall’s excellent weather conditions and comfortable temperatures that allow for extended shooting sessions. The pleasant conditions make camping particularly enjoyable for those staying at Disney’s Fort Wilderness or other outdoor accommodations.

Fall is also prime time for exploring Orlando’s attractions beyond theme parks, with comfortable weather for outdoor activities, golf courses, and cultural attractions that might be uncomfortable during summer’s extreme heat.

Orlando Events in Fall

  • Mickey’s Very Merry Christmas Party (November-December) – Disney’s magical holiday celebration with special entertainment and decorations
  • Halloween Horror Nights (September-November) – Universal’s premier Halloween event featuring haunted houses and scare zones
  • EPCOT International Food & Wine Festival (August-November) – Culinary celebration with global cuisine and special demonstrations
  • Holidays Around the World (November-January) – Cultural celebrations and special entertainment at EPCOT

Local Eats in Orlando During Fall

Fall brings harvest-inspired menus to Orlando’s restaurants, featuring seasonal ingredients and comfort foods perfect for the comfortable weather. The pleasant conditions encourage outdoor dining, with many establishments offering expanded patio service and special fall menus.

Local establishments often feature harvest celebrations and special seasonal offerings that pair perfectly with fall’s comfortable temperatures. The manageable crowds make restaurant reservations easier to obtain, providing opportunities to experience Orlando’s culinary scene without peak season competition.

Orlando Travel Tips During Fall

Fall offers some of the year’s best weather and crowd combinations, making it ideal for first-time visitors or those seeking a more relaxed Orlando experience. While October and November see increased visitation during Halloween events, crowds remain manageable compared to summer peak periods.

Temperature variations between day and night require layered clothing, especially for early morning park openings and late evening activities. This is an excellent time to experience Orlando’s full range of attractions in comfortable conditions without extreme weather considerations.

Visiting in Winter (December to February)

Winter provides cooler, more comfortable weather alongside the year’s most dramatic crowd variations. Holiday periods bring peak crowds and premium pricing, while post-holiday January offers the year’s smallest crowds and lowest accommodation rates. Winter temperatures range from the mid-30s to low 60s, with December and January having the shortest daylight hours and occasional freezing weather.

Winter’s appeal lies in its contrasts – magical holiday celebrations followed by peaceful January experiences with minimal crowds. The season offers unique perspectives on Orlando’s attractions, decorated for holidays and operating with special seasonal entertainment that creates memorable experiences impossible during other periods.

Despite shorter daylight hours, winter provides comfortable conditions for daytime activities while offering cozy evening entertainment and special seasonal shows that showcase Orlando’s entertainment capabilities beyond typical theme park offerings.

Orlando Weather in Winter

  • December: 51°F (low) / 73°F (high) | Avg precip: 1.8 in
  • January: 47°F (low) / 71°F (high) | Avg precip: 2.1 in
  • February: 51°F (low) / 75°F (high) | Avg precip: 2.4 in

Things to Do in Orlando During Winter

Winter provides comfortable conditions for daytime theme park activities, though early mornings can be quite cool, requiring warm layers. The comfortable midday temperatures make exploring attractions pleasant, while the lack of extreme heat allows for more flexible scheduling throughout the day.

Winter evenings offer cozy entertainment opportunities, from holiday shows to special seasonal dining experiences. The comfortable conditions make it ideal for exploring indoor attractions, shows, and experiences that might be overwhelming during summer’s peak crowds.

Holiday decorations throughout the theme parks create unique photographic opportunities and magical atmospheric experiences that showcase Orlando’s entertainment capabilities during the most wonderful time of the year.

Orlando Events in Winter

  • Walt Disney World Holiday Celebrations (November-January) – Extensive holiday decorations, special shows, and magical seasonal entertainment
  • Universal Holiday Celebrations (December-January) – Holiday theming, special shows, and seasonal attractions
  • New Year’s Eve Celebrations (December 31) – Special fireworks displays, entertainment, and extended park hours
  • Marathon Weekend (January) – Disney’s annual running events bring thousands of participants and spectators

Local Eats in Orlando During Winter

Winter menus feature hearty, warming dishes perfect for cool Florida evenings. Many restaurants offer cozy indoor dining with fireplaces and warm ambiance during the coldest periods. Holiday-themed dining experiences and special seasonal menus complement the festive atmosphere throughout the area.

The variable crowds make restaurant experiences range from busy during holidays to peaceful during post-holiday periods, providing opportunities to experience everything from intimate dinners to festive celebrations, depending on timing.

Orlando Travel Tips During Winter

Winter offers the most dramatic variations in both crowds and pricing, making timing crucial for optimizing your experience. Pack warm layers for early morning and evening activities, as temperatures can vary significantly throughout the day.

Plan indoor backup activities for occasional cold or rainy days, though these are typically brief and shouldn’t significantly impact vacation plans. Take advantage of post-holiday periods for the year’s best deals and smallest crowds, though some attractions may have reduced hours or undergo maintenance.

Best Time of the Year to Visit Orlando (By Interest)

Orlando’s diverse attractions and seasonal variations make timing crucial for optimizing your magical experience. While most visitors find success year-round with proper planning, understanding your priorities helps determine the perfect timing for your Orlando adventure:

For Less Crowd: Late January to Early February and Weekdays Year-Round

Best Time to Visit Orlando for Smallest Crowds

Post-holiday January provides the most solitude, while visiting Tuesday through Thursday any time of year helps avoid weekend crowds at popular attractions and dining locations.

For Perfect Weather: February to April and October to November

Best Time to Visit Orlando for Perfect Weather

These periods deliver ideal temperatures, minimal precipitation, and excellent conditions for all outdoor activities without extreme heat, humidity, or cold snaps.

For Theme Park Magic: March to May and October to December

Best Time to Visit Orlando for Theme Park Magic

Comfortable temperatures and special seasonal events make these periods perfect for experiencing Orlando’s attractions at their finest, with optimal conditions for parades, shows, and outdoor entertainment.

For Water Park Fun: April to October

Best Time to Visit Orlando for Water Park Fun

Warmer temperatures make water attractions most enjoyable, with summer providing peak conditions for spending entire days at water parks and resort pools.

For Holiday Magic: November to January

Best Time to Visit Orlando for Holiday Magic

Extensive holiday decorations, special shows, and magical seasonal entertainment create unique experiences that showcase Orlando’s capabilities for creating festive wonder.

For Best Value: Late January to Early February and September

Best Time to Visit Orlando for Best Value

Post-holiday periods and back-to-school timing offer significant savings on accommodations and attractions, though September still requires heat preparation.

For Photography: February to April and October to November

Best Time to Visit Orlando for Photography

Perfect lighting conditions, comfortable temperatures for extended shoots, and beautiful seasonal decorations make these periods ideal for capturing Orlando’s magic.

Where to Stay in Orlando

Discover accommodations that blend seamlessly with Orlando’s magical atmosphere while providing modern comfort and convenient access to world-class attractions. Here are five family-friendly Orlando vacation homes available to rent with AvantStay, offering unique experiences for your magical getaway:

  • Under the Sea – Over-the-top kidcation home that’s just near Walt Disney World Resort.
  • Nassau – Tropical paradise retreat with vibrant vibes and complete amenities.
  • Ever After – One of our best homes with the best, futuristic game room. 
  • Coconut Breeze – Big home from Harry Potter themed bedrooms to Frozen bedrooms.
  • Orlando Retreat – Contemporary vacation home for the ultimate Orlando experience.

Create Your Orlando Itinerary

Ready to plan your magical adventure? Let our experienced team handle every detail of your Orlando experience! Our concierge service can arrange park tickets, dining reservations, and special experiences to maximize your vacation magic.

Simply contact us or download the AvantStay App to book additional experiences, receive insider theme park tips, and manage your entire stay through one convenient platform.

Ready to Plan Your Orlando Adventure?

No matter when you choose to visit, Orlando’s magical attractions and world-class entertainment will create lasting memories for your entire family. The city’s diverse offerings and year-round appeal ensure that every visit provides new discoveries and transformative experiences.

We have the perfect magical sanctuary waiting for your arrival. Book with AvantStay today and discover how extraordinary theme park vacations can be when you experience Orlando’s timeless magic and endless entertainment possibilities.

FAQs

Is Orlando expensive to visit?

Orlando can be costly during peak seasons (summer and holidays), when accommodations command premium prices due to high demand and maximum crowds. However, budget-friendly options exist. Travel during off-peak periods like late January or September for significant savings, book vacation rentals with kitchens to reduce dining costs, and take advantage of free activities like Disney Springs and resort hopping.

How busy does Orlando get?

Peak seasons (summer vacation and holidays) see the largest crowds, particularly during spring break and Christmas/New Year periods. If you prefer shorter lines and more relaxed park experiences, consider visiting during late January, early February, or weekdays throughout the year for the most manageable crowd conditions.

When to avoid Orlando?

Summer months (June-August) present intense heat, humidity, and the largest crowds that can make park experiences challenging for heat-sensitive visitors. Holiday periods (Christmas/New Year, Easter, Thanksgiving) bring peak crowds and premium pricing. If you’re not prepared for extreme crowds or weather conditions, these periods may impact your vacation enjoyment unless you have strategies for managing these challenges.

The Best Time to Visit Joshua Tree

Ever wondered what it’s like to step into a different world? Step into Joshua Tree! Where the desert beckons with its otherworldly landscape, twisted Joshua trees reach toward endless skies, and ancient rock formations create a natural playground unlike anywhere else on Earth. 

This desert wonderland transforms dramatically with the seasons, offering visitors entirely different experiences depending on when they choose to explore its mystical terrain. Joshua Tree National Park and its surrounding communities present a unique destination that challenges conventional travel wisdom. 

The best time to visit Joshua Tree is during spring (March-May) and fall (October-November) when temperatures are most favorable and skies are relatively clear. However, each season brings its own magic to this desert paradise, from spectacular wildflower blooms to unparalleled stargazing opportunities.

We’ll navigate you through Joshua Tree’s distinct seasonal personalities, monthly climate patterns, special events, and outdoor adventures, while helping you discover the perfect desert accommodation. 

If you’re up for rock climbing, astronomical observations, or simply experiencing the profound silence of the desert, here’s your complete guide to choosing the best time to visit Joshua Tree and creating your best desert adventure yet.

About Joshua Tree, California

Joshua Tree National Park spans nearly 800,000 acres where two distinct desert ecosystems converge – the Mojave and Colorado deserts. This remarkable landscape features the park’s namesake Joshua trees, massive boulder formations perfect for rock climbing, and some of the darkest skies in Southern California, making it a premier destination for stargazing enthusiasts.

The park’s unique position creates a diverse ecosystem supporting everything from desert tortoises to bighorn sheep, while the surrounding communities of Joshua Tree, Twentynine Palms, and Yucca Valley offer artistic enclaves, historic venues, and authentic desert culture. The desert climate features sweltering summers and cold winters, with temperatures typically ranging from 35°F to 99°F throughout the year.

Joshua Tree Travel Seasons at a Glance

Understanding Joshua Tree’s seasonal rhythms will help you craft the perfect desert adventure. Here’s your essential seasonal overview.

High Seasons: March to May and October to November

These periods deliver ideal weather conditions with comfortable temperatures and clear skies, attracting the largest crowds and commanding premium accommodation rates. Spring brings potential wildflower displays, while fall offers perfect conditions for hiking and rock climbing with fewer temperature extremes.

Shoulder Seasons: December to February and September

Winter months provide cooler temperatures ideal for daytime exploration and exceptional stargazing opportunities, while early fall still carries summer heat. These seasons offer moderate crowds and reasonable pricing with distinct advantages for specific activities.

Low Season: June to August

Summer’s extreme heat creates the most challenging conditions but also the lowest prices and smallest crowds. Summer is arguably the worst time to visit due to potentially dangerous heat levels, though early morning and evening activities remain possible for heat-tolerant visitors.

Why Visit Joshua Tree?

The allure of Joshua Tree extends far beyond its iconic twisted trees and massive rock formations. This desert sanctuary offers profound experiences that refresh the soul and challenge the body. Joshua Tree is one of only two International Dark Sky parks in California, providing some of the most spectacular stargazing opportunities on the continent.

The park presents world-class rock climbing on over 8,000 documented climbing routes, ranging from beginner-friendly bouldering to expert-level traditional climbs. Hiking trails wind through diverse desert landscapes, from hidden oases to panoramic vistas overlooking the Coachella Valley.

Joshua Tree’s artistic community has flourished since the 1940s, when musicians, painters, and writers discovered inspiration in the desert’s stark beauty. Today, visitors can explore galleries, attend concerts at legendary venues like Pappy & Harriet’s, and experience the creative energy that continues to draw artists from around the world.

The desert’s profound silence offers a rare opportunity to disconnect from modern life’s constant noise. Whether watching sunrise paint the rocks in golden light or experiencing the Milky Way’s full glory on a moonless night, Joshua Tree provides transformative experiences impossible in urban environments.

Your Month-by-Month Guide to Joshua Tree

  • Joshua Tree in January: Cool days perfect for hiking, exceptional stargazing, lowest accommodation rates
  • Joshua Tree in February: Pleasant temperatures return, wildflower season preparation, continued winter solitude
  • Joshua Tree in March: Spring awakens, potential superbloom conditions, ideal weather begins
  • Joshua Tree in April: Perfect hiking weather, peak wildflower season, comfortable camping temperatures
  • Joshua Tree in May: Warm sunny days, last month of ideal conditions, spring’s final flourish
  • Joshua Tree in June: Heat begins building, early summer challenge, fewer crowds
  • Joshua Tree in July: Peak summer intensity, extreme daytime heat, desert survival conditions
  • Joshua Tree in August: Hottest temperatures, monsoon potential, serious heat precautions required
  • Joshua Tree in September: Heat persists but begins moderating, shoulder season transition
  • Joshua Tree in October: Excellent weather returns, perfect climbing conditions, fall beauty emerges
  • Joshua Tree in November: Comfortable days and cool nights, outstanding hiking weather, autumn tranquility
  • Joshua Tree in December: Cool winter days, prime stargazing season, holiday desert peace

When Is the Best Time to Visit Joshua Tree?

The absolute best time to visit Joshua Tree is in the spring or late fall, specifically during March through May and October through November. These periods offer the optimal combination of comfortable daytime temperatures in the 70s to 80s, cool but not cold nights, minimal precipitation, and excellent conditions for all outdoor activities.

Spring brings the additional excitement of potential wildflower displays, which can transform the desert into a colorful carpet following sufficient winter rainfall. Fall provides consistently pleasant weather with crystal-clear skies perfect for stargazing and photography, while avoiding summer’s extreme heat and winter’s occasional cold snaps.

Visiting in Spring (March to May)

Spring represents Joshua Tree’s most dynamic season, when the desert awakens from winter dormancy with explosive displays of life and color. This period showcases the desert’s hidden beauty through blooming cacti, potential wildflower superblooms, and perfect weather for extensive outdoor exploration.

Spring offers weather perfection with clear skies, warm days averaging 70 to 85 degrees Fahrenheit, and pleasantly cool nights. The comfortable temperatures create ideal conditions for rock climbing, lengthy hikes, and camping under the stars without the extreme temperature swings of other seasons.

Spring’s magic lies in its unpredictability – some years bring spectacular wildflower displays that draw visitors from around the world, while others offer subtle desert beauty with perfect weather for outdoor adventures. This season combines the best of both worlds: comfortable conditions and the possibility of witnessing nature’s most dramatic desert spectacle.

Joshua Tree Weather in Spring

  • March: 42°F (low) / 72°F (high) | Avg precip: 1.2 in
  • April: 50°F (low) / 80°F (high) | Avg precip: 0.4 in
  • May: 58°F (low) / 87°F (high) | Avg precip: 0.2 in

Things to Do in Joshua Tree During Spring

Spring weather makes every outdoor activity in Joshua Tree more enjoyable. Rock climbing conditions are perfect, with comfortable temperatures for both beginners learning basic techniques and experienced climbers tackling challenging routes. The extensive trail system becomes fully accessible, from easy nature walks like the Skull Rock Trail to strenuous hikes up Ryan Mountain.

Wildflower enthusiasts should explore areas like the Cholla Cactus Garden and Hidden Valley, where desert blooms create stunning photography opportunities. The cooler nighttime temperatures make camping particularly pleasant, while the clear skies provide excellent stargazing conditions for identifying constellations and planets.

Photography reaches its peak during spring, with perfect lighting conditions and potential colorful foregrounds from blooming desert plants. The comfortable temperatures also make it ideal for exploring the park’s cultural sites, including the Desert Institute and various ranger-led programs.

Joshua Tree Events in Spring

  • Desert Institute Programs (March-May) – Educational workshops covering desert ecology, astronomy, and outdoor skills.
  • Wildflower Festival (April) – Celebrating desert blooms with guided tours and educational presentations.
  • Joshua Tree Music Festival (May) – Multi-day music and arts festival featuring diverse performers in a stunning desert setting.
  • Spring Astronomy Programs (March-May) – Ranger-led stargazing events taking advantage of clear spring skies.

Local Eats in Joshua Tree During Spring

Spring brings outdoor dining opportunities to Joshua Tree’s restaurants, with perfect weather for enjoying meals on patios and terraces. Crossroads Cafe offers farm-to-table dining with seasonal ingredients, while Pappy & Harriet’s features BBQ and live music in their famous outdoor venue. Local farmers’ markets showcase spring produce and artisanal goods from desert communities.

The comfortable temperatures make it perfect for exploring Joshua Tree’s growing food scene, from casual cafes to upscale dining experiences that highlight Southwestern and Mexican influences with fresh, seasonal ingredients.

Joshua Tree Travel Tips During Spring

Spring attracts many visitors, particularly during wildflower years, so reserve accommodations and popular tours well in advance. Weather can vary significantly between warm afternoons and cool mornings, making layered clothing essential. Sunscreen and sun protection remain crucial despite comfortable temperatures.

Check wildflower reports before visiting, as peak bloom timing varies yearly based on winter rainfall patterns. Early morning and late afternoon provide the best lighting for photography and the most comfortable temperatures for strenuous activities.

Visiting in Summer (June to August)

Summer in Joshua Tree presents the most challenging conditions but also unique opportunities for those prepared to handle desert extremes. Summer days are extremely hot and often windy, making this the park’s off-season. However, this season offers unparalleled solitude, dramatically lower prices, and the authentic experience of the desert’s raw power.

Summer temperatures can reach 99°F or higher, creating potentially dangerous conditions for unprepared visitors. Those who venture to Joshua Tree during summer must plan carefully, starting activities before dawn, seeking shade during midday hours, and ensuring adequate water supplies.

Despite the challenges, summer offers unique desert experiences impossible during other seasons. The extreme conditions create a profound appreciation for the desert’s harsh beauty, while the lack of crowds allows for intimate connections with this remarkable landscape.

Joshua Tree Weather in Summer

  • June: 65°F (low) / 95°F (high) | Avg precip: 0.1 in
  • July: 72°F (low) / 99°F (high) | Avg precip: 0.3 in
  • August: 71°F (low) / 98°F (high) | Avg precip: 0.4 in

Things to Do in Joshua Tree During Summer

Summer activities in Joshua Tree require careful planning and early morning execution. Rock climbing becomes possible only during dawn hours, when temperatures remain manageable and rock surfaces haven’t absorbed the day’s heat. Hiking must begin before sunrise to avoid dangerous midday temperatures.

The Oasis of Mara provides a shaded respite during hot days, while visitor centers offer air-conditioned relief and educational programs. Photography opportunities abound during golden hour, when dramatic lighting contrasts with the stark landscape.

Swimming pools at accommodations become essential rather than luxurious during summer visits, providing necessary cooling and relaxation opportunities during the heat of the day.

Joshua Tree Events in Summer

  • Early Morning Ranger Programs (June-August) – Special programs scheduled during cooler dawn hours
  • Sunset Photography Workshops (June-August) – Taking advantage of summer’s dramatic evening light
  • Desert Survival Programs (June-August) – Educational experiences about thriving in extreme conditions
  • Astronomy Programs (June-August) – Excellent stargazing opportunities during clear summer nights

Local Eats in Joshua Tree During Summer

Summer dining in Joshua Tree centers around air-conditioned restaurants and early morning or late evening meals. Many establishments adjust their hours to accommodate the heat, opening earlier and closing during peak afternoon temperatures. Cold beverages, frozen treats, and light meals become priorities.

Local restaurants often feature summer-specific menus emphasizing cooling foods and drinks, while many visitors appreciate the convenience of grocery shopping and meal preparation in air-conditioned accommodations.

Joshua Tree Travel Tips During Summer

Summer requires serious preparation and respect for desert conditions. Carry more water than seems necessary, start all outdoor activities before dawn, and plan midday activities around air-conditioned spaces. Lightweight, light-colored, long-sleeved clothing provides better sun protection than shorts and tank tops.

Monitor weather forecasts for extreme heat warnings and flash flood potential during monsoon season. Book accommodations with reliable air conditioning and swimming pools, as these become essential rather than optional during summer visits.

Visiting in Fall (September to November)

Fall is a divided season in Joshua Tree, with early fall still experiencing hot weather near 100 degrees, while October and November offer the best months with daytime temperatures in the 70s and 80s. This season provides some of Joshua Tree’s most perfect weather conditions, combining warm, comfortable days with cool, pleasant evenings.

Mid-October through December has very pleasant weather in Joshua Tree, with visitation starting to tick up but remaining less busy than the March/April high season. Fall offers excellent value with outstanding weather conditions and manageable crowds.

The season showcases Joshua Tree’s subtle beauty through changing light conditions and comfortable temperatures that make extended outdoor activities enjoyable. Fall’s clear, dry air creates exceptional visibility for both daytime landscape viewing and nighttime stargazing.

Joshua Tree Weather in Fall

  • September: 63°F (low) / 90°F (high) | Avg precip: 0.3 in
  • October: 52°F (low) / 80°F (high) | Avg precip: 0.3 in
  • November: 42°F (low) / 70°F (high) | Avg precip: 0.4 in

Things to Do in Joshua Tree During Fall

Fall provides ideal conditions for every Joshua Tree activity. Rock climbing enjoys perfect temperatures and reliable weather, while hiking trails become accessible for longer, more challenging adventures. The comfortable conditions make it perfect for exploring remote areas of the park that might be uncomfortable during other seasons.

Photography benefits from fall’s exceptional air clarity and comfortable conditions that allow for extended shooting sessions during golden hour. The pleasant temperatures make camping particularly enjoyable, with warm days and cool but not cold nights.

Fall is also prime time for stargazing, with clear skies, comfortable temperatures, and excellent atmospheric conditions for astronomical observation and astrophotography.

Joshua Tree Events in Fall

  • Night Sky Festival (October) – The park offers a Dark Sky festival in mid-October, celebrating Joshua Tree’s status as an International Dark Sky Park
  • Autumn Astronomy Programs (September-November) – Regular stargazing events taking advantage of fall’s excellent conditions
  • Photography Workshops (September-November) – Utilizing fall’s perfect lighting and comfortable temperatures
  • Harvest Celebrations (October-November) – Local community events celebrating the season

Local Eats in Joshua Tree During Fall

Fall brings harvest-inspired menus to Joshua Tree’s restaurants, featuring seasonal ingredients and comfort foods. The perfect weather encourages outdoor dining, with many establishments offering expanded patio service and special fall menus. Local craft breweries and distilleries showcase seasonal offerings that pair perfectly with the comfortable evening temperatures.

The pleasant conditions make it ideal for exploring Joshua Tree’s diverse culinary scene, from food trucks to fine dining, without the extreme weather considerations of other seasons.

Joshua Tree Travel Tips During Fall

Fall offers some of the year’s best weather and value combinations. While October and November see increased visitation, crowds remain manageable compared to spring peak season. Book accommodations in advance for October, particularly during the Night Sky Festival.

Temperature variations between day and night require layered clothing, especially for camping and stargazing activities. This is an excellent time for first-time visitors to experience Joshua Tree’s full range of activities in comfortable conditions.

Visiting in Winter (December to February)

Winter provides cooler weather, sometimes snowy at higher elevations, and the thinnest crowds of the year. This season transforms Joshua Tree into a peaceful desert sanctuary, offering intimate experiences with minimal crowds and the year’s most affordable rates.

Winter temperatures are pleasant during the day, making outdoor activities comfortable while providing relief from the intense heat of other seasons. With longer nights, winter is the best time to go stargazing in this International Dark Sky Park.

Winter’s magic lies in its contrasts – sunny, comfortable days followed by clear, cold nights perfect for astronomical observation. The season offers unique perspectives on Joshua Tree’s landscape, occasionally dusted with snow that creates stunning photographic opportunities.

Joshua Tree Weather in Winter

  • December: 35°F (low) / 62°F (high) | Avg precip: 0.8 in
  • January: 35°F (low) / 60°F (high) | Avg precip: 0.9 in
  • February: 38°F (low) / 64°F (high) | Avg precip: 1.0 in

Things to Do in Joshua Tree During Winter

Winter provides comfortable conditions for daytime hiking and rock climbing, though early mornings can be quite cold. The clear, dry air creates exceptional visibility for photography and sightseeing, while the comfortable midday temperatures make exploring the park’s attractions pleasant.

Winter nights offer unparalleled stargazing opportunities, with longer darkness periods and exceptional atmospheric clarity. The cold temperatures require warm clothing but reward visitors with spectacular views of the Milky Way and deep-sky objects.

Indoor attractions and visitor centers become more appealing during winter’s cooler periods, providing educational opportunities and shelter during cold mornings and evenings.

Joshua Tree Events in Winter

  • Winter Solstice Celebrations (December) – Special astronomy programs marking the longest night
  • Holiday Programs (December-January) – Family-friendly events and educational activities
  • Photography Workshops (December-February) – Taking advantage of winter’s excellent lighting conditions
  • Desert Ecology Programs (December-February) – Learning about desert adaptations during the quiet season

Local Eats in Joshua Tree During Winter

Winter menus feature hearty, warming dishes perfect for cool desert evenings. Many restaurants offer cozy indoor dining with fireplaces and warm ambiance. Local establishments often feature comfort foods and seasonal specialties that complement the cooler weather.

The fewer crowds make restaurant reservations easier to obtain, providing opportunities to experience Joshua Tree’s culinary scene without summer’s heat or spring’s busy periods.

Joshua Tree Travel Tips During Winter

Winter offers the best deals on accommodations and activities, making it ideal for budget-conscious travelers. Pack warm layers for early morning and evening activities, as temperatures can drop significantly. Plan indoor backup activities for occasional cold or windy days.

Take advantage of the excellent stargazing conditions by packing warm clothing and hot beverages for extended nighttime observations. Winter provides unique photographic opportunities with potential snow and exceptional atmospheric clarity.

Best Time of the Year to Visit Joshua Tree (By Interest)

Joshua Tree’s diverse offerings and extreme seasonal variations make timing crucial for optimizing your desert experience. Although most agree that September through May are the ideal months for Joshua Tree weather, you can explore every month of the year with proper preparation.

Understanding your primary interests helps determine the perfect timing for your Joshua Tree adventure:

For Less Crowd: January to February and Weekdays Year-Round

Best Time to Visit Joshua Tree for Smallest Crowds

Winter months provide the most solitude, while visiting Monday through Thursday, any time of year, helps avoid weekend crowds at popular climbing areas and trails.

For Perfect Weather: March to May and October to November

Best Time to Visit Joshua Tree for Perfect Weather

These periods deliver ideal temperatures, minimal precipitation, and excellent conditions for all outdoor activities without extreme heat or cold.

For Rock Climbing: March to May and September to November

Best Time to Visit Joshua Tree for Rock Climbing

Comfortable temperatures and reliable weather make these seasons perfect for both beginner and advanced climbing, with rock surfaces at optimal temperatures.

For Stargazing: October to February

Best Time to Visit Joshua Tree for Stargazing

Longer nights, clearest skies, and comfortable evening temperatures create optimal conditions for astronomical observation in this International Dark Sky Park.

For Wildflowers: March to April

Best Time to Visit Joshua Tree for Wildflowers

Spring blooms depend on winter rainfall patterns, but when conditions align, the desert transforms into a spectacular wildflower display during these months.

For Best Value: June to August and December to February

Best Time to Visit Joshua Tree for Best Value

Off-peak seasons offer significant savings on accommodations, though summer requires serious heat preparation, while winter provides comfortable budget travel.

For Photography: March to May and October to November

Best Time to Visit Joshua Tree for Photography

Perfect lighting conditions, comfortable temperatures for extended shoots, and potential wildflower displays make these seasons ideal for capturing Joshua Tree’s beauty.

Where to Stay in Joshua Tree

Discover accommodations that blend seamlessly with the desert landscape while providing modern comfort and stunning views. Here are five exceptional Joshua Tree vacation homes available to rent with AvantStay, offering unique desert experiences:

  • Chicory – Cozy 2-bedroom home that showcases desert light for a first-class ambiance.
  • Chuckwalla – Contemporary desert escape designed for relaxation with earthy tones.
  • Flora – Sophisticated desert oasis with a pool for the authentic Joshua Tree experience.
  • Carmella – A minimalist property with stunning desert views and a stock-tank pool.
  • Casa De Kota – Desert living style done right, that comes with all the things you need.

Create Your Joshua Tree Itinerary

Ready to plan your desert adventure? Let our experienced team handle every detail of your Joshua Tree experience! Our concierge service can arrange guided tours, stargazing experiences, and outdoor adventures.

Simply contact us or download the AvantStay App to book additional experiences, receive insider desert tips, and manage your entire stay through one convenient platform.

For more inspiration on desert activities, explore our comprehensive guide to the best things to do in Joshua Tree.

Ready to Plan Your Joshua Tree Adventure?

No matter when you choose to visit, Joshua Tree’s mystical landscape and profound desert beauty will create lasting memories. The park’s unique ecosystem and dramatic seasonal changes ensure that every visit offers new discoveries and transformative experiences.

We have the perfect desert sanctuary waiting for your arrival. Book with AvantStay today and discover how extraordinary desert vacations can be when you experience Joshua Tree’s timeless magic and endless starry nights.

FAQs

Is Joshua Tree expensive to visit?

Joshua Tree can be costly during peak seasons (spring and fall), when accommodations command premium prices due to perfect weather conditions. However, budget-friendly options exist. Travel during summer or winter for significant savings, book vacation rentals with kitchens to reduce dining costs, and enjoy the park’s hiking trails and stargazing opportunities for free.

How busy does Joshua Tree get?

Peak seasons (March-May and October-November) see the largest crowds, particularly during wildflower blooms. If you prefer solitude and peaceful desert experiences, consider visiting during winter months or weekdays throughout the year for the most tranquil conditions.

When to avoid Joshua Tree?

Summer months (June-August) present potentially dangerous heat conditions that can be life-threatening for unprepared visitors. If you’re not experienced with extreme desert heat, avoid summer unless you’re prepared for pre-dawn activities and midday shelter requirements. Otherwise, Joshua Tree’s mild climate makes it accessible year-round with proper preparation.

The Best Time to Visit Nashville

Ready to hit Nashville, but you’re not sure when to strum into the Music City? This vibrant destination truly pulses with energy every month, yet certain times of the year just sing louder for festivals, quieter moments, or even budget-friendly beats. 

Come along as we break down Nashville’s seasons, weather quirks, signature events, and essential activities. We’ll even point you to the perfect place to kick off your boots, ensuring your honky-tonk adventures, historic tours, and taste of Southern hospitality are nothing short of legendary.

About Nashville, Tennessee

Nashville stands as the undisputed capital of country music, but this dynamic city offers so much more. Known for its legendary music venues, thriving culinary scene, and rich cultural heritage, Nashville attracts millions of visitors annually. The city experiences a humid subtropical climate with four distinct seasons, bringing hot, humid summers and mild winters with occasional snowfall.

Nashville Travel Seasons at a Glance

Understanding Nashville’s seasonal patterns is essential for planning your perfect getaway. Each season brings its own unique character and opportunities. Here’s your quick reference guide.

High Seasons: April to June and September to November

These months represent Nashville’s peak visitor periods when the temperature typically varies from 31°F to 90°F with comfortable conditions ideal for outdoor exploration. Expect bustling streets, packed venues, and premium pricing, but also perfect weather for walking tours and outdoor concerts.

Shoulder Season: March and July to August

Summer months bring intense heat and humidity but offer unique experiences like outdoor festivals and rooftop concerts. In Nashville, the summers are hot and muggy, yet the season provides excellent opportunities for pool parties and late-night music venues.

Low Season: December to February

Winter delivers the quietest period with the best deals and smallest crowds. The winters are very cold and wet, but Nashville’s indoor music scene thrives, offering intimate venue experiences and cozy honky-tonk nights.

Why Visit Nashville?

If you’re questioning whether Nashville deserves a spot on your travel list, the answer is absolutely yes. Nashville captivates visitors with its legendary music heritage, world-class entertainment venues, innovative culinary landscape, and genuine Southern charm.

The city presents everything from historic Ryman Auditorium and Grand Ole Opry to cutting-edge restaurants and craft distilleries. Nashville’s unique position as both a cultural powerhouse and modern metropolitan area creates an atmosphere where traditional country music meets contemporary creativity.

There’s undeniably something special about Nashville, whether it’s the spontaneous street performances or the stories echoing through Music Row. From Broadway’s neon-lit honky-tonks and legendary recording studios to food truck festivals and rooftop bars, there’s constantly something happening. You’ll never exhaust the venues to explore, songs to hear, or patios where you can enjoy Tennessee whiskey.

Your Month-by-Month Guide to Nashville

  • Nashville in January: Cozy music venues, lowest hotel rates, intimate concert experiences
  • Nashville in February: Mild winter days, fewer tourists, budget-friendly dining deals
  • Nashville in March: Spring awakening, emerging outdoor events, pleasant walking weather
  • Nashville in April: Perfect temperatures, festival season begins, blooming city parks
  • Nashville in May: Warm sunny days, peak outdoor concert season, vibrant nightlife
  • Nashville in June: Hot summer starts, CMA Fest excitement, rooftop party season
  • Nashville in July: Peak summer heat, outdoor festivals, late-night entertainment
  • Nashville in August: Continued heat, back-to-school deals, live music abundance
  • Nashville in September: Comfortable temperatures return, fall festival season, ideal weather
  • Nashville in October: Crisp autumn air, harvest celebrations, perfect outdoor conditions
  • Nashville in November: Cool, pleasant days, holiday preparations, cozy venue atmosphere
  • Nashville in December: Holiday magic, festive decorations, winter wonderland charm

When Is the Best Time to Visit Nashville?

The best time to visit Nashville is during spring (April-June) and fall (September-November). These seasons provide the optimal combination of pleasant temperatures, clear skies, and perfect conditions for both indoor venues and outdoor activities. You’ll experience comfortable weather ideal for walking Broadway, exploring Music Row, and enjoying rooftop bars without extreme heat or cold.

Visiting in Spring (April to June)

Spring represents one of Nashville’s most popular seasons and with excellent reason. Featuring warm days, blooming landscapes, and ideal weather for exploring, it’s the perfect time to discover Music City.

Spring stands as one of the most sought-after periods to experience Nashville’s magic. Spring is among the most popular times to visit Nashville, with temperatures from April to June creating perfect conditions for outdoor concerts, walking tours, festival attendance, and much more.

This season brings the city to life with flowering trees throughout downtown, creating a beautiful backdrop for the iconic music venues and historic architecture.

Nashville Weather in Spring

  • April: 44°F (low) / 73°F (high) | Avg precip: 3.5 in
  • May: 54°F (low) / 81°F (high) | Avg precip: 5.1 in
  • June: 63°F (low) / 88°F (high) | Avg precip: 3.9 in

Things to Do in Nashville During Spring

Spring weather in Nashville creates ideal conditions for exploring iconic attractions like the Country Music Hall of Fame, walking the historic Ryman Auditorium, and touring Music Row studios. The comfortable temperatures make outdoor activities particularly enjoyable, from Broadway street performances to Centennial Park visits.

Many visitors enjoy guided distillery tours, riverfront walks along the Cumberland River, or catching live shows at outdoor venues. You can also explore the trendy Gulch neighborhood or visit local markets and food festivals throughout the city.

Nashville Events in Spring

  • Nashville Cherry Blossom Festival (April) — Celebrating Japanese culture with music, food, and beautiful cherry blossoms in full bloom.
  • Nashville Craft Beer Week (May) — Local breweries showcase their finest offerings with tastings, tours, and special events throughout the city.
  • CMA Music Festival (June) — The ultimate country music celebration featuring top artists performing across multiple downtown venues.
  • Nashville Film Festival (May) — Independent filmmakers and major studios present screenings, premieres, and industry events.

Local Eats in Nashville During Spring

Spring brings fresh seasonal ingredients to Nashville’s renowned restaurant scene. Look for dishes featuring spring greens, local strawberries, and farm-fresh ingredients at establishments like Husk or The Catbird Seat. Many restaurants offer patio dining to take advantage of the perfect weather, featuring Nashville hot chicken, barbecue, and innovative Southern cuisine.

Nashville Travel Tips During Spring

Spring attracts large crowds, so reserve concert tickets, restaurant tables, and vacation rentals well in advance. Popular venues and tours sell out quickly during peak season.

Pack layers since mornings can be cool while afternoons warm up considerably. Don’t forget comfortable walking shoes for Broadway and sunscreen. Tennessee sunshine is strong even in spring.

Visiting in Summer (June to August)

Summer in Nashville brings intense heat and humidity, but also delivers unique music city experiences and fewer crowds than spring and fall. While temperatures soar, the season offers unparalleled nightlife, rooftop parties, and the energy that makes Nashville legendary.

Summer is when Nashville truly comes alive after dark, with late-night venues, outdoor concerts, and the famous CMA Fest drawing music lovers from around the world.

Nashville Weather in Summer

  • June: 63°F (low) / 88°F (high) | Avg precip: 3.9 in
  • July: 68°F (low) / 89°F (high) | Avg precip: 3.8 in
  • August: 67°F (low) / 89°F (high) | Avg precip: 3.1 in

Things to Do in Nashville During Summer

Early morning and evening hours provide the best opportunities for outdoor activities like walking tours or exploring Centennial Park. Swimming at nearby lakes or hotel pools offers perfect relief from the Tennessee heat.

Air-conditioned activities like visiting the Country Music Hall of Fame, studio tours at RCA Studio B, or exploring the Johnny Cash Museum provide comfortable midday options. Evening entertainment thrives with rooftop bars, late-night honky-tonks, and outdoor concert venues.

Nashville Events in Summer

  • CMA Music Festival (June) — Nashville’s biggest music event featuring four days of country music’s biggest stars across multiple venues.
  • Music City Food + Wine Festival (July) — Celebrating Nashville’s culinary scene with tastings, cooking demonstrations, and wine pairings.
  • Let Freedom Sing! Music City July 4th (July) — One of the nation’s largest fireworks displays with live music and patriotic celebrations.

Local Eats in Nashville During Summer

Summer calls for lighter fare and refreshing beverages. Many restaurants feature cold soups, fresh salads, and frozen cocktails. Popular establishments like Prince’s Hot Chicken Shack offer spicy classics, while smoothie shops and ice cream parlors become gathering spots during the heat.

Nashville Travel Tips During Summer

Begin outdoor activities early in the morning or wait until evening hours. Stay hydrated and take frequent breaks in air-conditioned venues during peak heat periods. Pack lightweight, breathable clothing, a wide-brimmed hat, and always carry water when exploring downtown.

However, summer provides excellent deals on accommodations and attractions, making it ideal for budget-conscious travelers seeking Music City experiences.

Visiting in Fall (September to November)

Fall in Nashville creates pure magic with comfortable temperatures, stunning autumn colors, and some of the year’s best live music. It rivals spring as the most pleasant time to visit Nashville, with many locals considering it the absolute best season. Temperatures cool from summer’s intensity, creating perfect conditions for all outdoor and indoor activities.

While Nashville doesn’t feature New England’s dramatic fall foliage, the changing seasons bring subtle color transformations to the city’s parks and tree-lined streets, adding another layer of beauty to the already vibrant urban landscape.

Nashville Weather in Fall

  • September: 60°F (low) / 84°F (high) | Avg precip: 3.2 in
  • October: 48°F (low) / 74°F (high) | Avg precip: 2.9 in
  • November: 38°F (low) / 62°F (high) | Avg precip: 3.4 in

Things to Do in Nashville During Fall

Fall weather creates perfect conditions for extended walking tours through Music Row, lengthy Broadway explorations, and comfortable outdoor concert attendance. The pleasant temperatures make it ideal for distillery tours, riverfront activities, and extended exploration of the city’s historic neighborhoods.

Outdoor venue conditions are excellent for events at Ascend Amphitheater or outdoor festivals. It’s also an ideal time for food tours, brewery crawls, and exploring Nashville’s expanding culinary scene with patios and outdoor seating.

Nashville Events in Fall

  • Nashville Film Festival (September) — Independent cinema takes center stage with screenings, premieres, and filmmaker events throughout the city.
  • Music City Food + Wine Festival (September) — Culinary celebrations featuring local chefs, wine tastings, and cooking demonstrations.
  • Americana Music Festival & Conference (September) — Celebrating roots music with performances across Nashville’s most iconic venues.
  • Nashville Oktoberfest (October) — German culture celebration with traditional food, music, and craft beer in historic Germantown.

Local Eats in Nashville During Fall

Fall harvest seasons bring hearty comfort foods to menus across Nashville. Look for dishes featuring seasonal ingredients, local game, and warming spices at restaurants like Rolf & Daughters. Many establishments feature harvest-themed menus and bourbon pairings perfect for the cooler weather.

Nashville Travel Tips During Fall

Fall represents another peak season, so book concerts, restaurants, and vacation rentals well in advance. Popular venues and events sell out quickly during this preferred season.

Pack layers as temperature variations between day and night can be significant as you might need a t-shirt during the day and a jacket for evening entertainment.

Visiting in Winter (December to February)

Winter represents the quietest period in Nashville, but that translates to peaceful venues, better rates, and occasional snow-dusted cityscapes. Nashville transforms into a completely different kind of destination during winter months.

The winters are very cold and wet, but the occasional sight of snow-covered honky-tonks and historic buildings creates some of the most photographed scenes in Music City. Winter also brings the smallest crowds and lowest prices, making it perfect for those seeking intimate music experiences and budget-friendly getaways.

Nashville Weather in Winter

  • December: 33°F (low) / 52°F (high) | Avg precip: 3.7 in
  • January: 28°F (low) / 47°F (high) | Avg precip: 3.1 in
  • February: 32°F (low) / 53°F (high) | Avg precip: 3.5 in

Things to Do in Nashville During Winter

Enjoy uncrowded venues where you can secure front-row seats at legendary establishments without long waits. Winter exploration can be spectacular on warmer days, especially when snow creates dramatic contrasts with Nashville’s historic architecture and neon-lit Broadway.

Indoor activities like extended museum visits, cozy honky-tonk sessions, and intimate concert venues become more appealing. Many visitors appreciate the peaceful atmosphere and use winter visits for shopping at Opry Mills or exploring the city’s extensive music history through guided tours.

Nashville Events in Winter

  • New Year’s Eve Music City Midnight (December) — Nashville’s biggest New Year’s celebration with live music and the famous Music Note Drop.
  • Nashville Winter Wine Festival (January) — Local wineries and restaurants collaborate for special tastings and pairings.
  • Grammy Award Season Events (February) — Special concerts and celebrations surrounding country music’s biggest awards.

Local Eats in Nashville During Winter

Winter menus feature hearty stews, warming soups, comfort foods, and Tennessee whiskey, perfect for the cooler weather. Many restaurants like The Southern Steak & Oyster offer cozy fireside dining experiences. Hot toddies and warm beverages become staples after outdoor activities, with establishments serving perfect warming treats.

Nashville Travel Tips During Winter

Pack warm layers and waterproof gear for occasional snow or rain when visiting Nashville in winter. Consider bringing or purchasing warm clothing for evening entertainment when venues may have outdoor areas.

Check weather conditions before planning extensive outdoor activities, as some areas may be icy. Winter offers the best accommodation deals and restaurant availability. You’ll have your choice of vacation rentals and easy dining reservations.

Best Time of the Year to Visit Nashville (By Interest)

Nashville’s diverse attractions and entertainment options make timing your visit essential for the optimal experience. Each season offers distinct advantages, and knowing when is the best time to visit Nashville depends entirely on your priorities and interests.

Here are some key factors that make the decision-making process clearer and faster. You may want to identify your visit purpose or intent, such as:

For Smaller Crowds: December to February and mid-July through August

Best Time to Visit Nashville for Smaller Crowds

Winter months provide the most intimate venue experiences, while summer’s heat and humidity keep many tourists away, especially during weekday periods.

For Perfect Weather: April to June and September to November

Best Time to Visit Nashville for Perfect Weather

These periods offer the most comfortable temperatures for all activities, with ideal weather conditions perfect for walking Broadway, outdoor concerts, and extended city exploration.

For Music: October to November and April to May

Best Time to Visit Nashville for Music & Entertainment

Comfortable temperatures and clear skies create perfect conditions for outdoor concerts and lengthy venue exploration, with excellent visibility and pleasant walking conditions between establishments.

For Activities: April to June and September to October

Best Time to Visit Nashville for Outdoor Activities

Spring and fall provide the ideal balance of warm days and cool evenings, perfect for walking tours, outdoor festivals, and extended Broadway exploration.

For Events: April, June, September, and October

Best Time to Visit Nashville for Festivals & Events

Major events like CMA Fest in June and Nashville Film Festival in September showcase the city’s cultural richness during pleasant weather conditions.

For Convenience: September to November

Best Time to Visit Nashville for Comfort and Convenience

These months avoid extreme temperatures and severe weather while providing consistent conditions for both indoor and outdoor entertainment.

For Budget Travel: December to February and June to August

Best Time to Visit Nashville for Lower Prices

Off-peak seasons offer significant savings on accommodations, with winter providing the best deals overall on hotels and vacation rentals.

Where to Stay in Nashville

Book a place that feels like home, but with Music City flair. Here are five spectacular Nashville Airbnbs that you can rent, which you can book immediately:

  • Doralee — Multi-story group retreat named after Dolly Parton’s character.
  • Shelton — A contemporary home perfect for family vacations. 
  • The Magnolia — An elegant 12-unit property offering luxury accommodations and amenities.
  • Nashville Nightlife — Perfectly positioned for experiencing Music City’s legendary entertainment scene.
  • The Nomad Buyout — Unique full property rental with modern amenities and near Broadway.

Create Your Nashville Itinerary

Need assistance creating your Nashville itinerary? Elevate your Music City experience and let us handle all the details of your trip! We have a concierge team that can manage everything for you.

Simply contact us or download the AvantStay App to book additional experiences, get trip recommendations, and manage your stay all in one place.

To learn more about activities to add to your Nashville adventure, check out our guide on the best things to do in Nashville.

Ready to Plan Your Nashville Trip?

No matter when you choose to visit, Nashville’s musical magic will captivate you. It’s guaranteed to inspire and entertain. Just don’t forget to bring comfortable shoes for Broadway and prepare yourself for an unforgettable experience by staying with AvantStay.

We have the perfect home base waiting for you. Book with AvantStay today and discover how incredible vacations can be when you travel in perfect harmony with Music City’s rhythm.

FAQs

Is Nashville expensive to visit?

Nashville can be a costly destination, especially during peak seasons (spring and fall), when accommodations and entertainment are in high demand. However, there are ways to visit on a budget. Travel during off-season (summer or winter), book vacation rentals with kitchens to save on dining costs, and enjoy Nashville’s free entertainment like street performances, park visits, and many outdoor concerts.

How busy does Nashville get?

Peak seasons (spring and fall) attract the largest crowds. If you prefer quieter venues and available parking, winter offers the best alternative for a more intimate Music City experience.

When to avoid Nashville?

Mid-summer (July-August) can be challenging due to intense heat and humidity. However, if you can handle the weather with early morning activities and indoor plans, you’ll find lower rates and unique summer entertainment options!

The Best Time to Visit San Diego

Wondering when to go to San Diego? You’ve come to the right place. 

San Diego is a coastal paradise in Southern California that offers year-round appeal, but depending on your preferences. Whether it’s perfect beach weather, festival excitement, or budget-friendly travel, certain times of year truly stand out.

We’ll guide you through San Diego’s seasons, monthly weather patterns, major events, and must-do activities, plus help you discover the ideal accommodation. If you’re drawn to surfing, sightseeing, or simply soaking up that famous California sunshine, here’s everything you need to know about choosing the best time to visit San Diego and crafting your perfect getaway.

About San Diego, California

San Diego is renowned for its pristine beaches, world-class attractions, and enviable year-round climate. From the iconic Balboa Park and San Diego Zoo to the vibrant Gaslamp Quarter and stunning coastline, this Southern California gem attracts millions of visitors annually. Thanks to its Mediterranean-like climate and coastal location, San Diego maintains comfortable temperatures throughout the year, making it one of America’s most consistently pleasant destinations.

San Diego Travel Seasons at a Glance

Understanding San Diego’s seasonal patterns will help you plan the ultimate vacation. Here’s your quick reference guide.

High Seasons: June to August and December to January

These periods see the biggest crowds and highest prices. Summer brings perfect beach weather and school vacation travelers, while winter holidays attract visitors seeking warm weather escapes. Expect packed attractions and premium accommodation rates, but also ideal conditions for outdoor activities and beach time.

Shoulder Seasons: March to May and September to November

These months offer the sweet spot of pleasant weather, manageable crowds, and reasonable prices. Spring brings blooming flowers and comfortable temperatures, while fall delivers warm days and fewer tourists. These seasons provide excellent value with near-perfect weather conditions.

Low Season: February

Winter’s quietest month offers the best deals and smallest crowds. While temperatures are cooler, San Diego’s mild climate still makes outdoor activities enjoyable. This is prime time for budget-conscious travelers seeking peaceful experiences.

Why Visit San Diego?

If you’re questioning whether San Diego deserves a spot on your travel list, the answer is absolutely yes. San Diego captivates visitors with its stunning Pacific coastline, world-famous attractions like the San Diego Zoo and Balboa Park, thriving craft beer scene, and incredible outdoor recreation opportunities.

The city offers everything from championship golf courses and surfing beaches to cultural districts and family-friendly theme parks. San Diego’s perfect climate creates an outdoor playground where you can hike, bike, surf, and explore year-round.

There’s something truly special about San Diego, whether it’s watching the sunset from La Jolla Cove or exploring the historic streets of Old Town. From Comic-Con and Pride celebrations to craft brewery tours and beach volleyball, there’s always something happening. You’ll never exhaust the beaches, trails, or rooftop bars with ocean views.

Your Month-by-Month Guide to San Diego

  • San Diego in January: Mild winter days, whale watching season, lowest prices
  • San Diego in February: Pleasant weather returns, fewer crowds, great deals continue
  • San Diego in March: Spring blooms appear, perfect temperatures, festival season begins
  • San Diego in April: Ideal beach weather, comfortable evenings, outdoor events
  • San Diego in May: Warm sunny days, June Gloom hasn’t started yet
  • San Diego in June: Beach season begins, occasional morning marine layer
  • San Diego in July: Peak summer heat, Comic-Con excitement, busy beaches
  • San Diego in August: Warmest temperatures, perfect ocean conditions, high season continues
  • San Diego in September: Excellent weather returns, smaller crowds, comfortable temperatures
  • San Diego in October: Beautiful fall weather, harvest season, ideal outdoor conditions
  • San Diego in November: Comfortable days, pleasant evenings, holiday preparations
  • San Diego in December: Holiday celebrations, mild winter weather, vacation season begins

When Is the Best Time to Visit San Diego?

The best time to visit San Diego is during late spring (April-May) and early fall (September-October). These periods offer the perfect combination of warm, sunny weather, comfortable ocean temperatures, and manageable crowds. You’ll experience daily highs in the mid-70s to low 80s with minimal rainfall, making it ideal for beach activities and sightseeing.

Visiting in Spring (March to May)

Spring ranks among San Diego’s most delightful seasons, offering a perfect blend of comfortable weather and emerging natural beauty. This time of year showcases San Diego at its most vibrant, with blooming wildflowers throughout the county’s canyons and parks.

Spring is undeniably one of the most rewarding times to experience San Diego’s charm. From March through May, temperatures range from the mid-60s to mid-70s, creating perfect conditions for beach activities, hiking, outdoor dining, and exploring the city’s many attractions.

This season brings colorful displays of wildflowers across the region’s natural areas, creating stunning backdrops for photography and outdoor adventures.

San Diego Weather in Spring

  • March: 50°F (low) / 66°F (high) | Avg precip: 2.0 in
  • April: 55°F (low) / 68°F (high) | Avg precip: 0.8 in
  • May: 59°F (low) / 70°F (high) | Avg precip: 0.2 in

Things to Do in San Diego During Spring

Spring weather in San Diego is perfect for exploring famous beaches like La Jolla Cove, Mission Beach, and Coronado Beach. The comfortable temperatures make hiking trails like Torrey Pines State Natural Reserve and Cabrillo National Monument particularly enjoyable, and it’s ideal weather for exploring Balboa Park’s gardens and museums.

Many visitors enjoy harbor cruises, whale watching tours, and scenic drives along the Pacific Coast Highway. You can also explore the historic Gaslamp Quarter, take brewery tours in neighborhoods like North Park, or visit the world-famous San Diego Zoo.

San Diego Events in Spring

  • San Diego Festival of the Arts (April) – Showcasing local and international artists in a beautiful outdoor setting.
  • Wildflower Festival (March-April) – Celebrating the region’s spectacular spring blooms with guided tours and educational programs.
  • San Diego Earth Fair (April) – One of the largest Earth Day celebrations in the world, held in Balboa Park.
  • Cinco de Mayo Celebrations (May) – Vibrant festivals throughout the city celebrating Mexican heritage and culture.

Local Eats in San Diego During Spring

Spring brings fresh seafood and farm-to-table dining to San Diego’s restaurant scene. Look for dishes featuring local fish, spring vegetables, and craft beer pairings at spots like The Prado or Panama 66. Many restaurants offer expanded patio seating to take advantage of the perfect weather, featuring seasonal menus with fresh, local ingredients.

San Diego Travel Tips During Spring

Spring attracts many visitors, so book accommodations, restaurant reservations, and popular tours in advance. The weather can vary between warm afternoons and cool evenings, so pack layers. Don’t forget sunscreen and comfortable walking shoes for exploring the city’s diverse neighborhoods and attractions.

Visiting in Summer (June to August)

Summer in San Diego delivers the quintessential Southern California beach experience, though it also brings the year’s largest crowds and highest prices. While inland areas can get warm, the coastal location keeps temperatures more moderate than other parts of Southern California.

Summer features San Diego’s famous “June Gloom” phenomenon, where marine layer clouds create overcast mornings that typically clear by afternoon, revealing sunny skies perfect for beach activities.

San Diego Weather in Summer

  • June: 62°F (low) / 72°F (high) | Avg precip: 0.1 in
  • July: 66°F (low) / 75°F (high) | Avg precip: 0.0 in
  • August: 67°F (low) / 76°F (high) | Avg precip: 0.1 in

Things to Do in San Diego During Summer

Summer is prime time for beach activities like surfing at Pacific Beach, swimming at Mission Bay, or snorkeling at La Jolla Cove. The warm ocean temperatures make water sports particularly appealing, while the long daylight hours are perfect for harbor cruises and sunset watching.

Air-conditioned attractions like the USS Midway Museum, California Building, and Seaworld San Diego provide comfortable midday options. Evening activities like rooftop dining, beach bonfires, and outdoor concerts take advantage of the pleasant summer nights.

San Diego Events in Summer

  • San Diego Comic-Con International (July) – The world’s largest pop culture convention, drawing hundreds of thousands of fans.
  • San Diego Pride Festival (July) – A massive celebration of diversity and inclusion with parades, festivals, and community events.
  • Summer Concert Series (June-August) – Outdoor concerts at venues like Humphreys Concerts by the Bay.
  • Del Mar Racing Season (July-August) – Historic horse racing at the beautiful Del Mar Racetrack.

Local Eats in San Diego During Summer

Summer dining in San Diego centers around fresh seafood, craft beer, and outdoor dining. Popular spots like Liberty Public Market and Stone Brewing offer perfect summer fare with ocean breezes. Fish tacos, ceviche, and cold craft beer become staples, while rooftop restaurants and beachside cafes provide the ideal summer dining atmosphere.

San Diego Travel Tips During Summer

Summer is peak tourist season, so expect crowds at popular attractions and beaches. Book accommodations well in advance and consider staying slightly inland for better rates. The marine layer can make mornings cooler than expected, so bring a light jacket. Take advantage of early morning and evening hours for outdoor activities when temperatures are most comfortable.

Visiting in Fall (September to November)

Fall in San Diego offers some of the year’s most perfect weather with warm, sunny days and comfortable evenings. Many locals consider this the absolute best time to visit, as the summer crowds thin out while excellent weather continues.

This season brings some of San Diego’s most beautiful weather, with crystal-clear skies, warm ocean temperatures, and comfortable conditions for all activities. The famous Santa Ana winds occasionally bring exceptionally clear, warm days with incredible visibility.

San Diego Weather in Fall

  • September: 65°F (low) / 77°F (high) | Avg precip: 0.2 in
  • October: 60°F (low) / 74°F (high) | Avg precip: 0.4 in
  • November: 53°F (low) / 69°F (high) | Avg precip: 0.4 in

Things to Do in San Diego During Fall

Fall weather is exceptional for longer beach days, hiking adventures in places like Mission Trails Regional Park, and exploring the city’s outdoor attractions. The comfortable temperatures make it perfect for walking tours of neighborhoods like Little Italy, harbor activities, and extended exploration of Balboa Park.

This is also prime time for golf at courses like Torrey Pines, cycling along the Mission Bay bike path, and enjoying the many outdoor festivals that take place throughout the season.

San Diego Events in Fall

  • San Diego Beer Week (November) – Celebrating the city’s incredible craft beer scene with special events and tastings.
  • Fleet Week (October) – Military appreciation with air shows, ship tours, and patriotic celebrations.
  • San Diego Film Festival (September-October) – Showcasing independent films from around the world.
  • Halloween Events (October) – Including haunted attractions, costume parties, and family-friendly celebrations.

Local Eats in San Diego During Fall

Fall harvest brings seasonal menu changes to San Diego’s restaurants, featuring locally sourced ingredients and comfort foods. Look for restaurants offering harvest-themed dishes, wine pairings, and outdoor dining with views at spots like George’s at the Cove. The comfortable weather makes it perfect for exploring food halls, craft breweries, and farmers markets.

San Diego Travel Tips During Fall

Fall offers some of the best weather and value combinations of the year. While not as busy as summer, popular attractions can still draw crowds on weekends, so plan accordingly. The significant temperature difference between day and night means layered clothing is essential. This is an excellent time for outdoor photography and exploring the city’s many neighborhoods on foot.

Visiting in Winter (December to February)

Winter in San Diego offers mild, pleasant weather that visitors from colder climates find incredibly appealing. While it’s the coolest time of year, temperatures rarely drop uncomfortably low, making it a popular escape destination.

This season brings occasional rainfall, which keeps the landscape green and creates beautiful clear days between storms. Winter also offers the best accommodation deals and smallest crowds at most attractions.

San Diego Weather in Winter

  • December: 47°F (low) / 64°F (high) | Avg precip: 1.6 in
  • January: 47°F (low) / 63°F (high) | Avg precip: 2.0 in
  • February: 49°F (low) / 64°F (high) | Avg precip: 1.8 in

Things to Do in San Diego During Winter

Winter is perfect for whale watching, as gray whales migrate along the coast. Indoor attractions like the San Diego Natural History Museum, Fleet Science Center, and numerous art galleries become more appealing. The mild weather still allows for hiking, golfing, and exploring outdoor attractions during the warmest parts of the day.

Many visitors enjoy the peaceful atmosphere for spa treatments, shopping in areas like Seaport Village, and experiencing the city’s cultural attractions without crowds.

San Diego Events in Winter

  • Holiday Bowl (December) – Major college football game with festivities throughout the city.
  • New Year’s Eve Celebrations (December) – Harbor fireworks and downtown celebrations.
  • Restaurant Week (January) – Special menus and promotions at top restaurants citywide.
  • Chinese New Year (February) – Cultural celebrations and festivals, particularly in the Asian Pacific Historic District.

Local Eats in San Diego During Winter

Winter menus feature heartier fare and comfort foods, though San Diego’s year-round growing season means fresh ingredients remain available. Many restaurants offer cozy indoor dining and special winter cocktails. This is an excellent time to explore the city’s diverse culinary scene without summer crowds, with easier reservations at top restaurants.

San Diego Travel Tips During Winter

Winter offers the best deals on accommodations and attractions, making it ideal for budget-conscious travelers. Pack layers and a waterproof jacket for occasional rain. Take advantage of the fewer crowds to explore popular attractions like the San Diego Zoo and Balboa Park. Indoor backup plans are helpful for occasional rainy days.

Best Time of the Year to Visit San Diego (By Interest)

San Diego’s diverse attractions and year-round pleasant climate make timing your visit important for optimizing your experience. Each season offers distinct advantages, and knowing the best time to visit San Diego depends on your priorities and interests.

Here are some key factors to help make your decision easier and faster. Consider your primary purpose or interests such as:

For Smaller Crowds: February and Mid-Week Periods Year-Round

Best Time to Visit San Diego for Smaller Crowds

February offers the quietest period, while visiting Sunday through Thursday any time of year helps avoid weekend crowds at popular attractions.

For Perfect Weather: April to May and September to October

Best Time to Visit San Diego for Perfect Weather

These months provide the ideal combination of warm, sunny days and comfortable evenings, with minimal rainfall and excellent conditions for all activities.

For Beach Fun: June to October

Best Time to Visit San Diego for Beach Activities

Ocean temperatures are warmest and weather is most consistently sunny, making this the prime period for surfing, swimming, and all water sports.

For Outdoor Adventures: March to May and September to November

Best Time to Visit San Diego for Outdoor Adventures

These seasons offer comfortable temperatures for hiking, biking, and extended outdoor exploration without the intense heat or unpredictable weather.

For Festivals & Events: March, July, October, and December

Best Time to Visit San Diego for Festivals and Cultural Events

Major events like Comic-Con in July, various spring festivals in March, fall celebrations in October, and holiday events in December showcase the city’s vibrant culture.

For Budget Travel: January to February and November

Best Time to Visit San Diego for Best Value

Off-peak seasons offer significant savings on accommodations and attractions, with winter providing the deepest discounts overall.

For Family Travel: June to August and December to January

Best Time to Visit San Diego for Family Travel

School vacation periods and holiday breaks make these times ideal for family trips, though expect higher prices and larger crowds.

Where to Stay in San Diego

Book a place that feels like home—but with ocean views and premium amenities. Here are five exceptional San Diego vacation homes available to rent with AvantStay, which you can book starting now:

  • Endless Summer – Emmy award-winning bayfront home with direct beach access.
  • Topaz – Sophisticated coastal cottage just a few minutes to the beach.
  • Moonlight Modern – Contemporary beach house designed for relaxation.
  • Jewel – Elegant property with the best views of the bay and sunset.
  • Kokomo – Tropically inspired, waterfront getaway that you’ll love.

Create Your San Diego Itinerary

Need assistance creating your San Diego itinerary? Elevate your San Diego experience and let us handle all the trip details! Our concierge team can arrange everything for you.

Simply contact us or download the AvantStay App to book additional experiences, get insider tips, and manage your entire stay from one convenient platform.

To discover more activities for your San Diego adventure, check out our guide on the best things to do in San Diego.

Ready to Plan Your San Diego Trip?

Regardless of when you choose to visit, San Diego’s coastal magic and year-round appeal will leave you spellbound. It’s guaranteed to exceed expectations. Don’t forget your camera and make your stay unforgettable with AvantStay.

We have the perfect oceanside retreat waiting for you. Book with AvantStay today and discover how incredible vacations can be when you travel in perfect harmony with San Diego’s endless summer vibes.

FAQs

Is San Diego expensive to visit?

San Diego can be costly, particularly during peak seasons (summer and winter holidays), when accommodations and attractions command premium prices. However, budget-friendly options exist. Travel during shoulder seasons (spring or fall), book vacation rentals with kitchens to reduce dining costs, and enjoy San Diego’s natural attractions for free—beaches, hiking trails, and stunning coastline views.

How busy does San Diego get?

Peak seasons (summer and winter holidays) see the largest crowds. If you prefer quieter beaches and less congested attractions, consider visiting during February or weekday periods throughout the year.

When to avoid San Diego?

There’s rarely a truly bad time to visit San Diego due to its mild climate. However, if you dislike crowds and high prices, avoid summer months (June-August) and winter holidays (December-January). June can also bring “June Gloom” with overcast mornings, though afternoons typically clear up beautifully.

The Best Time to Visit Key West

Dreaming of turquoise waters, swaying palms, and legendary sunsets? Key West beckons with its irresistible island charm, but timing your visit can transform a great trip into an unforgettable adventure. 

This slice of paradise floating at America’s southern edge offers year-round appeal, yet each season brings its own unique personality, from crystal-clear winter mornings perfect for reef diving to sultry summer evenings alive with tropical storms and vibrant nightlife.

Whether you’re drawn to world-class fishing, historic literary haunts, or simply watching the sun melt into the Gulf of Mexico from Mallory Square, understanding Key West’s rhythm throughout the year will help you craft the perfect escape.

Here’s everything you need to know about the best time to visit Key West and begin your planning.

About Key West, Florida

Key West is renowned for its pristine turquoise waters, spectacular coral reefs, rich historical character, and world-famous sunset celebrations. It’s a destination for water activities, literary heritage, and Caribbean-influenced culture, attracting travelers from across the globe. 

Since Key West is located in the subtropical zone with ocean influence, it enjoys a tropical climate featuring two primary seasons: a dry season and a wet season, maintaining pleasant temperatures throughout the year.

Key West Travel Seasons at a Glance

Timing your visit properly can significantly impact your experience. Learning Key West’s seasonal rhythms will help you plan the ideal island vacation. Here’s a quick breakdown.

High Seasons: December to April 

These represent Key West’s peak periods when weather conditions are exceptional with bright skies, minimal humidity, and daily temperatures reaching the pleasant 70s to low 80s (degrees Fahrenheit). Anticipate bigger crowds and elevated prices, but also magnificent weather and pristine ocean conditions.

Shoulder Season: May and November 

These months provide an excellent balance between peak season crowds and summer heat. Temperatures remain warm but comfortable, with lighter tourist numbers and more affordable rates than peak season.

Low Season: June to October 

Summer delivers hot, muggy temperatures and the possibility of tropical storms and hurricanes. Nevertheless, you’ll discover the greatest deals, smaller crowds, and vibrant tropical scenery during this wet season.

Why Visit Key West?

If you’re still questioning whether Key West is worth visiting, the answer is definitely yes. Key West enchants visitors with its magnificent azure waters, exceptional diving and snorkeling, fascinating maritime history, and dynamic nightlife scene.

The island provides everything from exciting water sports and fishing expeditions to historical tours, art museums, and acclaimed seafood dining. Additionally, Key West’s distinctive location at the meeting point of the Gulf of Mexico and Atlantic Ocean produces some of the most breathtaking sunsets you’ll ever experience.

There’s truly something enchanting about Key West, whether it’s the pristine waters ideal for snorkeling, the famous Duval Street entertainment, or the relaxed island vibe. From glass-bottom boat excursions and dolphin encounters to literary walks and rum sampling, there’s constantly something happening. 

You’ll never exhaust the beaches in Key West to discover, establishments to visit, or perfect locations to watch the sunset.

Your Month-by-Month Guide to Key West

Key West in January: Cool, dry conditions, peak tourist season, highest costs 

  • Key West in February: Perfect temperatures, busy crowds, festival period 
  • Key West in March: Warm days, spring break visitors, excellent weather 
  • Key West in April: Ideal conditions, shoulder season starts, comfortable humidity 
  • Key West in May: Warm weather, fewer crowds, pre-summer excellence 
  • Key West in June: Hot days arrive, wet season begins, fewer tourists 
  • Key West in July: Peak heat and humidity, storm season, lowest prices 
  • Key West in August: Hottest month, tropical storm potential, great deals 
  • Key West in September: Hurricane season peak, hot and humid, excellent bargains 
  • Key West in October: Fantasy Fest, weather improves, shoulder season returns 
  • Key West in November: Cooling temperatures, crowds return, holiday season begins 
  • Key West in December: Perfect weather returns, peak season begins, winter escape

When Is the Best Time to Visit Key West?

The best time to visit Key West is during the dry season from December to April, with March and April being especially optimal. These months provide the perfect blend of pleasant temperatures, low humidity, limited rainfall, and excellent conditions for water activities and beach relaxation. You’ll enjoy daily highs in the upper 70s to low 80s with gentle trade winds, making it perfect for exploring the island’s attractions.

Visiting in Winter (December to February)

Winter represents Key West’s peak season and for excellent reasons. With pleasant temperatures, low humidity, and almost no rainfall, it’s an optimal time to escape colder climates and enjoy tropical paradise.

Winter is undoubtedly the most popular time to experience Key West’s enchantment. The dry season delivers perfect weather from December to February, with temperatures ranging from the mid-60s to upper 70s, creating ideal climate for water sports, beach activities, fishing, and island exploration.

This season produces the clearest skies and calmest waters, establishing perfect conditions for snorkeling, diving, and boating adventures around the coral reefs.

Key West Weather in Winter

  • December: 69°F (low) / 78°F (high) | Avg precip: 1.6 in 
  • January: 65°F (low) / 75°F (high) | Avg precip: 1.5 in 
  • February: 67°F (low) / 77°F (high) | Avg precip: 1.8 in

Things to Do in Key West During Winter

Winter weather in Key West is perfect for exploring the renowned coral reefs through snorkeling or diving trips to John Pennekamp Coral Reef State Park. The calm waters make boat tours to the Dry Tortugas especially enjoyable, and it’s excellent weather for fishing charters and sunset sailing.

Many visitors enjoy exploring the historic Old Town on foot, visiting attractions like the Ernest Hemingway House and Museum, or taking the Conch Train tour. The comfortable temperatures are perfect for cycling around the island or enjoying outdoor dining at waterfront restaurants.

Key West Events in Winter

  • New Year’s Eve Celebration (December) — Key West’s famous conch shell drop and street parties rival Times Square. 
  • Key West Literary Seminar (January) — Writers and literary enthusiasts gather for workshops and readings. 
  • Conch Republic Independence Celebration (April) — A week-long festival celebrating Key West’s mock secession from the U.S.

Local Eats in Key West During Winter

Winter brings peak season dining to Key West’s restaurant scene. Look for fresh stone crab, locally caught fish, and Key lime pie at spots like Blue Heaven or Louie’s Backyard. Many restaurants feature outdoor dining with ocean breezes, perfect for enjoying conch fritters, Cuban sandwiches, and tropical cocktails.

Key West Travel Tips During Winter

Winter is peak season, so book accommodations, restaurant reservations, and water activities well in advance. Consider booking popular sunset cruises and snorkeling tours ahead of time too!

Pack light layers since evenings can be slightly cooler while days are warm. Don’t forget reef-safe sunscreen and a hat as the tropical sun is strong even in winter.

Visiting in Spring (March to May)

Spring in Key West delivers some of the most enjoyable weather of the year, with warm temperatures and the shift from dry to wet season. Many consider this the ideal period for visiting, particularly March and April when you experience perfect weather with somewhat fewer crowds than peak winter season.

Spring brings extended days, peaceful seas, and excellent conditions for all water activities while avoiding the intense heat and humidity of summer.

Key West Weather in Spring

  • March: 70°F (low) / 79°F (high) | Avg precip: 1.8 in 
  • April: 73°F (low) / 82°F (high) | Avg precip: 1.8 in 
  • May: 77°F (low) / 85°F (high) | Avg precip: 3.5 in

Things to Do in Key West During Spring

Spring weather is excellent for extended water adventures like full-day snorkeling trips to Looe Key or kayaking through the mangrove channels. The comfortable temperatures make it perfect for fishing tournaments, sunset sailing, and exploring Fort Zachary Taylor Beach.

Spring is also excellent for outdoor activities like visiting the Key West Butterfly Conservatory, exploring the island’s art galleries, or taking walking tours through the historic district. The mild evenings are perfect for enjoying Duval Street’s nightlife scene.

Key West Events in Spring

  • Conch Republic Independence Celebration (April) — Key West’s most famous festival with parades, parties, and mock naval battles. 
  • Old Island Days (February-April) — Celebrating Key West’s heritage with house and garden tours. 
  • Key West Songwriters Festival (May) — Intimate performances by renowned songwriters in unique venues.

Local Eats in Key West During Spring

Spring brings fresh seafood to Key West’s culinary scene. Look for dishes featuring mahi-mahi, grouper, and fresh lobster at restaurants like Café Marquesa or Santiago’s Bodega. Many establishments offer outdoor dining with perfect spring breezes, featuring specialties like conch chowder, fish tacos, and tropical fruit dishes.

Key West Travel Tips During Spring

Spring offers the best balance of good weather and manageable crowds. Book water activities and popular restaurants in advance, especially during spring break periods.

Pack lightweight, breathable clothing and don’t forget swimwear and water shoes for reef exploration. Spring is perfect for combining beach time with cultural activities.

Visiting in Summer (June to August)

Summer in Key West is hot, humid, and characterized by the wet season, but also provides unique tropical beauty and the best deals of the year. While temperatures and humidity rise, the ocean provides natural cooling, and afternoon thunderstorms often bring refreshing relief.

Summer is when Key West experiences its rainy season, with dramatic afternoon thunderstorms that provide spectacular lightning shows over the ocean and help cool the air.

Key West Weather in Summer

  • June: 79°F (low) / 87°F (high) | Avg precip: 4.6 in 
  • July: 81°F (low) / 89°F (high) | Avg precip: 3.4 in 
  • August: 81°F (low) / 89°F (high) | Avg precip: 4.1 in

Things to Do in Key West During Summer

Early morning and late afternoon are the optimal times for outdoor activities like snorkeling at Fort Zachary Taylor or kayaking through the backcountry. Swimming and water sports are perfect for cooling off in the warm ocean waters.

Air-conditioned activities like visiting the Key West Aquarium, Mel Fisher Maritime Museum, or exploring indoor attractions are perfect for escaping the midday heat. Evening activities like sunset watching at Mallory Square are particularly enjoyable as temperatures cool.

Key West Events in Summer

  • Hemingway Days (July 23-27, 2025) — Celebrating Ernest Hemingway with writing contests, look-alike competitions, and literary tours. 
  • Key West Key Lime Festival (July 3-7, 2025) — Celebrating the island’s famous key lime pie with tastings and competitions. 
  • Key West Pride (June 22-29, 2025) — Rainbow flags and celebrations throughout the island.

Local Eats in Key West During Summer

Summer calls for lighter fare and cooling drinks. Many restaurants feature cold conch salad, ceviche, and frozen daiquiris. Popular spots like El Siboney offer authentic Cuban cuisine in air-conditioned comfort, while beach bars in Key West serve up ice-cold beer and tropical smoothies.

Key West Travel Tips During Summer

Start outdoor activities very early in the morning or wait until evening. Stay hydrated and seek air-conditioned spaces during peak heat hours. Pack lightweight, quick-dry clothing, rain gear for sudden storms, and always carry water.

Summer offers the best accommodation deals and fewer crowds, making it perfect for budget-conscious travelers who don’t mind the heat and humidity.

Visiting in Fall (September to November)

Fall in Key West brings the transition from wet season back to dry season, with gradually improving weather and the return of more comfortable conditions. While September and October still carry hurricane risk, November marks the beginning of the return to peak season weather.

Fall includes Key West’s most famous festival—Fantasy Fest in October—which transforms the island into a massive costume party and celebration.

Key West Weather in Fall

  • September: 80°F (low) / 88°F (high) | Avg precip: 5.9 in 
  • October: 76°F (low) / 84°F (high) | Avg precip: 3.4 in 
  • November: 72°F (low) / 80°F (high) | Avg precip: 2.0 in

Things to Do in Key West During Fall

Fall weather improves gradually, making October and November excellent for water activities like diving trips to the USS Vandenberg wreck or fishing charters for tarpon and sailfish. The comfortable November temperatures make it ideal for outdoor exploration and beach activities.

Hurricane season requires flexibility in planning, but when weather permits, fall offers excellent conditions for sunset cruises, kayaking, and exploring the island’s natural areas.

Key West Events in Fall

  • Fantasy Fest (October 17-26, 2025) — Key West’s legendary 10-day costume festival with parades, parties, and street celebrations. 
  • Key West Food and Wine Festival (November) — Culinary celebrations featuring local restaurants and visiting chefs. 
  • Goombay Festival (October) — Celebrating Bahamian culture with music, food, and dance.

Local Eats in Key West During Fall

Fall brings harvest-inspired menus and Fantasy Fest themed dining. Look for special festival menus during October, featuring creative cocktails and themed dishes. November restaurants begin featuring stone crab season specialties and holiday-inspired tropical cuisine.

Key West Travel Tips During Fall

Monitor hurricane forecasts and consider travel insurance during September and October. Book early for Fantasy Fest as accommodations fill up quickly for this popular event.

November offers the sweet spot of improving weather with lower prices than peak season. Pack layers as temperature differences between day and evening become more noticeable.

Best Time of the Year to Visit Key West (By Interest)

Key West’s stunning attractions and diverse activities make timing your visit crucial for the best experience. Each season offers distinct advantages, and knowing the best time to visit Key West depends on your priorities and preferences.

Here are some key criteria that make the decision-making process easier and faster. You may want to identify your purpose of visit or intent such as:

For Smaller Crowds: June to September

Best Time to Visit Key West for Smaller Crowds

Summer months offer the most solitude on beaches and attractions, with significantly fewer tourists despite the heat and humidity.

For Perfect Weather: December to April

Best Time to Visit Key West for Perfect Weather

These months offer the most comfortable temperatures and lowest humidity for all activities, with ideal conditions and minimal rainfall.

For Water Activities: March to May & October to November

Best Time to Visit Key West for Water Activities

These periods provide excellent ocean conditions with comfortable air and water temperatures, perfect for snorkeling, diving, and boating.

For Festivals & Events: October, April, and July

Best Time to Visit Key West for Festivals and Cultural Events

Major events like Fantasy Fest, Conch Republic Independence Celebration, and Hemingway Days showcase the island’s unique culture during these months.

For Budget Travel: June to September

Best Time to Visit Key West for Budget Travel

Off-season summer months offer significant savings on accommodations and activities, with the trade-off being heat, humidity, and storm potential.

For Hurricane Avoidance: November to May

Best Time to Visit Key West for Hurricane Avoidance

Do not make the usual mistakes when visiting Key West. Hurricane season officially runs June through November, so visiting outside this period eliminates storm risk entirely.

Where to Stay in Key West

Book a place that feels like home but better. Here are five stunning Key West monthly vacation homes available to rent with AvantStay, which you can book as early as now:

  • Midnight Cowboy — One of our best recognized home with authentic Key West vibe.
  • Easy Livin’ — Laid-back island home with a private pool perfect for groups. 
  • Casa Grande — Tropical oasis that is tucked away for enhanced privacy.
  • Lighthouse Villa — Classic, timeless, and private Conch home.
  • Bahamian Reed — Newly transformed elegant sanctuary for better relaxation.

Create Your Key West Itinerary

Need help creating your Key West itinerary? Take your Key West experience to the next level and let us take care of the details of your trip! We have a concierge team that can handle all of these for you.

Simply contact us, or you may also download the AvantStay App to book additional experiences, get trip tips, and manage your stay all in one place.

To learn more about activities to add to your Key West trip, check out our guide on the best things to do in Key West.

Ready to Plan Your Key West Trip?

No matter when you choose to visit, Key West’s tropical magic will captivate you. It is guaranteed to wow. Just don’t forget your underwater camera and make it unforgettable by staying with AvantStay.

We have the perfect island home base waiting for you. Book with AvantStay today and discover how beautiful vacations can be when you travel in perfect harmony with the seasons.

FAQs

Is Key West expensive to visit?

Key West can be a pricey destination, especially during peak season (December-April), when lodging and activities are in high demand. However, there are ways to visit on a budget. Travel in the off-season (summer), book monthly vacation rentals with kitchens to save on dining out, and enjoy Key West’s natural beauty for free like beaches, sunset watching, and exploring historic districts.

How busy does Key West get?

Peak seasons (winter and spring) see the largest crowds. If you’re not a fan of busy beaches and crowded attractions, the best alternative is to visit during summer months when tourism is lightest.

When should you avoid Key West?

Hurricane season (June-November), particularly August and September, presents the highest risk of tropical storms. However, many visitors still enjoy Key West during these months due to lower prices and fewer crowds, just with the understanding that weather can be unpredictable.

The Best Time to Visit Sedona

Planning a trip to Sedona but not sure when to go? You’re in the right place. This red rock oasis in northern Arizona is stunning year-round, but depending on what kind of experience you’re after—whether it’s vibrant wildflowers, fall foliage, or fewer crowds—some seasons shine more than others.

Let’s walk you through Sedona’s seasons, monthly weather patterns, events, and things to do, and even help you find the perfect place to stay. If you’re into hiking, healing, or just soaking in those iconic views, here’s how to choose the best time to visit Sedona and start planning.

About Sedona, Arizona

Sedona is famous for its dramatic red rock formations, mystical energy vortexes, and small-town charm. It’s a hub for outdoor adventures, wellness retreats, and spiritual seekers, drawing visitors from around the world. Because Sedona sits at around 4,300 feet elevation, it experiences all four seasons, milder than Phoenix but still offering warm summers and cool winters.

Sedona Travel Seasons at a Glance

Timing your visit right can make all the difference in your experience. And understanding Sedona’s seasonal patterns will help you plan the perfect getaway. Here is a quick overview.

High Seasons: March to May and September to November

These are Sedona’s peak times when the weather conditions are ideal with blue skies and daily high temperatures in the mid-60s to low 80s (degrees Fahrenheit). Expect larger crowds and higher prices, but also perfect hiking weather and stunning natural beauty.

Shoulder Season: June to August

Summer brings hot temperatures but fewer crowds. Sedona experiences a monsoon season, typically beginning in early July, with generally short periods of heavy rain and thunderstorms in the late afternoon or early evening.

Low Season: December to February

Winter offers the best deals and smallest crowds. The winters are cold and partly cloudy, with temperatures typically varying from 35°F to 94°F throughout the year.

Why Visit Sedona?

If you’re still wondering if Sedona is worth visiting, the answer is a big yes. Sedona captivates visitors with its stunning red rock formations, spiritual vortex sites, world-class spas, and incredible outdoor recreation opportunities. 

The area offers everything from challenging hiking trails and mountain biking to art galleries, spiritual retreats, and award-winning restaurants. Plus, Sedona’s altitude gives it a unique, mild climate all its own that makes it comfortable year-round.

There’s indeed something magical about Sedona, whether it’s the surreal landscapes or the epic trails and stargazing. From jeep tours and yoga retreats to food festivals and art walks, there’s always something going on. You’ll never run out of views, hikes, or cozy patios to sip a glass of wine on.

Your Month-by-Month Guide to Sedona

  • Sedona in January: Crisp air, snow-dusted red rocks, lowest prices
  • Sedona in February: Clear winter days, peaceful trails, budget-friendly deals
  • Sedona in March: Wildflower blooms begin, and perfect hiking weather starts
  • Sedona in April: Spring festivals, ideal temperatures, vibrant desert colors
  • Sedona in May: Warm days, clear skies, pre-summer perfection
  • Sedona in June: Hot days begin, fewer crowds, swimming weather
  • Sedona in July: Afternoon thunderstorms, monsoon drama, cooler evenings
  • Sedona in August: Peak monsoon season, dramatic skies, lush desert
  • Sedona in September: Cooler temperatures return, and comfortable hiking weather
  • Sedona in October: Fall colors, harvest season, perfect outdoor conditions
  • Sedona in November: Crisp mornings, mild days, holiday festivities
  • Sedona in December: Winter wonderland, cozy vibes, year-end celebrations

When Is the Best Time to Visit Sedona?

The best time to visit Sedona is during spring (March-May) and fall (September-November). These seasons offer the perfect combination of comfortable temperatures, clear skies, and ideal conditions for hiking and outdoor activities. You’ll experience daily highs in the mid-60s to low 80s with minimal rainfall, making it perfect for exploring the red rocks.

Visiting in Spring (March to May)

Spring is one of Sedona’s most popular seasons—and for good reason. With warm days, blooming wildflowers, and perfect hiking weather, it’s an ideal time to explore.

Spring is hands-down one of the most popular times to experience Sedona’s magic. Spring is one of the most popular times to visit Sedona, with temperatures from March to May ranging from the mid-60s to the low 80s, making the weather perfect for hiking, biking, camping, and much more. 

This season brings wildflower blooms across the desert landscape, creating a colorful contrast against the famous red rocks.

Sedona Weather in Spring

  • March: 38°F (low) / 65°F (high) | Avg precip: 2.3 in
  • April: 44°F (low) / 73°F (high) | Avg precip: 1.0 in
  • May: 51°F (low) / 82°F (high) | Avg precip: 0.6 in

Things to Do in Sedona During Spring

Spring weather in Sedona is ideal for exploring the famous hiking trails in Sedona, like the Devil’s Bridge, Cathedral Rock, and Bell Rock. The moderate temperatures make outdoor photography workshops particularly enjoyable, and it’s perfect weather for jeep tours through the rugged terrain. 

Many visitors also enjoy mountain biking the extensive trail system or taking scenic drives through Oak Creek Canyon. You can also visit Tlaquepaque Arts & Shopping Village for artisan shops and open-air markets.

Sedona Events in Spring

  1. Sedona Yoga Festival (March) – Spiritual and wellness enthusiasts from all over gather for yoga, sound healing, and workshops.
  2. Sedona Mountain Bike Festival (March) – Mountain biking enthusiasts gather for guided rides, demos, and trail adventures through red rock country.
  3. Red Rocks Music Festival (April) – Internationally acclaimed musicians perform in intimate outdoor venues with stunning red rock backdrops.
  4. Cinco de Mayo Fiesta (May) – A fun local celebration of food, music, and culture.

Local Eats in Sedona During Spring

Spring brings fresh ingredients to Sedona’s restaurant scene. Look for dishes featuring spring greens, strawberries, and local honey at spots like The Hudson or Mariposa. Or try out dishes such as prickly pear cactus, fresh herbs, and seasonal vegetables. Many restaurants offer al fresco dining to take advantage of the perfect weather.

Sedona Travel Tips During Spring

Spring is busy, so you would want to book tours, restaurant reservations, and vacation homes in advance. Consider booking popular activities and tours ahead of time, too!

Pack layers since mornings can be cool while afternoons warm up significantly. Don’t forget sunscreen and a hat – the Arizona sun is strong even in spring. 

Visiting in Summer (June to August)

Summer in Sedona is hot, but also offers unique desert beauty and fewer crowds than spring and fall. While temperatures soar, the higher elevation at 4,350 feet keeps things more manageable than Phoenix or other low-desert cities. 

Summer is when Sedona experiences its monsoon season, creating dramatic afternoon thunderstorms that provide spectacular light shows against the red rocks.

Sedona Weather in Summer

  • June: 59°F (low) / 93°F (high) | Avg precip: 0.2 in
  • July: 66°F (low) / 96°F (high) | Avg precip: 1.6 in
  • August: 65°F (low) / 93°F (high) | Avg precip: 1.8 in

Things to Do in Sedona During Summer

Early morning and evening are the best times for outdoor activities like hiking Bell Rock or Cathedral Rock. Swimming at Slide Rock State Park is also the perfect way to cool off in Oak Creek’s natural pools. 

Evening stargazing is spectacular due to clear skies and minimal light pollution. Air-conditioned activities like visiting the Tlaquepaque Arts Village, spa treatments, or exploring local art galleries are perfect for midday heat.

Sedona Events in Summer

  • Hummingbird Festival (July) – Celebrating peak hummingbird population with educational presentations and garden tours.
  • Summer Art Gallery Exhibitions (June-August) – Local galleries showcase special summer collections.
  • Evening Concert Series (July-August) – Outdoor concerts scheduled during cooler evening hours.

Local Eats in Sedona During Summer

Summer calls for lighter fare and refreshing drinks. Many restaurants feature cold gazpacho, fresh salads, and frozen margaritas. Popular spots like ChocolaTree Organic Eatery offer cooling smoothies and raw dishes. Plus, ice cream shops and smoothie bars become popular gathering spots during the heat.

Sedona Travel Tips During Summer

Start outdoor activities very early in the morning or wait until evening. Always stay hydrated and take breaks in air-conditioned spaces during peak heat hours. Pack lightweight, breathable clothing, a wide-brimmed hat, and always carry plenty of water when hiking.

Nevertheless, summer offers the best deals on accommodations and vacation rentals, so if you are looking for a budget trip, maybe try out this season.

Visiting in Fall (September to November)

Fall in Sedona is pure magic with golden leaves, crisp air, and epic sunsets. It rivals spring as the most pleasant time to visit Sedona, and many locals consider it the absolute best season. Temperatures begin cooling from the summer heat, creating ideal conditions for all outdoor activities. 

While Sedona doesn’t have the dramatic fall foliage of New England, the changing seasons bring subtle color changes to the cottonwoods and oak trees, adding another layer of beauty to the already stunning red rock landscape.

Sedona Weather in Fall

  • September: 60°F (low) / 89°F (high)  | Avg precip: 1.8 in
  • October: 50°F (low)  / 78°F (high) | Avg precip: 1.1 in
  • November: 39°F (low) / 65°F (high) | Avg precip: 1.1 in

Things to Do in Sedona During Fall

Fall weather is perfect for longer hiking adventures like the challenging West Fork Trail or multi-day camping trips. The comfortable temperatures make it ideal for photography workshops, outdoor yoga sessions, and extended exploration of the area’s spiritual vortex sites. 

Mountain biking conditions are excellent on trails like the Broken Arrow or Soldier Pass. It’s also a great time for scenic drives through Oak Creek Canyon and along Red Rock Loop Road or 89A, with the windows down.

Sedona Events in Fall:

  • Sedona Winefest (September) – Sip Arizona wines with a red rock backdrop.
  • Sedona Film Festival (September) – Independent films shown in unique red rock venues.
  • Jazz on the Rocks (October) – World-class jazz performances with stunning natural acoustics.
  • Thanksgiving Weekend Events (November) – Special holiday celebrations and harvest-themed activities.
  • Dia de Los Muertos Celebration (October–November) – Arts, altars, and cultural tributes at Tlaquepaque.

Local Eats in Sedona During Fall

Fall harvest brings hearty comfort foods to menus throughout Sedona. Look for dishes featuring seasonal squash, local game, and warming spices at restaurants like Elote Cafe for the fall-perfect cuisine. Many establishments also feature harvest-themed menus and wine pairings perfect for the cooler weather.

Sedona Travel Tips During Fall

Fall is ideal for combining outdoor activities with cultural experiences like art gallery tours and wine tastings.This is another peak season, so book tours, restaurants, and vacation homes well in advance. 

Pack layers as temperature swings between day and night can be significant—you might need a t-shirt during the day and a jacket for evening. 

Visiting in Winter (December to February)

Winter is the quietest time in Sedona, but that means peaceful trails, better rates, and the occasional dusting of snow on the red rocks. Sedona transforms into a completely different kind of wonderland during winter. 

While the winters are cold and partly cloudy, the occasional sight of snow-dusted red rocks creates some of the most photographed and breathtaking scenes in the Southwest. Winter also brings the smallest crowds and lowest prices, making it perfect for those seeking a peaceful, budget-friendly getaway.

Sedona Weather in Winter

  • December: 33°F (low) / 58°F (high) | Avg precip: 1.6 in
  • January: 32°F (low) / 57°F (high) | Avg precip: 1.9 in
  • February: 34°F (low) / 61°F (high) | Avg precip: 2.1 in

Things to Do in Sedona During Winter

Enjoy uncrowded hikes and strolling where you can take solo photos without a photo bomber. Winter hiking can be spectacular on warmer days, especially when snow creates dramatic contrasts with the red rocks on trails like Airport Mesa or Courthouse Butte. 

Indoor activities like spa visits at L’Auberge de Sedona, art gallery tours, and wine tastings become more appealing. Many visitors enjoy the peaceful atmosphere and use winter visits for crystal shops and spiritual retreats and meditation at places like the Chapel of the Holy Cross.

Sedona Events in Winter

  • Festival of Lights (December) – Tlaquepaque and downtown Sedona host magical holiday displays, lighting up 6,000 luminarias.
  • New Year’s Celebrations (January) – Unique red rock backdrop celebrations and spiritual ceremonies.
  • Sedona International Film Festival (February) – A star-studded indie film showcase.
  • Winter Wellness Retreats (January-February) – Spas offer special winter packages and healing experiences.

Local Eats in Sedona During Winter

Winter menus feature hearty stews, warming soups, comfort foods, and local wines, perfect for the cooler weather. Many restaurants like Pump House Station Urban Eatery offer cozy fireside dining experiences. Hot chocolate and warm beverages become staples after outdoor activities, with spots like Coffee Pot Restaurant serving up perfect warming treats.

Sedona Travel Tips During Winter

It is especially important to pack warm layers and waterproof gear for occasional snow or rain when you go to Sedona in winter. Consider bringing or renting warm clothing for evening activities.

Also, check the weather conditions first before heading out on trails, as some higher elevation areas may be icy. Winter offers the best accommodation deals and restaurant availability you’ll have your pick of vacation rentals and dining reservations. 

Best Time of the Year to Visit Sedona (By Interest)

Sedona’s stunning attractions and diverse outdoor activities make timing your visit crucial for the best experience. Each season of the year offers distinct advantages, and knowing when is the best time to visit Sedona would still depend on your priorities and preferences. 

But here are some key criteria that makes the decision making process easier and faster. You may want to identify your purpose of visit or intent such as: 

For Smaller Crowds: December to February and mid-June through August

Best Time to Visit Sedona for Smaller Crowds

Winter months offer the most solitude, while summer’s heat keeps many visitors away, especially during midweek periods.

For Perfect Weather: March to May and September to November 

Best Time to Visit Sedona for Good Weather

These periods offer the most comfortable temperatures for all activities, with ideal weather conditions of blue skies and daily high temperatures in the mid-60s to low 80s.

For Sightseeing: October to November and March to April

Best Time to Visit Sedona for Sightseeing

Clear skies of spring and cozy foliage temperature of fall create the perfect conditions for photography and scenic drives, with excellent visibility for long-distance views.

For Hiking: March to May and September to October 

Best Time to Visit Sedona for Hiking and Outdoor Activities

Spring and fall are the season that provides the ideal balance of warm days and cool mornings, perfect for both short walks and challenging all-day hikes.

For Festivals & Events: March, September, October, and February

Best Time to Visit Sedona for Local Festivals and Cultural Events

Annual events like the Red Rocks Music Festival in April and Sedona Winefest in September showcase the area’s cultural richness during pleasant weather.

For Convenience: September to November 

Best Time to Visit Sedona for Comfort and Convenience

These seasons avoid extreme temperatures and severe weather while providing consistent conditions for outdoor activities.

For Budget Travel: December to February and June to August 

Best Time to Visit Sedona for Lower Prices

Off-peak seasons offer significant savings on accommodations, with winter providing the best deals overall.

Where to Stay in Sedona

Book a place that feels like home—but better. Here are five stunning Sedona vacation rentals available to rent with AvantStay, which you can book as early as now:

  • The Viewpoint – Modern designed house with panoramic red rock views.
  • Sedona Sunrise – The house perfect for sunrise lovers with a beautiful patio.
  • Cathedral View – Home named for its iconic view of Cathedral Rock.
  • Roca Roja – A peaceful desert escape with warm interiors.
  • Pyramid – Sleek architectured home with easy access to trails.

Create Your Sedona Itinerary

Need help in creating your Sedona itinerary? Take your Sedona experience to the next level and let us take care of the details of your trip! We have a concierge team that can handle all of these for you. 

Simply contact us or you may also download the AvantStay App to book additional experiences, get trip tips, and manage your stay all in one place.

To learn more about activities to add to your Sedona trip, check out our guide on the best things to do in Sedona.

Ready to Plan Your Sedona Trip?

No matter when you choose to visit, Sedona’s red rock magic will captivate you. It is guaranteed to wow. Just don’t forget your camera and make it unforgettable by staying with AvantStay. 

We have the perfect home base waiting for you. Book with AvantStay today and discover how beautiful vacations can be when you travel in perfect harmony with the seasons.

FAQs

Is Sedona expensive to visit?

Sedona can be a pricey destination, especially during peak seasons (spring and fall), when lodging and tours are in high demand. However, there are ways to visit on a budget. Travel in the off-season (summer or winter), book vacation rentals with kitchens to save on dining out, and enjoy Sedona’s natural beauty for free like hiking, scenic drives, and stargazing. 

How busy does Sedona get?

Peak seasons (spring and fall) see the largest crowds. If you’re not a fan of busy trails and full parking lots, the best alternative is to visit in winter.

When to avoid Sedona?

Late summer (July–August) is the worst time to come to Sedona. You’ll want to avoid visiting this time, especially if you can’t handle heat or monsoon storms. But it’s still manageable with early hikes and indoor plans plus lower rates!

8 Best Places to Visit in March in USA for Early Spring Blooms

March whispers promises of warmer days ahead, longer daylight hours, and the first hints of spring’s gentle arrival. It’s that magical time when winter’s grip finally loosens, and nature begins its spectacular bloom. 

For travelers, March offers something truly special. The perfect balance between comfortable weather and fewer crowds makes it an ideal month to explore some of America’s most beautiful destinations.

Whether you’re craving sunshine after months of gray skies, seeking outdoor adventures in perfect weather, or simply wanting to witness nature’s “renewal” firsthand, March has incredible opportunities to reset, recharge, and reconnect with the beauty around us.

Get ready to discover destinations where spring arrives early, where outdoor adventures await, and where the promise of warmer months ahead feels absolutely tangible. Each destination we’ve selected offers unique experiences through our carefully curated AvantStay vacation rental homes. 

From beachfront properties perfect for sunrise walks to desert retreats ideal for stargazing. March travel isn’t just about escaping winter, but it’s about embracing the energy of new beginnings and celebrating the season of growth and possibility.

1. Fort Lauderdale, Florida

The “Venice of America” comes alive in March with absolutely gorgeous weather, hovering in the upper 70°F, and sunshine that feels like pure liquid gold. Fort Lauderdale transforms into a playground where winter’s chill becomes a distant memory, and every day feels like a celebration of spring’s early arrival.

March brings the perfect sweet spot: warm enough for beach days but not yet scorching hot. It is ideal for exploring the city’s famous waterways, pristine beaches, and bustling cultural scene. The energy is infectious as locals and visitors alike embrace the beautiful weather for outdoor dining, beachside festivals, and endless water activities.

Top Activities:

  • Take a scenic boat tour through the intricate canal system and marvel at stunning waterfront homes
  • Stroll Las Olas Boulevard for world-class shopping, dining, and people-watching
  • Enjoy beach volleyball, paddleboarding, and swimming in perfectly warm Atlantic waters
  • Explore the vibrant arts district and catch outdoor concerts and festivals

Where to Stay: Unwind at Las Olas Oasis, a private Fort Lauderdale retreat with a dreamy hot tub, chic interiors, and unbeatable proximity to the beach and nightlife.

👉 Ready to dive into Florida’s spring paradise? Explore our guide to the best beaches in Fort Lauderdale and top activities and attractions. Book a Fort Lauderdale Airbnb for your perfect spring escape. 

2. Marco Island, Florida

Paradise is found on Florida’s Gulf Coast, where March brings the most delightful weather imaginable at 78 to 82°F of average temps. Marco Island offers a more tranquil alternative to busier Florida destinations, with calm turquoise waters, pristine beaches, and that laid-back island atmosphere that makes every moment feel like a vacation.

The Gulf waters are particularly inviting in March—calm, clear, and perfect for swimming, kayaking, or simply floating while watching dolphins play in the distance. This is when the island shows off its natural beauty without the intense summer heat or peak winter crowds.

Top Activities:

  • Explore the pristine beaches of Tigertail Beach and South Beach for shelling and wildlife watching
  • Take sunset cruises through the Ten Thousand Islands for breathtaking views and dolphin encounters
  • Enjoy world-class fishing in the calm Gulf waters
  • Discover the island’s nature preserves and walking trails perfect for spring exploration

Where to Stay: If you’re craving island life, Marco Polo has a sparkling infinity pool and private waterfront patio with tranquil surroundings of Marco Island.

3. Oahu, Hawaii

March in Oahu feels like nature’s own celebration of spring, with temperatures dancing between the upper 70s and low 80s, tropical flowers blooming everywhere, and the Pacific Ocean at its most inviting. This is when the island truly comes alive with cultural festivals, active marine life, and that perfect Hawaiian weather that makes every day feel like a gift.

The timing couldn’t be better as whale watching season is still in full swing, the tourist crowds are manageable, and the island’s natural beauty is at its most spectacular. March offers the perfect balance of adventure and relaxation in one of the world’s most beautiful settings.

Top Activities:

  • Experience incredible whale watching tours to see humpback whales in their winter habitat
  • Hike Diamond Head crater for sunrise views that will take your breath away
  • Explore the vibrant cultural scene in Honolulu with festivals and local markets
  • Snorkel at Hanauma Bay or enjoy world-class surfing at Waikiki Beach

Where to Stay: Wake up to gorgeous ocean views at Turtle House and experience the true spirit of aloha from your island retreat.

👉 Get ready for a Hawaiian adventure! Stay at one of our Oahu Airbnbs and explore the best beaches and things to do in Oahu for a tropical spring vacay.

4. Coachella Valley, California

Desert dreams come true in March when Coachella Valley transforms into a spring paradise. With temperatures settling into the perfect mid-70°F, this is when the desert shows off its most spectacular side. Wildflowers blooming across the landscape, pools becoming irresistible, and the mountain backdrop providing stunning views for every adventure.

March is the sweet spot before the intense summer heat arrives, making it ideal for golf, hiking, poolside relaxation, and exploring the valley’s incredible cultural offerings. The desert’s unique beauty is most accessible now during this month, with comfortable temperatures for both active adventures and peaceful retreats.

Top Activities:

  • Play golf on world-renowned courses with stunning mountain backdrops
  • Experience the famous desert wildflower blooms in nearby desert parks
  • Enjoy poolside relaxation in perfect weather with mountain views
  • Explore the vibrant Palm Springs scene with its mid-century modern architecture and boutique shopping

Where to Stay: Rancho Mirage is your luxury desert retreat with a stunning pool area, putting green, and mountain views.

👉 Bloom in the desert with these Coachella Valley Airbnbs, where you can explore the best restaurants in the area and discover the best desert activities for your spring “awakening”.

5. Scottsdale, Arizona

Scottsdale feels like stepping into a desert paradise in the month of March, where everything is perfectly balanced. The weather sits comfortably at 70°F, the hiking trails beckon with perfect conditions, and the entire city buzzes with spring energy. This is when Scottsdale truly shines for outdoor adventure, luxury amenities, and distinctive Southwest charm.

The timing is absolutely perfect for experiencing everything Scottsdale has to offer. Spring training baseball adds excitement to the air, golf courses are at their most playable, and the desert landscape provides stunning backdrops for every adventure.

Top Activities:

  • Catch spring training baseball games and feel the excitement of the new season
  • Hike Camelback Mountain or explore the McDowell Mountain trails in perfect weather
  • Play golf on championship courses with breathtaking desert and mountain views
  • Indulge in luxury spa treatments and enjoy the refined desert resort atmosphere

Where to Stay: Soak up the Arizona sun at Desert Village Vista, which is a modern luxury townhouse with access to amenities, the best mountain views, and luxe indoor-outdoor living. 

👉 Experience desert luxury at our Scottsdale Airbnbs. Explore our complete Scottsdale guide for the best Arizona spring break.

6. San Diego, California

America’s Finest City lives up to its reputation in March, when the already-perfect weather becomes absolutely sublime at 66 to 67°F. With mild temperatures and endless sunshine, San Diego in March has the ideal conditions for exploring beaches, parks, and the city’s incredible cultural offerings. Locals and visitors alike will definitely fall in love with the city’s natural beauty during this season.

This is the perfect time to be warm enough for beach activities but comfortable enough for walking tours, outdoor festivals, and exploring the city’s diverse neighborhoods. The spring energy is palpable as everyone embraces the beautiful weather and outdoor lifestyle.

Top Activities:

  • Explore Balboa Park’s world-class museums and gardens in perfect weather
  • Enjoy the beaches of La Jolla and watch sea lions bask in the spring sunshine
  • Take sunset cruises in San Diego Bay with stunning city skyline views
  • Discover the vibrant food scene with outdoor dining and farmers’ markets

Where to Stay: Live the beachside dream at Belmont. A San Diego gem just steps from the boardwalk, perfect for families and groups seeking sun and surf.

👉 California coastal perfection, perfected at our San Diego Airbnbs. Escape to the best beaches in San Diego and try out the best things to do in the area.

7. Charleston, South Carolina

Step into a living postcard where spring arrives in the most spectacular way imaginable at Charleston. Historic gardens burst into bloom in March, the weather becomes perfect for walking the cobblestone streets at an average high of 70°F, and the city’s incredible culinary scene moves outdoors with festivals and al fresco dining.

This is the month when Charleston’s legendary charm reaches its peak. The azaleas and camellias paint the city in brilliant colors, the historic architecture looks its most beautiful, and the spring air carries the scent of blooming magnolias and the promise of incredible adventures.

Top Activities:

  • Take guided tours of historic plantations and gardens showcasing spectacular spring blooms
  • Explore the French Quarter and Rainbow Row with their stunning historic architecture
  • Enjoy the incredible food scene with outdoor dining and spring food festivals
  • Take carriage rides through the historic district in perfect weather

Where to Stay: The Southern charm is State St B. Your stylish Charleston hideaway is nestled in the heart of the Historic District with walkable access to everything.

👉 Fall in love with the South or the North Charleston. Either way, you can discover the best things to do in the Lowcountry, the best beaches & best restaurants, and stay at one of our Charleston Airbnbs.

8. Joshua Tree, California

A desert wonderland where the weather becomes absolutely perfect for outdoor exploration. Joshua Tree during March comes with comfortable temperatures, with an average of 74°F and clear skies. This is when the Mojave Desert shows off its most spectacular side: the iconic Joshua trees stand tall against brilliant blue skies, and the landscape becomes a playground for hikers, climbers, and stargazers.

The timing couldn’t be better for experiencing this unique desert ecosystem. It is the month of balanced warm days and cool nights at an average of 46°F, making it ideal for camping, hiking, and those unforgettable desert sunsets that paint the sky in brilliant colors.

Top Activities:

  • Explore Joshua Tree National Park with its unique desert landscapes and iconic trees
  • Experience world-class rock climbing and bouldering in perfect weather
  • Enjoy incredible stargazing opportunities in one of the world’s best dark sky locations
  • Discover desert wildlife and unique plant life in comfortable temperatures

Where to Stay: Serenity and stargazing bliss. Experience these at Asteroid, a design-forward retreat with a cowboy pool, fire pit, and immersive desert vibes.

👉 Browse our Joshua Tree Airbnbs with a pool and explore the best Joshua Tree activities for the best spring desert adventures.

March Early Spring Vacation Guide

It’s about time to start embracing renewal, growth, and new possibilities during this month. Align your travel with spring’s natural rhythm of awakening and fresh starts with our early spring vacation guide.

Celebrate Nature’s Awakening

March represents more than just a month on the calendar. Take advantage of March’s weather, which offers warm, comfortable weather without summer’s intense heat or peak season crowds. Many destinations also celebrate spring with special events, from food festivals in Charleston to spring training in Arizona, offering unique cultural experiences while not feeling too hot or too cold.

Spring Blooms and Gardens

March offers spectacular natural displays from desert wildflowers in California to historic garden blooms in Charleston. As national parks reopen trails and facilities, visitors can experience spring’s first blooms and awakening wildlife.

Wildflower Watching and Scenic Trails

Trail networks in the Great Smoky Mountains and Shenandoah reveal blossoming dogwoods and redbuds. Wildflower meadows in Texas Hill Country and California’s Anza-Borrego become vivid with color as animals emerge from winter dens.

Prime Birdwatching Season

Migration season transforms wetlands like the Everglades and Pacific Northwest lakes into birdwatcher hotspots, where rare species can be admired against blooming wildflower backdrops.

Garden Tours and Botanical Experiences

Guided garden tours flourish in March, featuring camellias, tulips, and daffodils at botanical gardens and historic estates. With March’s beautiful weather and natural beauty, it is a non-negotiable to take unlimited photos to capture memories at these vibrant landscapes.

Reconnect with Nature

After months indoors, March provides perfect opportunities to reconnect with outdoor activities such as hiking, swimming, or dining al fresco.

  • Adventure Activities and Desert Explorations: Rock climbing in Joshua Tree is especially comfortable with mild temperatures and flowering trees. Desert explorations in Southern California and Arizona showcase spectacular wildflower carpets of poppies and lupines.
  • Waterfall Hikes and Coastal Trails: Spring rains awaken waterfalls and reveal secluded gardens along coastal trails and California’s rolling hills.
  • Sunrise and Sunset Rituals: March’s longer days offer more opportunities for sunrise hikes or sunset beach walks with quiet moments of reflection that can be profoundly restorative.

Pack for Unpredictable Spring Weather

Spring weather can be unpredictable, so packing layers is essential. Prepare for fluctuating temperatures by including lightweight jackets, waterproof gear, and breathable clothing suitable for both warm days and cool evenings. Don’t forget comfortable hiking shoes, sun protection, and insect repellent, especially if visiting areas with early insect activity.

Manage Allergy Triggers 

Allergy season is a reality in spring for many travelers. Carry necessary allergy medications and stay updated on local pollen forecasts to manage symptoms. Additionally, be mindful of local health guidelines, which may change with the season and crowd density, as spring often brings an influx of tourists to popular natural spots.

A Complete Sensory Experience with AvantStay

Your March getaway should feel like a celebration of possibilities. With AvantStay’s Concierge services, you can enhance your spring travel experience with special touches that make your trip truly memorable:

  • Outdoor Activity Planning: From guided hikes to beach excursions, we can help you make the most of March’s perfect weather
  • Wellness Services: Book in-home spa treatments, yoga instructors, or wellness practitioners to support your spring renewal
  • Local Experience Curation: Discover seasonal farmers markets, spring festivals, and unique local experiences
  • Healthy Meal Planning: Arrive to find fresh, seasonal ingredients or enjoy private chef services featuring spring cuisine

By combining the thrill of early spring blooms and outdoor adventures with practical travel advice and the region’s seasonal culinary delights, your March holiday becomes not just a trip, but a full sensory celebration of nature’s renewal.

Experience a March getaway that celebrates renewal, growth, and the joy of spring’s arrival. Download the AvantStay app to discover how our Concierge services can make your spring escape truly unforgettable.

Answer Spring’s Call to Adventure

The magic of March travel lies in its perfect timing. You’ll find ideal weather, fewer crowds, and destinations that are eager to welcome you with their finest spring offerings. From the Gulf Coast’s calm waters to the desert’s spectacular blooms, from historic gardens to tropical beaches, March offers something for every type of traveler.

These eight destinations offer the perfect settings to answer that call. And if you’re ready to embrace the early spring blooms, here’s your guide to the perfect March adventure.

Book with AvantStay today and discover how beautiful vacations can be when you travel in perfect harmony with the seasons.

Plan Your Year of Seasonal Adventures with AvantStay

Each season brings its own magic, too! Here are more destinations where you can make every season an adventure. With AvantStay as your trusted partner in creating unforgettable travel experiences, you can now plan your year of adventures with our seasonal travel guides:

8 Best Places to Visit in January in USA for New Adventures

The confetti has been swept away, the champagne glasses are clean, and that familiar feeling of possibility fills the air. January isn’t just the start of a new year—it’s your chance to kick off twelve months of incredible adventures, and there’s no better way to begin than with an unforgettable getaway.

If you are still looking for the best place to get you started with the new year, these 8 destinations are the perfect places to travel to for your next winter getaway. Plus, with post-holiday deals and fewer crowds, you’ll find both great value and plenty of space to breathe.

Each destination features our spacious AvantStay vacation rental homes designed for group getaways, with cozy fireplaces for mountain retreats, sparkling pools for desert escapes, and open-concept spaces perfect for planning your year of adventures ahead.

Experience adventure, relaxation, and that fresh-start energy that makes January travel so special. Whether you’re dreaming of trading snow boots for flip-flops or embracing the winter wonderland in all its glory, January offers some of the year’s best travel opportunities. 

1. Key West, Florida

Key West in January is pure tropical bliss while the rest of the country shivers. With average temperatures in the comfortable 70s and minimal rainfall, it’s the perfect time to explore this laid-back island and its beaches. The busy tourist season hasn’t quite hit full swing yet, so you’ll have more space to soak up the sunset and try out the best bars and restaurants in the area.

Top Activities:

  • Snorkel or dive in crystal-clear waters at John Pennekamp Coral Reef State Park
  • Watch the famous sunset celebration at Mallory Square
  • Take a glass-bottom boat tour to see tropical fish and coral reefs
  • Explore the historic downtown area and the Ernest Hemingway House

Where to Stay: Paradise Point – For the perfect island escape with unobstructed views of the Key West Golf Club course.

👉 Ready to trade winter for paradise? Check out our guide on the best things to do in Key West for the ultimate tropical getaway. And if you want to stay longer, check out our Keywest Airbnbs available for monthly stays. 

2. Palm Springs, California

Desert dreams do come true in Palm Springs, where January brings perfect weather for poolside lounging and outdoor adventures. With sunny skies and temperatures, it’s no wonder this mid-century modern oasis is a favorite escape. The desert landscape provides a stunning backdrop for hiking, spa days, and those Instagram-worthy poolside moments.

Top Activities:

  • Ride the Palm Springs Aerial Tramway for breathtaking desert and mountain views
  • Explore the colorful boutiques and galleries along Palm Canyon Drive
  • Hike the Indian Canyons trails surrounded by towering palm trees
  • Relax at world-class spas and enjoy outdoor dining under the stars

Where to Stay: Azul Oasis – A luxurious desert retreat with a sparkling pool, a fire pit to gather around, and modern amenities.

👉 If you’re planning a sunny winter escape, browse our Palm Springs Airbnbs and discover our guide to the best things to do in Palm Springs for desert luxury.

3. Scottsdale, Arizona

Golf courses stay green, hiking trails beckon, and the desert landscape shows off its winter beauty in Scottsdale. January brings ideal weather for outdoor activities, with warm days perfect for exploring and cool evenings ideal for fire pit conversations. This desert destination combines luxury resorts, world-class golf, and stunning natural beauty.

Top Activities:

  • Play golf on championship courses with mountain backdrops
  • Hike Camelback Mountain or explore the McDowell Mountain Regional Park
  • Browse the galleries and shops in Old Town Scottsdale
  • Take a hot air balloon ride over the Sonoran Desert at sunrise

Where to Stay: Red Rock – With the panoramic views of Arizona’s red rock mountains and even sitting on a 3-acre land, it is, however, just 10 minutes away from Old Town Scottsdale.

👉 Get ready for a desert adventure and check out our Scottsdale Airbnbs to stay in. For more ideas, you can also read our Scottsdale travel guide for the perfect Arizona getaway.

4. Maui, Hawaii

While humpback whales migrate to warmer waters, you can too. Maui in January offers perfect weather for beach days, whale watching, and exploring the island’s natural wonders. The trade winds keep things comfortable, and the winter season brings some of the most spectacular whale watching opportunities of the year.

Top Activities:

  • Go whale watching to see humpback whales in their winter habitat
  • Drive the scenic Road to Hana with its waterfalls and black sand beaches
  • Watch the sunrise from Haleakala National Park
  • Snorkel at Molokini Crater or explore the beaches of Wailea

Where to Stay: Wailea Ike – Your go-to sanctuary for breathtaking ocean vistas and a truly private, calming ambiance.

👉 Planning a tropical escape? Browse our Maui travel guide for the ultimate Hawaiian adventure.

5. Park City, Utah

Fresh powder, fewer crowds, and that crisp mountain air make Park City a January paradise for winter sports enthusiasts. The ski season is in full swing, but the holiday rush has passed, giving you more space on the slopes and cozy après-ski moments. Historic Main Street twinkles with winter charm, and the mountain town energy is infectious.

Top Activities:

  • Ski or snowboard at Park City Mountain Resort or Deer Valley
  • Explore the galleries and restaurants along Historic Main Street
  • Take a scenic winter sleigh ride through snowy mountain trails
  • Enjoy spa treatments and hot tubs after days on the slopes

Where to Stay: Powder Pointe – Close to Canyons Village, this home has incredible mountain views and is near the Cabriolet Gondola. 

👉 Once you hit the slopes, there’s no stopping! Stay at one of our Park City Airbnbs and discover the best things to do in Park City for endless winter fun.

6. Vail, Colorado

Champagne powder and alpine magic await in Vail, where January delivers some of the season’s best skiing conditions. The European-inspired village creates a magical winter atmosphere, and the legendary back bowls offer world-class skiing for every skill level. After the holidays, you’ll find more intimate mountain moments and better deals.

Top Activities:

  • Ski Vail’s famous back bowls and perfectly groomed runs
  • Stroll through Vail Village’s charming pedestrian areas
  • Enjoy fine dining and luxury shopping in the heart of the village
  • Take a romantic horse-drawn sleigh ride through snow-covered meadows

Where to Stay: Vail Vista – A modern mountain condo with stunning views of the Colorado Rockies, with easy access to Vail’s winter wonderland.

👉 Dreaming of experiencing alpine luxury? Browse our Vail Airbnbs and explore our best things to do in Vail guide to get started.

7. San Diego, California

Perfect weather year-round reaches its peak in San Diego, where January brings sunny skies and comfortable temperatures ideal for outdoor adventures. While the rest of the country bundles up, you can enjoy beaches, hiking trails, and rooftop dining with ocean views. From the best beaches in San Diego to the best things to do, this place can offer something for every traveler.

Top Activities:

  • Explore Balboa Park’s museums, gardens, and the famous San Diego Zoo
  • Relax on the beaches of La Jolla and watch sea lions at Children’s Pool
  • Take a sunset cruise in San Diego Bay
  • Hike Torrey Pines State Natural Reserve for stunning coastal views

Where to Stay: Cove Watch – One of our best vistas, where you can enjoy unobstructed and unparalleled views of La Jolla’s shoreline. 

👉 As America’s Finest City, year-round sunshine in San Diego is not impossible! Check out our San Diego Airbnbs with the best ocean views to soak up all the sun.

8. Austin, Texas

January in Austin means mild temperatures, perfect for exploring the city’s famous music scene, food trucks, and outdoor spaces. The weather is ideal for walking tours, outdoor festivals, and enjoying the city’s vibrant cultural offerings. Plus, if you plan on hiking in Austin, you’ll avoid the intense summer heat while still enjoying plenty of sunshine.

Top Activities:

  • Explore the live music venues on 6th Street and in the Red River District
  • Take a food tour featuring Austin’s famous BBQ and food truck scene
  • Paddleboard or kayak on Lady Bird Lake
  • Visit the State Capitol and explore the many parks and green spaces

Where to Stay: Travis – Nestled just by the shore of Lake Travis, you can escape the city’s eclectic spirit and energy at this lakefront home. 

👉 Keep Austin “weird” and stay at our Austin Airbnbs. If you are coming to the SXSW 2025, start building your itinerary of the best things to do and restaurants to try in Austin.

Wellness and New Year’s Resolutions on Your January Holiday Trip

January is a natural time for renewal; a chance to set intentions, embrace healthy routines, and start the year with a positive mindset. Taking a holiday trip this month can be the perfect way to blend relaxation, adventure, and self-improvement. However, here’s more on how you can also prioritize wellness and stay committed to your resolutions while traveling:

Embrace Wellness Experiences

  1. Spa Retreats and Wellness Resorts 

Treat yourself to spa therapies, hot springs, or wellness-focused resorts. These experiences help you unwind, detox, and recharge after the holiday rush. Take it to the next level with AvantStay’s in-home massage services, where you can decompress with professional spa treatments in the comfort and privacy of your vacation rental.

  1. Outdoor Activities 

Take advantage of winter sports like skiing, snowshoeing, or hiking in crisp mountain air. For tropical destinations, enjoy swimming, beach walks, or yoga by the sea. Physical activity not only boosts your mood but also keeps you energized.

  1. Yoga and Mindfulness 

Start your mornings with yoga or meditation. Many hotels and resorts offer classes, or you can follow your own routine. Mindfulness practices help you stay present and reduce stress during your travels.

Keep Your Resolutions on Track

  1. Healthy Eating

Savor local cuisine, but make balanced choices. Look for fresh produce, lean proteins, and whole grains. Pack healthy snacks for excursions and stay hydrated throughout your trip. Make it even easier with AvantStay’s private chef services and pre-stocked fridge options—you can arrive at your vacation home with nutritious meals and prepared for your group, so you can focus on enjoying your wellness journey without the meal planning stress.

  1. Stay Active 

Incorporate movement into your itinerary. Choose accommodations with fitness centers or pools, walk or bike to explore new places, or plan group activities that get everyone moving.

  1. Reflect and Set Intentions

Use your holiday as a time for personal reflection. Journal your thoughts, read inspiring books, or set aside quiet moments to clarify your goals for the year ahead.

  1. Connect with Others

Traveling with loved ones? Plan group wellness activities—such as hikes, healthy cooking sessions, or attending a local fitness class—to strengthen bonds and support each other’s goals. For the ultimate wellness experience, consider adding AvantStay’s IV drip therapy services to help your group recover from travel fatigue, boost energy levels, and maintain optimal hydration throughout your adventure.

A Wellness-Focused Trip with AvantStay

Prioritizing wellness and your New Year’s resolutions while on a January holiday trip not only enhances your travel experience but also sets a strong foundation for the year ahead. 

Whether you seek relaxation, adventure, or personal growth, a mindful approach ensures you return home refreshed, motivated, and ready to embrace the new year.

  • Pack Smart: Bring comfortable workout clothes, a reusable water bottle, and any wellness tools you use at home (like a yoga mat or resistance bands).
  • Set Realistic Goals: Aim for progress, not perfection. Allow flexibility in your routine, and celebrate small victories.
  • Balance Indulgence and Wellness: Enjoy special treats in moderation, but balance them with nourishing meals and physical activity.

Experience a New Year getaway that becomes more than just a trip and the beginning of your year of adventures with AvantStay. Download the AvantStay app now to learn more about our Concierge services. 

Start Your Year of Adventures

January isn’t just about escaping winter and New Year’s resolutions. It’s also about taking action, creating the experiences that will define your year, and embracing the possibilities that come with a fresh start.

If you’re carving fresh powder down mountain slopes, watching whales breach in tropical waters, or discovering new cities under perfect blue skies, January is the ideal month to set the tone for 1 year of incredible adventures.

Ready to make January unforgettable? Start planning your New Year escape and book with AvantStay today for the perfect adventure-ready home.

Plan Your Year-Round Adventures with AvantStay

Why stop at January? Our monthly destination guides help you plan epic getaways throughout the year, ensuring every season brings new adventures and unforgettable experiences.

Make every month an adventure with the perfect AvantStay home as your base. Book your next seasonal getaway today.

8 Best Places to Visit in December in USA for Holiday Reunions

The first snowfall dusts the mountain peaks. Lights twinkle along charming Main Streets. The air carries the scent of pine and woodsmoke, and there’s that unmistakable feeling that magic is in the air.

December is the season for celebration, togetherness, and creating memories that last long after the new year begins. Whether you’re planning a white Christmas with the whole crew or a cozy post-holiday reunion filled with board games and hot chocolate, these eight destinations deliver the perfect backdrop for the most wonderful time of the year.

Each spot features spacious AvantStay homes designed for holiday gatherings with big dining tables for family feasts, fireplaces for storytelling, hot tubs for snowy evening soaks, and cozy corners perfect for unwrapping presents or toasting the end of another year.

1. Breckenridge, Colorado

Breckenridge in December is pure holiday magic. Fresh powder blankets the slopes, twinkling lights illuminate Main Street, and the mountain town transforms into a winter wonderland straight out of a holiday card. The early snowfall creates perfect conditions for skiing, while the town’s festive spirit makes every moment feel special.

Top Activities:

  • Hit the slopes at Breckenridge Ski Resort for fresh December powder
  • Watch the lighting of Breckenridge and explore the Ullr Fest parade
  • Take a horse-drawn sleigh ride through snowy mountain trails

Where to Stay: River Rock – A cozy alpine house with a hot tub and plenty of outdoor spaces for winter memories.

👉 Ready for a white Christmas? Browse our Breckenridge Airbnbs and check out our guide on the 40 best things to do in Breckenridge for the perfect itinerary.

2. Hudson Valley, New York

Curl up with cider by the fire, take peaceful snow walks, and enjoy a historic holiday charm. The Hudson Valley embraces the holiday spirit in December with festive markets, snow-dusted trails, and historic towns dressed in twinkling lights. The region’s cozy charm makes it perfect for a peaceful Christmas getaway or a low-key group retreat surrounded by winter beauty.

Top Activities:

  • Tour the decorated mansions at Staatsburgh and Vanderbilt estates
  • Browse local Christmas markets and antique shops in Rhinebeck
  • Ice skate at the Kingston rink or enjoy snowy hikes at Minnewaska State Park

Where to Stay: Charcoal Chalet – A moody house nestled amidst towering trees. It is designed for comfort with fireplaces and countryside vibes.

👉 If you’re still planning a cozy holiday retreat, check out our Hudson Valley travel guide and homes to choose for the best winter escape.

3. Vail, Colorado

Sleighbell serenades, luxury mountain slopes, and alpine elegance at every turn. Vail delivers an upscale take on the winter holiday with postcard-perfect alpine villages, elegant boutiques, and some of the best skiing in the country. If you’re carving down pristine slopes or cooking holiday meals together in your rental, Vail elevates every moment of the season.

Top Activities:

  • Ski Vail Mountain’s famous back bowls and groomed runs
  • Stroll Vail Village’s festive shops and enchanting light displays
  • Indulge in spa days and fine dining for a luxurious twist on holiday bonding

Where to Stay: Sunvail – A rustic yet modern condo with the best mountain views. Designed for snow-season celebrations, this home is just near Lionshead Village.

👉 Explore our Vail Airbnbs if you are dreaming of a luxury mountain Christmas. Plus, check out our best things to do in Vail guide for the best alpine getaway.

4. Lake Tahoe, California

Have the best family ski days, breathtaking snowy lake views, and fireside game nights at Lake Tahoe. Turning into a winter playground in December, it offers skiing, sledding, and cozy lakeside cabins perfect for multigenerational family reunions. With activities for every age and stunning snow-capped mountain views, it’s a classic destination for creating holiday memories.

Top Activities:

  • Ski at Heavenly, Northstar, or Palisades Tahoe resorts
  • Go sledding or tubing at Tahoe City Winter Sports Park
  • Take in the stunning views from snow-blanketed Emerald Bay

Where to Stay: Timberline – A family-friendly and elevated chalet near hiking trails and slopes. With vaulted windows and modern architectural design, it is perfect for group gatherings and adventures.

👉 Looking for bigger homes to stay in and things to do this holiday season? Browse our Lake Tahoe Airbnbs designed for big group gatherings and our list of the best things to do.

5. Smoky Mountains, Tennessee

Experience authentic cabin life, starlit mountain nights, and pure holiday comfort with the best Instagram-worthy spots in the Smokies. With twinkling holiday lights and cozy cabins, perfect for gathering with loved ones, December in the Smoky Mountains means peaceful nature walks and starry nights. Complete with board games, warm fires, and family feasts.

Top Activities:

  • Visit Gatlinburg’s Winter Magic Lights and Anakeesta’s Enchanted Winter displays
  • Hike to Laurel Falls or enjoy a scenic drive through snow-dusted Cades Cove
  • Cook holiday meals and host movie marathons in your private mountain lodge

Where to Stay: The Artful Craftsman – A private log cabin in the woods built specifically for cozy holiday gatherings.

👉 Get ready for a mountain cabin Christmas and discover our large Smoky Mountain Airbnbs to fit your whole fam. Check out our guide on the best things to do while in the Smokies, too!

6. Park City, Utah

Enchanting sleigh rides, pristine snowy slopes, and festive Main Street energy. This is Park City, which embodies winter fun with world-class skiing, snowboarding, tubing, and historic Main Street charm wrapped in holiday lights. It’s the ultimate destination for an active, snow-filled holiday, adventure, and festive mountain town magic.

Top Activities:

  • Ski Park City Mountain Resort or the luxury slopes of Deer Valley
  • Enjoy snow tubing and winter activities at Woodward Park City
  • Browse the boutiques and restaurants along Historic Main Street

Where to Stay: Juniper Landing 3 – A 3-BR townhome with slopeside access and plenty of space for après-ski celebrations. Plus, it’s just walking distance to the Frostwood Gondola!

👉 Check out our Park City Airbnbs that you can book anytime of the year, may it be for the chilly holidays or summer getaways. 

7. Palm Springs, California

If your group prefers palm trees to pine trees, Palm Springs offers a sun-soaked escape with iconic mid-century style. Poolside holiday celebrations, mid-century modernist charm, and sunset toasts. You may also check out our best pick of what to do in Palm Springs. Spend Christmas by the pool or keep the festivities bright and warm—no snow boots required.

Top Activities:

  • Take the Aerial Tramway for snow-dusted mountain views above the desert
  • Enjoy festive holiday dinners on warm outdoor patios
  • Explore Palm Canyon Drive decorated with holiday lights and desert charm

Where to Stay: Zanjero – Vibrant and modern home with a private courtyard inviting you to snuggle in and be warm by the fire.

👉 If you dream of living in a warm-weather holiday, browse our Palm Springs Airbnbs where you can rent for a month or more! for desert luxury.

8. Asheville, North Carolina

Beloved holiday traditions, cozy mountain cafés, and stunning Blue Ridge beauty. Asheville has an artsy spirit and festive mountain energy. The Biltmore Estate is absolutely dazzling with holiday decorations in December, while the downtown buzzes with warmth, live music, and seasonal treats. Check out our guide on the best things to do in Asheville for more ideas!

Top Activities:

  • Experience the magical Christmas at The Biltmore Estate celebration
  • Stroll through the enchanting Winter Lights at NC Arboretum
  • Explore local shops, independent bookstores, and artisan cafés in downtown Asheville

Where to Stay: Rock Daisy – A cozy condo best for couples looking for a romantic getaway this holiday. Comes with mountain views and cozy fireplaces for the perfect Appalachian retreat.

👉 Looking for more homes to choose from? Check out our Asheville Airbnbs where you can unwind during the holiday season.

Safety Tips for Holiday Travel

Traveling during the busy holiday season requires extra caution and preparation to ensure a safe and enjoyable trip. Here are key safety tips focusing on general precautions you want to take note of:

1. Prepare Your Vehicle Thoroughly

Before you hit the road, and if you are driving a car to the home you rented, make sure your vehicle is fully prepared for winter conditions and mountain driving. This is crucial because icy roads, snow, and steep slopes can challenge even experienced drivers.

  • Check oil, fuel levels, and tire condition, including pressure and tread depth. Replace worn tires and consider winter tires or snow chains if traveling in snowy or icy areas.
  • Test your battery, brakes, and windshield wipers, and top up windshield washer fluid. Clean headlights and taillights to maintain visibility.
  • Schedule a professional service check to catch any potential issues before your trip.

2. Avoid Drowsy and Impaired Driving

Driving at all times demands complete attention and alertness, but it’s especially crucial in winter conditions. Fatigue and impairment heighten the risk of accidents, particularly on slippery or winding roads. To ensure safety:

  • Never drive when feeling tired. Take frequent breaks, stretch, and switch drivers if possible.
  • Avoid alcohol or any impairing substances before driving. Holiday celebrations can be tempting, but safety must come first.
  • Plan your travel times to avoid peak traffic hours, reducing stress and the chance of collisions.

3. Plan Your Route and Stay Focused

Knowing your route ahead of time helps reduce distractions and stress on the road. Plan your route in advance and familiarize yourself with the roads to avoid distractions while driving.

  • Input destinations into your GPS or phone before departure.
  • If traveling with others, have a passenger assist with navigation so you or the driver can concentrate fully on the road.
  • Avoid distractions such as texting, phone calls, or fiddling with GPS while driving.

5. Weather and Seasonal Considerations

Mountain and winter destinations during December can have unpredictable weather. Always monitor forecasts before and during your trip.

  • Be prepared for winter conditions such as ice, snow, or sudden temperature drops. 
  • Dress in layers and carry warm clothing.
  • Know local emergency procedures and evacuation routes if traveling to areas prone to natural disasters.
  • Adjust driving speed and behavior according to weather and road conditions to maintain safety.

6. Pack an Emergency Kit

When packing for your December holiday trip, tailor your essentials to the climate and activities of your destination. Winter holidays often mean busy schedules and stress, which can affect your health and safety. To stay well and be prepared, you can include packing an emergency kit. 

  • Your emergency kit should include warm blankets, a flashlight with extra batteries, non-perishable snacks, a first-aid kit, and ice scrapers. 
  • Pack enough prescription and over-the-counter medications for your entire trip, plus extras in case of delays. Include essentials like hand sanitizer and a basic first-aid kit.
  • Having jumper cables, a spare tire, and a jack is also essential for unexpected breakdowns. 

This approach to holiday travel safety not only protects you and your loved ones but also enhances your overall trip experience, letting you truly relax and savor the magic of the season.

Unwrap Your December Dreams

December is about more than just the destination—it’s about the moments that make the season magical. Whether it’s snowball fights in the mountains, family feasts around a big dining table, or quiet firelit evenings sharing stories, this is the time to bring everyone together.

These eight destinations make it effortless to reconnect, celebrate, and create joy in comfort and beauty. With AvantStay’s thoughtfully designed homes built for groups, your holiday gathering has found its perfect setting.

Ready to make this December unforgettable? Start your search and book with AvantStay for the best holiday escape.

Celebrate Each Season with AvantStay

Planning a year-round adventure and a year of unforgettable experiences? No matter the month, our monthly guides reveal the best places to visit for every month and season. 

Make every moment unforgettable with a stunning AvantStay home. Book your ideal seasonal getaway with AvantStay.

7 Best Places to Visit in November in USA for a Pre-Holiday Reset

Before the whirlwind of the holidays sweeps in, November offers the perfect window to pause, breathe, and recharge. It’s that sweet spot between fall and winter—a time to step away, reflect, and indulge in some well-earned rest. 

If you’re escaping solo, planning a wellness-focused weekend with friends, or organizing a chill couples’ trip, these seven destinations are ideal for a peaceful November reset. From serene desert hideaways to woodsy retreats and beachside bliss, every location on this list is best enjoyed in November.

And every stay is made even better with AvantStay, your best vacation rental home that’s designed for style, comfort, and connection, is just a click away.

What Makes November Unique for U.S. Travel?

November is one of the most underrated months for a domestic getaway. Weather patterns begin to shift across the country, offering a variety of climates depending on your mood. In the West and Southwest, desert regions like Joshua Tree and Sedona become blissfully mild which makes it perfect for hiking and outdoor wellness. 

While in the Northeast, places like the Hudson Valley or Berkshires showcase the final notes of fall before the snow begins to fall. This month also marks the end of the harvest season, particularly in wine regions such as Paso Robles, where vineyards glow gold and tastings feel intimate and unhurried. 

Meanwhile, tropical destinations like Maui provide warm beach escapes without the bustle of winter crowds. It’s also a strategic travel period: school is in session, most people are waiting for December holidays, and rates tend to be more favorable. 

Whether you’re seeking warm sunshine, crisp mountain air, or quiet countryside, November is a sweet spot for relaxed, intentional travel.

1. Sedona, Arizona

Sedona is a soul-soothing dream in November. With perfect temps in the 60s and fewer crowds than peak spring, it’s the ultimate destination for hiking red rocks, practicing sunrise yoga, or indulging in spa days with a desert backdrop. The town’s vortex energy and glowing sunsets only add to its rejuvenating vibe.

Reset Ideas: Meditation walks, energy healing sessions, peaceful red rock views

Top Things to Do:

  • Hike Cathedral Rock Trail or Bell Rock Pathway for panoramic desert views
  • Visit Chapel of the Holy Cross for spiritual reflection and stunning architecture
  • Book a massage or energy session at Sedona’s famous New Day Spa

Where to Stay: Cathedral View – a modern desert gem with sweeping views, cozy interiors, and spaces designed for group connection.

👉 Visiting Sedona for the Red Rocks? Book one of our Sedona Airbnbs with Red Rock views and learn the best things to do in Sedona for an unforgettable desert retreat.

2. Hudson Valley, New York

As the last leaves fall and the air turns crisp, Hudson Valley becomes the definition of cozy calm. November here means quiet trails, local wine tasting, antique hunting, and soaking in a deep tub with a view of golden hills. It’s peaceful, picturesque, and perfect for a pre-holiday exhale.

Reset Ideas: Farm-to-table dining, peaceful woodlands, art museums, cozy evenings by the fire

Top Things to Do:

  • Sip local vintages at Millbrook Vineyards or Whitecliff Winery
  • Wander Storm King Art Center’s large-scale sculptures
  • Browse charming shops and antique stores in Rhinebeck or Hudson

Where to Stay: Catskill Park Farm – a rustic farmhouse-like home that is secluded and has sweeping countryside views of Windham.

👉 Read into our Hudson Valley guide of things to do and check out our Airbnbs in the area for a truly serene stay.

3. Paso Robles, California

November is harvest season in Paso Robles—meaning less heat, fewer crowds, and cozy tastings in some of California’s most underrated wineries. Think golden vineyard views, olive oil samplings, and long lunches under the sun. It’s California wine country without the scene, and that’s exactly the point.

Reset Ideas: Wine tasting, country roads, hot springs, al fresco brunches

Top Things to Do:

  • Tour the unique wineries of Adelaida District and taste bold reds
  • Soak in the natural mineral waters at River Oaks Hot Springs Spa
  • Dine at Il Cortile for refined Italian cuisine with a local twist

Where to Stay: Olive Ranch – a beautiful ranch-style home with the best vineyard views, paired with spacious dining areas to gather and relax.

👉 Check out our Paso Robles vacation homes for group escapes and learn more about things to do in wine country.

4. Joshua Tree, California

If you’re craving silence, stargazing, and a minimalist reset, Joshua Tree in November is one of the best go-to choices. The weather is cool and clear, ideal for hiking, bouldering, or simply slowing down under a million stars. The area’s off-grid feel makes it easy to unplug and recharge.

Reset Ideas: Desert silence, night skies, sunrise hikes, architectural daydreams

Top Things to Do:

  • Explore Hidden Valley or Barker Dam trails in Joshua Tree National Park
  • Catch a cosmic show at the Andromeda Society’s Sky’s The Limit Observatory
  • Shop for artisan goods in downtown Joshua Tree’s quirky boutiques

Where to Stay: Good Vibes Only – a cozy, serene retreat in the desert surrounded by calm, peace, and atmosphere for a good midnight yap with your crew. 

👉 Tap into our Joshua Tree guide of things to do for inspiration and pair it with our Joshua Tree rental home with a swimming pool for the best desert downtime.

5. Berkshires, Massachusetts

The Berkshires in late fall are made for slow mornings, artsy afternoons, and comfort-food dinners. November here brings early snowflakes, peaceful country roads, and an off-season calm perfect for self-care and reconnection. Museums, indie bookstores, and mountain walks round out the experience.

Reset Ideas: Fireside chats, slow drives, creative inspiration, local culture

Top Things to Do:

  • Visit The Clark Art Institute or MASS MoCA for art immersion
  • Take a nature walk through Pleasant Valley Wildlife Sanctuary
  • Cozy up with cider and apple pie from a roadside farmstand

Where to Stay: Sunny Pond Estate – a charming and quiet home base near the pond and the serene forest of the Berkshires.

👉 Plan your artsy reset as early as today with our guide on the best things to do in the Berkshires year-round and stay at one of our Berkshires Airbnbs.

6. Maui, Hawaii

Sometimes, recharging means trading sweaters for swimsuits. In November, Maui offers warm breezes, soft sand, and fewer tourists than in high season. This is the time for reading beachside, paddleboarding at sunrise, and enjoying the aloha spirit before the holidays ramp up.

Reset Ideas: Ocean swims, barefoot mornings, flower-scented air, hammock naps

Top Things to Do:

  • Snorkel with sea turtles at Molokini Crater
  • Watch the sunrise from the summit of Haleakalā National Park
  • Take a slow drive along the iconic Road to Hana

Where to Stay: Wailea Ike – a condo designed for peaceful indoor-outdoor living, ocean views, and private calm.

👉 Browse our Maui rentals to find your ideal tropical retreat and build your itinerary with our guide on the top things to do in Maui.

7. Central Oregon

Want lakes, forests, and wide-open skies? Central Oregon offers all three, with a chill vibe that’s ideal for November resets. Spend your days on quiet trails, soaking in natural hot springs, or watching the mist roll in from your deck. It’s rustic beauty with just enough polish.

Reset Ideas: Crisp mountain air, deep forest walks, hot cocoa moments, total tranquility

Top Things to Do:

  • Hike along the Deschutes River Trail or Smith Rock State Park
  • Soak at McCredie or Belknap Hot Springs
  • Explore downtown Bend’s breweries and local shops

Where to Stay: River Meadows – a nature-framed hideaway perfect for writing, hiking, or doing absolutely nothing. 

👉 For a peaceful fall break, why not try exploring Central Oregon and book a stay at one of our cozy Bend Airbnbs? 

Why November is the Best Month to Reset

Fewer Crowds Mean More Peace

With school back in session and the holiday hustle not yet in full swing, November offers a uniquely calm window for travel. You’ll find empty trails, quiet cafés, and relaxed vibes across destinations that usually buzz with activity.

Perfect Weather in Many Regions

November hits the sweet spot for weather—desert destinations cool to a crisp glow, the tropics enjoy breezy warmth, and mountain towns are cozy without the snowstorms. Whether you’re craving warm sunshine or sweater weather, you’ll find it this month.

Great Rates and Better Availability

As a shoulder season across much of the country, November brings deals that make indulgent getaways even more appealing. Think lower nightly rates, greater availability, and prime properties that would be booked solid just weeks later.

You Deserve It

After months of juggling work, routines, and responsibilities, November is your permission slip to slow down. Before the shopping lists and social calendars take over, a few peaceful days away can reset your mind and set the tone for a more meaningful holiday season.

What to Pack for a November Getaway

November travel calls for thoughtful packing based on your destination’s climate. From snowy peaks to sunny shores, here’s a quick guide to help you prepare for every kind of escape:

For Mountain & Countryside Destinations 

  • Pack layers like thermal tops, flannel shirts, and cozy sweaters
  • Bring a warm jacket, scarf, and waterproof boots for crisp hikes and chilly evenings
  • Don’t forget gloves, a beanie, and thicker socks if you’re heading somewhere with early snowfall

For Desert Destinations 

  • Lightweight layers for warm days and cooler nights
  • Sun protection essentials like sunglasses, hats, and SPF
  • A light jacket or hoodie for evening temperatures

For Tropical Escapes

  • Swimsuits, flip flops, and breezy resort wear
  • Reef-safe sunscreen and a reusable water bottle
  • A lightweight rain jacket or poncho (November can bring short tropical showers)

Whatever your destination, consider bringing a journal, your favorite book, or self-care tools to help make your November reset even more restorative.

Ready to Recharge?

There’s no better time than November to unplug and reset in a destination built for peace. Whether you crave a desert sunrise, a wine country weekend, or a cabin in the woods, AvantStay homes offer the perfect space to recharge your way.

Explore AvantStay to find your pre-holiday sanctuary and book your November escape today!

7 Best Places to Visit in October in USA for Fall Foliage

When the air turns crisp and refreshing, carrying the scent of fallen leaves and woodsmoke, the landscape bursts into a fiery palette of reds, oranges, and golds. 

October is truly the sweet spot for autumn adventures. It’s the perfect time to slow down and savor the season’s cozy vibes, from the crunch of leaves underfoot during mountain hikes to the warm glow of sunset over vineyard-covered hills. 

Each destination brings its own unique charm of majestic mountain ranges painted with autumn hues, sprawling vineyards bursting with harvest energy, historic streets lined with golden trees, and desert landscapes softened by the mellow light of fall afternoons. 

So if you’re planning a getaway with family, friends, or a romantic escape, prepare to be inspired by the beauty and magic of fall. Let these eight incredible destinations invite you to create memories that feel as rich and colorful as the season itself.

1. Asheville, North Carolina

Peak Fall Foliage: Late October

Nestled in the Blue Ridge Mountains, Asheville is a haven for leaf-peepers. The Blue Ridge Parkway offers breathtaking views, and the city’s vibrant arts scene adds a unique flair to your visit.

Top Activities:

  • Hike the Blue Ridge Parkway for panoramic views
  • Explore the Biltmore Estate and its expansive grounds
  • Savor local brews at Asheville’s renowned craft breweries

Where to Stay: Hamersmith Hollow Retreat Estate – A chic, spacious, and lakefront home perfect for groups, with Instagrammable views and modern amenities.

👉 First time in Asheville? Check out our Asheville Airbnbs and things to do in Asheville to build your best trip itinerary.

2. Lake Tahoe, California

Peak Fall Foliage: Late September to mid-October

Framed by towering pines and shimmering alpine waters, Lake Tahoe’s alpine beauty is amplified in fall. The golden aspens contrast beautifully with the deep blue waters, creating an Instagrammable setting. 

Top Activities:

  • Hike the Eagle Lake Trail for stunning vistas
  • Enjoy a scenic drive around the lake
  • Visit the Taylor Creek Visitor Center to see spawning salmon

Where to Stay: Hunter – A cozy forest house surrounded by greenery and trees, with a private hot tub and ample space for relaxation.

👉 Your Lake Tahoe adventure starts here. Check out our Lake Tahoe vacation homes and ultimate guide to Lake Tahoe activities and best hiking trails in Lake Tahoe for the perfect mountain getaway.

3. Sedona, Arizona

Peak Fall Foliage: Early to mid-October

Sedona’s iconic red rock formations take on a whole new level of magic in October, their fiery tones harmonizing beautifully with the crisp, clear autumn sky. The cooler temperatures make outdoor activities even more enjoyable.

Top Activities:

  • Hike the Cathedral Rock Trail for panoramic views
  • Visit the Chapel of the Holy Cross
  • Experience the energy vortexes at Bell Rock

Where to Stay: The Viewpoint – A contemporary home with desert views, a private hot tub, and a spacious deck overlooking the amazing rock formations.

👉 Visiting Sedona for the Red Rocks? Book one of our Sedona Airbnbs with Red Rock views and learn the best things to do in Sedona for an unforgettable desert retreat.

4. Park City, Utah

Peak Fall Foliage: Late September to early October

Park City in the fall is a mountain playground awash in vibrant reds, oranges, and yellows that blanket the hillsides like a living tapestry. The crisp air is invigorating, perfect for hiking, biking, or simply wandering the charming historic Main Street, autumn festivals, and open-air markets. 

Top Activities:

  • Hike or bike the Wasatch Mountain trails
  • Take a scenic gondola ride at Park City Mountain
  • Explore the historic Main Street

Where to Stay: Park Ave Getaway – A stylish and cozy home with complete amenities, a hot tub, and close proximity to downtown’s Main Street and the Old Town lift.

👉 If you’re ready for mountain adventures, browse our season-friendly Park City homes and Park City travel guide for the best hiking trails, dining, and seasonal activities.

5. Charleston, South Carolina

Peak Fall Foliage: Late October

Did you know that Charleston’s historic charm is enhanced by the fall colors? This makes it an even romantic and picturesque destination. The mild temperatures are also perfect for exploring the city.

Top Activities:

  • Stroll through the historic district and Waterfront Park
  • Visit the Magnolia Plantation and Gardens
  • Enjoy a carriage ride through the cobblestone streets

Where to Stay: Lighthouse – A charming coastal home in front of the beach with direct access to the SC sands.

👉Check out our beach homes in Charleston and the best Charleston travel guide for historic tours, beaches, and local restaurants. 

6. Palm Springs, California

Peak Fall Foliage: Late October

While Palm Springs is known for being a summer destination and its desert landscapes, the surrounding mountains offer a unique fall experience. The cooler temperatures make it an ideal time to explore the area.

Top Activities:

  • Take the Palm Springs Aerial Tramway for panoramic views
  • Explore the Indian Canyons and their fall colors
  • Relax at a luxury spa or by the pool

Where to Stay: Palo Verde – A one-of-a-kind desert home with a private pool and stunning mountain, palm trees, and yucca views.

👉 Experience the best desert escape with our Palm Springs Airbnbs for month-long stays. Also, know our best picks for the things to do while in Palm Springs.

7. Big Bear, California

Peak Fall Foliage: Early to mid-October

October in Big Bear Lake is like stepping into a storybook, where crisp mountain air and fiery autumn foliage create a serene retreat. Surrounded by towering pines and golden aspens, the lake sparkles under soft autumn sunlight, invites you to explore nature’s beauty. 

Top Activities:

  • Hiking through vibrant forest trails in the San Bernardino Mountains
  • Paddleboarding or fishing on the tranquil lake
  • Enjoying seasonal events like fall festivals and farmers’ markets

Where to Stay: Lakeside in Bearadise – A charming cabin just 50 yards from the lake, featuring a game room with a pool table and a prime location in the Boulder Bay area.

👉 Ready for a mountain lake getaway? Explore our Big Bear cabins for large groups or Big Bear Airbnbs, and things to do in Big Bear for hiking trails, water sports, and cozy cabin experiences.

Seasonal Travel Tips for October

Layer Up for Variable Weather

October’s weather can be delightfully crisp but unpredictable—warm afternoons can quickly turn into chilly evenings, especially in mountainous or desert regions. Pack versatile layers like lightweight sweaters, scarves, and a good jacket to stay cozy whether you’re hiking a trail or dining al fresco. Don’t forget comfortable shoes for exploring charming towns and scenic nature spots!

Book Early to Secure Your Ideal Stay

The fall foliage season is one of the most sought-after travel times of the year, and AvantStay’s popular vacation homes fill up fast during this season. If you’re looking for a rustic mountain cabin or a stylish estate, early booking ensures you get the perfect spot for your getaway with all the amenities you want.

Plan Scenic Drives and Outdoor Adventures

Many destinations in October come alive with color along scenic byways and mountain roads. Consider renting a car to explore routes like the Blue Ridge Parkway near Asheville, the Lake Tahoe Loop, or the stunning drives around Napa Valley’s vineyards. Pack a picnic and plan stops at overlooks for unforgettable photo shots.

Embrace Local Fall Festivals and Events

October is bursting with harvest festivals, farmers’ markets, wine harvest celebrations, art fairs, and cultural events that showcase each region’s unique vibe. Check local event calendars before you go to time your visit with activities like Asheville’s Brewgrass Festival, Park City’s Film Festival, or Santa Fe’s Pueblo Feast Day.

Bring Fall-Inspired Gear and Essentials

Don’t forget to pack sunglasses and sunscreen—fall sun can be deceptively strong, especially at higher elevations. A reusable water bottle is also a must for staying hydrated during hikes or long drives. For wine country visits, consider a collapsible cooler bag to bring home your favorite bottles safely.

Consider Midweek Stays for Better Rates

If your schedule allows, booking stays during weekdays can often yield better availability and more competitive pricing. Plus, you’ll enjoy less crowded attractions and a more relaxed experience at popular fall spots.

Prepare for Early Nightfalls

Days get shorter in October, so plan your outdoor activities accordingly to make the most of daylight hours. Use early evenings to unwind at your AvantStay rental—many of our homes have cozy fireplaces, hot tubs, or outdoor fire pits perfect for gathering with friends or family under the stars.

Stay Flexible and Explore Beyond the Usual

October’s cooler weather invites you to try new activities, like hot air balloon rides or evening ghost tours in Charleston. Be open to spontaneous adventures, and you might discover hidden gems off the beaten path!

🍂 Don’t Miss the Magic of Fall

October is more than a month—it’s a mood. Crisp air, glowing leaves, cozy nights, and wide-open spaces. Whether you’re chasing foliage or just a peaceful getaway, these destinations deliver the very best of autumn.

With AvantStay’s handpicked homes across the country, your perfect fall escape is ready and waiting. From mountain lodges to desert villas, we’ve got the space, the style, and the comfort your group deserves.

Ready to fall in love with fall? Explore and book with AvantStay and start planning your October getaway as early as today!

7 Best Places to Visit in August in USA for Sun & Chill

Long, golden days. The scent of sunscreen and sizzling barbecue. A cold drink in hand and nothing on the agenda but fun.

August is that magical stretch of summer where everything feels just a little more alive, from lakefront adventures and mountaintop sunsets to starlit dinners by the pool. 

Whether you’re chasing cool breezes in the mountains or soaking up the desert sun, we’ve rounded up the best destinations to savor August in full.

Even better? Every spot on this list is home to stunning AvantStay vacation rentals, so your group getaway comes with luxurious memories and an unforgettable experience built right in.

Related Reads:

1. Lake Tahoe, California

Lake Tahoe shines in August with long, sun-filled days perfect for boating, hiking, and lakeside lounging. The weather is warm but not scorching, making it ideal for enjoying the outdoors without the discomfort of peak summer heat. August also brings local festivals and farmers’ markets that add a fun, community vibe to your mountain escape.

Warm sunny days on the lake, hiking trails in full bloom, and mountainside festivals make Tahoe a summer favorite.

Top Activities: Paddleboarding on crystal-clear waters, hiking in Emerald Bay, or enjoying lakeside dining and lakeside views.

Where to Stay: Aster – a spacious cabin perfect for up to 8 guests, complete with cozy gathering spaces.

👉 Dreaming of a Tahoe getaway? Browse our 12 Cozy Lake Tahoe Airbnbs for Big Group Gatherings to find the perfect cabin for your crew.

2. Park City, Utah

August offers the perfect balance of sunny skies and cool mountain breezes in Park City. The ski slopes transform into scenic hiking and biking trails, and the town’s summer concerts and open-air events keep the energy high. With fewer tourists than winter, it’s a peaceful yet lively time to explore this mountain gem.

Summer brings cool mountain air, wildflower hikes, and adventure sports without the winter crowds.

Top Activities: Hiking, mountain biking, scenic gondola rides – plus hot air ballooning and fly fishing just outside town.

Where to Stay: Silver Strike – centrally located near Silver Strike Express Lift, with a hot tub and room for twelve.

👉 Ready to book your mountain escape? Check out our blog on 22 Park City Airbnbs That You Can Book for Any Time of the Year—perfect picks for summer hikes, winter slopes, and everything in between.

3. San Diego, California

Ideal beach weather and outdoor fun – from whale watching to beachfront eclectic neighborhoods. August is prime time to experience San Diego’s beaches, boardwalks, and laid-back SoCal lifestyle. The ocean is warm enough for swimming and surfing, and outdoor dining is in full swing throughout the city. 

With minimal rain and endless coastal sunshine, it’s one of the best times to visit.

Top Activities: Surfing in La Jolla, visiting the zoo, cycling along Pacific Beach.

Where to Stay: Moonlight Modern – ocean-view home with a hot tub, sleeping up to 10 guests.

👉 Ready to scroll? Check out our Top 10 San Diego Airbnbs with the Best Ocean Views to find your dream beachside rental.

4. Austin, Texas

Despite the Texas heat, August in Austin brings high energy and plenty of ways to cool down— swimming holes, boat rentals, and riverside fun. The live music scene stays vibrant, with open-air shows and festivals lighting up the evenings. Early mornings and late nights are the sweet spot for exploring this creative capital.

Warm summer vibes, outdoor dining, live music, and lake activities converge in ATX.

Top Activities: Barton Springs, paddleboarding on Lady Bird Lake, catching a live show at Zilker Park.

Where to Stay: Dawson – a lagoon-style home with views of Lake Travis, offering a private yard, pool, and space for groups up to 10.

👉 Need a place to kick back between BBQ joints and concert halls? Don’t miss our blog on 8 Austin Airbnbs for a Weekend of Music, BBQ, and Adventure, curated for unforgettable stays in the heart of Texas.

5. Nashville, Tennessee

Music fills the air in Nashville every summer, and August is no exception with festivals, rooftop concerts, and vibrant nightlife. The city stays warm, but there’s always a breeze along the river or inside a honky-tonk. It’s the perfect month to experience Nashville’s Southern charm with fewer crowds than peak season.

Hot summer nights, vibrant music festivals, and scenic escapes await along the Cumberland River.

Top Activities: Honky-tonk hopping in downtown, paddleboarding, and riverboat cruising.

Where to Stay: Waverly – a sleek and spacious home near downtown with room for 10 guests.

👉 Planning a honky-tonk weekend? Grab inspo from our 12 Trendy Nashville Airbnbs for Bachelorettes & Girls’ Night Outs to pick a stylish stay near Broadway

6. Palm Springs, California

While it’s hot in the desert, Palm Springs in August is all about chilled cocktails, private pools, and luxurious downtime. Many travelers take advantage of off-season pricing for high-end villas and spa escapes. Early mornings and evenings are ideal for exploring the city’s architecture, design shops, and art galleries.

Despite the heat, resorts that offer poolside luxury, spa escapes, and mid-century charm.

Top Activities: Pool lounging, Joshua Tree day trips, exploring design-centric downtown galleries.

Where to Stay: Villa Valentina – best desert home with a private pool, hot tub, and modern spaces for your group of 12.

👉 Seeking poolside perfection? Our 12 Best Palm Springs Airbnbs You’ll Wish You Lived In highlights sun-soaked homes built for indoor-outdoor living.

7. Indio, California

August brings peaceful desert vibes to Coachella Valley, making it a hidden gem for those seeking solitude and sunshine. It’s a perfect month to enjoy golf, private villas, and serene landscapes without the crowds. Plus, it’s a great time to score deals before the festival season kicks into gear.

Indeed, a prelude to festival season with warm desert days and cool desert nights.

Top Activities: Golfing, spa days, local dining, and early bird deals on fall getaway stays.

Where to Stay: Longfellow – a large home with a pool, outdoor lounge, tiki bar, and areas to relax for up to 14 guests.

👉 Planning ahead for your desert escape? Don’t miss our blog on The Best Coachella Valley Airbnbs to Book Before They Sell Out for snagging the perfect stay before the crowds roll in and homes get fully booked.

🧳 Seasonal Travel Tips for August

Choose between Hotels vs. Rentals

While hotels may offer seasonal discounts in August, group travelers often get more space, comfort, and value from short-term rentals. AvantStay homes feature private pools, chef-style kitchens, game rooms, and outdoor lounges—perfect for families or groups of friends planning a summer escape. For ideas on the best destinations with full-home buyouts, check out our roundup of Palm Springs homes and hotels available for a full buyout.

Pack Smart

August means sun-soaked days, but don’t forget to bring layers if you’re heading to the mountains or the desert, where evenings can cool down fast. Sunscreen, sunglasses, a reusable water bottle, and a pair of good walking shoes are must-haves. And if you’re heading to the desert, get inspired by tips for what to pack for a summer trip—yes, even the essentials can feel luxe.

Book Activities Ahead

Summer is still peak season in many places during this time, especially beach towns and lakefront destinations, so plan ahead. Book surf lessons in San Diego or off-roading adventures in Joshua Tree before your trip to avoid last-minute stress. 

For more inspiration, don’t miss our best travel guides in the US.

Don’t Let Summer Slip Away!

August isn’t just the tail end of summer—it’s your last, best chance to turn up the sunshine before pumpkin spice takes over. 

It offers the best of summer—mountain adventure, desert leisure, lakeside fun, and lively city escapes. And with AvantStay’s curated homes across these popular U.S. destinations, group getaways are easier, more stylish, and built for memories.

Ready to lock in your summer stay? Explore AvantStay and start planning your August getaway today!

21 Best Bachelor Party Destinations for Every Type of Groom

Planning a bachelor party is more than just picking a place—it’s about creating unforgettable memories with your closest friends before sealing the deal. Whether you’re envisioning a weekend filled with adventure, relaxation, or vibrant nightlife, choosing the best bachelor party destinations will set the tone for the entire celebration. 

From sun-soaked beaches to bustling cityscapes, the perfect spot awaits to match your group’s vibe and preferences. Whether you’re aiming for laid-back luxury or non-stop excitement, these locations offer the ideal backdrop for your pre-wedding festivities.

To help you get started, we’ve curated a list of top destinations that cater to every type of bachelor party. Read more!

Related Reads for More Inspiration:

Discover why AvantStay properties are the perfect choice for hosting unforgettable events, offering group-friendly amenities, and exceptional experiences.

Planning for the bride-to-be? Explore top destinations and creative themes to make her celebration truly special.

Planning a big group getaway? Learn the top vacation rentals that comfortably accommodate 20+ guests—perfect for bachelor parties and milestone celebrations.

Table of Contents – 21 Best Bachelor Party Destinations for Every Type of Groom

  • For the Music Aficionado:
  1. Nashville, Tennessee: Doralee, Monroe, The Magnolia
  2. Austin, Texas: Paramount Place, Natiivo, Travis
  3. Los Angeles, California: City Living, A-Lister, Rock n Roll
  • For the Wine Connoisseur
  1. Paso Robles, California: Wellsona, Victorian Manor, Cathedral
  2. Temecula, California: Warhol, Wilson Creek Manor, Camila
  3. Sonoma, California: Wine Country Estate, Sonoma Sunshine, Belleza
  • For the Beach Lover
  1. Destin, Florida: Promenade, Destin Dolphin, Destiny on the Sand
  2. Emerald Coast: 30A Beach Getaway, Seagrove Manor, Tipsea Turtle
  3. Fort Lauderdale, Florida: Gulfstream, Las Olas Oasis, Tidal
  • For the Desert Adventurer
  1. Coachella Valley, California: Buena Vista, The Date Palm Estate, Villa Verbena
  2. Palm Springs, California: Villa Valentina, The Marley Hotel, Olivano Ranch
  3. Joshua Tree, California: Sky Ranch Noir, Flora, Lava Rocks
  • For the Adventure Seeker
  1. Central Oregon: The Gem Estate, River Meadows, Klamath
  2. Breckenridge, Colorado: Holly, Frontier, Zendo
  3. Big Bear, California: Clover, Alpenglow Chateau, Lakefront Lodge
  • For the Golf Enthusiast
  1. Scottsdale, Arizona: Fairway Oasis, Red Rock, Sonoran Sunshine
  2. La Quinta, California: Edgy House, Quinta Blue & Green, Moonshine
  3. Lake Tahoe, California: Grays Crossing, Redwood, Sparrow
  • For the Gamers
  1. Orlando, Florida: Sunshine Ridge, Storybook Sanctuary, Ever After
  2. San Diego, California: Shoreline, Indigo, Villa Valencia
  3. Charleston, South Carolina: Cast Away, Raven, Jessamine

🎸 For the Music Aficionado

Hit the right note with AvantStay. Our upscale properties place you in the heart of the action, offering spacious accommodations perfect for group celebrations.

Nashville, Tennessee – The Music City Bash

Nashville, affectionately known as “Nashvegas,” is a top pick for bachelor parties seeking lively nightlife and rich musical heritage. Enjoy proximity to Broadway’s honky-tonks, renowned barbecue joints, and live music venues, ensuring your party keeps rocking all night long.

Doralee

Located just a stone’s throw from Downtown and Music Row, this Nashville escape can comfortably accommodate up to 10 guests. It is a multi-story group retreat named after Dolly Parton’s character in “9 to 5.” Perfect for groups looking to stay together while enjoying Nashville’s vibrant nightlife.

Monroe

Situated in the Buena Vista neighborhood, adjacent to historic Germantown, the Monroe Units offer chic townhomes with locally inspired décor. This decorative condos are situated in the heart of Nashville, just minutes from iconic venues like the Ryman Auditorium and Broadway. 

The Magnolia

The Magnolia offers a collection of stylish apartments featuring elegant furnishings,with its red-brick exterior and proximity to Nashville’s iconic attractions. You can unwind in the shared sunlit courtyard and enjoy the vibrant culinary scene right at your doorstep.

Related Reads:

Austin, Texas – Live Music Capital

Austin’s eclectic music scene, food trucks, and outdoor activities make it ideal for bachelor parties. AvantStay offers homes close to South Congress, providing easy access to the city’s best attractions and Austin’s best restaurants.

Paramount Place

Located in the heart of Austin, this expansive 11,000 sq. ft. home features five bedrooms, a home theater, game room, rooftop lawn, and more. It’s designed for large groups seeking luxury and entertainment for a bachelor’s night.

Natiivo

This brand-new condo offers modern amenities and is situated near popular spots like Rainey Street and Sixth Street. With a swimming pool, fitness center, yoga studios, a dog park, and balconies, it’s a guest’s favorite, wanting to stay active while being entertained.

Travis

A peaceful lakefront home on Lake Travis, which offers 3 bedrooms, a fully equipped kitchen, and a spacious deck with outdoor seating. It’s an ideal retreat for those wanting to have fun by the water while still being a short drive from downtown Austin.

Related Reads:

Los Angeles, California – Urban Entertainment Hub

For those seeking a mix of beach vibes and city nightlife, Los Angeles offers diverse experiences. AvantStay’s properties in LA provide stylish accommodations near top attractions, from Hollywood to Santa Monica.

City Living

This 2-bedroom home offers panoramic views of downtown LA, a spacious outdoor area with a gas grill, and a large lawn. It’s perfect for anyone wanting urban excitement and the best relaxation during a bachelor party.

A-Lister

Perched in the Hollywood Hills, A-Lister is a hideaway offering a private pool, hot tub, sunset views, and a large patio with al fresco dining. Its proximity to West Hollywood’s nightlife and attractions makes it a prime choice for those looking to experience the glamour of LA.

Rock n Roll

Situated steps from the iconic venues like the Hollywood Pantages Theatre, Rock n Roll is a vibrant pink home with bold decor and modern aesthetic, offering you an authentic Hollywood experience.

Related Reads:

🍷 For the Wine Connoisseur

For those with a discerning palate, these destinations offer a refined experience amid rolling vineyards and elegant tasting rooms. Indulge in the art of winemaking and savor the moment.

Paso Robles, California – Wine Country Retreat

For a more laid-back yet luxurious experience, Paso Robles offers rolling vineyards and top-tier wineries. This place is indeed an ideal spot for a laid-back yet luxurious bachelor party. Explore local tasting rooms by day and enjoy serene evenings under the stars.

Wellsona

Situated on a gated 40-acre working vineyard, Wellsona is a spacious estate featuring a main house and guest house connected by a breezeway. Amenities include a private pool, hot tub, and wine cellar, providing a serene setting for groups looking to unwind like the classics.

Victorian Manor

This expansive 12-bedroom estate can accommodate up to 28 guests. With a private pool, tennis court, and ample outdoor space, it’s perfect for your large bachelor group seeking a grand wine country experience.

Cathedral

Located in nearby Templeton, Cathedral offers German-style 7 bedrooms and 4 bathrooms. This property features a big swimming pool, stunning views of the rolling hills, and lots of spots to gather, making it ideal for a relaxing bachelor retreat.

Related Reads:

Temecula, California – Vineyard Vibes

Combine the charm of wine country with group-friendly amenities in Temecula. If your bachelor party includes wine tastings and celebratory dinners, then this is the place to choose. Enjoy the scenic beauty and relaxed atmosphere as you toast to the groom’s next chapter.

Warhol

A 6-bedroom home that has an infinity pool, spa, entertainment area with a pool table, and outdoor fire table. Its unique design and proximity to renowned wineries make it ideal for wine tastings and celebratory dinners. 

Wilson Creek Manor

Offering 10 bedrooms and 10 bathrooms, this mansion accommodates up to 20 guests. Being in the Wilson Creek Winery is the best feature of this home but it also includes a private pool and spacious living and dining areas, providing a luxurious setting for large bachelor groups.

Camila

Camila is a mansion on top of the hill that sleeps up to 18 guests. With a private pool paired with the best views of Temecula, it’s perfect for groups seeking a luxurious and comfortable stay during wine country getaways.

Related Reads:

Sonoma, California – Classic Wine Experience

Sonoma offers a scenic Sonoma County wineries experience with its renowned vineyards and charming towns. Indeed, a classic and elegant setting for wine tastings and gourmet dining.

Wine Country Estate

Located between Napa and Sonoma Valley, this estate features a custom pool with spa, entertainment barn, and chic remodeled interiors. It’s minutes from downtown Sonoma Square and world-famous vineyards.

Sonoma Sunshine

This 4-bedroom retreat offers incredible views, an expansive pool, and curated interior design. It’s conveniently located near a selection of wineries and tasting rooms, making it an excellent base for wine enthusiasts.

Belleza

A luxurious and modern mansion in the heart of wine country, featuring an infinity pool, hot tub, expansive outdoor living, and lounge areas. It’s designed for relaxation and entertainment for the ultimate bachelor party experience.

Related Reads:

🏖️ For the Beach Lover

Beach days and lively evenings await. These destinations offer the perfect blend of sun, sand, relaxation, and excitement for the unforgettable bachelor weekend.

Destin, Florida – The Ultimate Beach Party Hub

Known as the “World’s Luckiest Fishing Village,” Destin offers more than just fishing. With its sparkling white beaches, vibrant nightlife, and a plethora of water activities, it’s a top choice for bachelor parties. 

Promenade

A luxurious and traditional 7-bedroom beach house featuring a private pool, double balconies, and a crow’s nest, all facing the ocean with the best views of the waves. It is perfect for large groups seeking upscale coastal celebrations.

Destin Dolphin

Located near Crystal Beach, this escape showcases incredible interior design and amenities. With a swimming pool and literally a dolphin, a large outdoor kitchen, and a sunbathing deck, this is another home you can consider for your bachelor gatherings.

Destiny on the Sand

You are literally on the sand at this home. A beachfront retreat with direct access to the private sands of the beach, this home offers stunning Gulf views from the home’s big windows and spacious decks. Great for sun-soaked celebrations.

Related Reads:

Emerald Coast – Scenic 30A Adventures

Sun, sand, and sea set the stage for an epic bachelor party along 30A, Florida’s Emerald Coast. Stretching along Florida’s Gulf Coast, the Emerald Coast boasts charming towns, scenic highways, and pristine beaches. 

30A Beach Getaway

A newly constructed Dune Allen Beach home is designed to maximize Gulf views. This luxurious home offers the best accommodations and features two grand patios and 3-story balconies overlooking the 30a waters.

Seagrove Manor

Offering panoramic views of Eastern Lake, this is a 5-bedroom lakefront retreat with a private pool and dock. Enjoy complimentary paddleboards and a rooftop deck for sunset gatherings. Ideal for groups seeking a blend of relaxation and adventure.

Tipsea Turtle

This newly built 8-bedroom home sleeps 22 and features a private saltwater pool, game room, and outdoor entertainment area. Just a block from the beach, it’s perfect for lively bachelor celebrations. Enjoy amenities like arcade games, outdoor bar, and spacious lounging areas.

Related Reads:

Fort Lauderdale, Florida – Vibrant Coastal Vibes

For those seeking beach relaxation and city excitement, Fort Lauderdale is another destination to pick. You can choose an ideal spot for bachelor groups looking to enjoy both daytime beach activities and the city’s lively nightlife.

Gulfstream

Just minutes from Las Olas Boulevard and Fort Lauderdale Beach, this is a luxurious 4-bedroom waterfront home with a private dock, pool, and hot tub. Enjoy spacious interiors, a chef’s kitchen, and a patio ideal for sunset cocktails. 

Las Olas Oasis

This stylish home features a hot tub, BBQ grill, and al fresco dining setup, perfect for serene and simple bachelor getaways. Located minutes from the beach, it’s perfect for groups where everyone can enjoy the vibrant nightlife and dining options nearby.

Tidal

Offering a relaxing pool, yard to gather, pool valleyball, and proximity to Fort Lauderdale Beach, this cozy home is ideal for bachelor parties looking to combine beach fun with comfortable accommodations.

Related Reads:

🏜️ For the Desert Adventurer

Explore the stark beauty of desert landscapes by day and enjoy mesmerizing stargazing under clear night skies. You can have a bachelor’s celebration with unique desert experiences. 

Coachella Valley, California – Desert Festivities

If your crew is into music festivals or desert adventures, Coachella Valley is the place to be with its vibrant music culture and stunning desert landscapes. It is an ideal base for exploring the desert landscape or attending nearby events for a memorable bachelor party. 

Buena Vista

A sprawling 9-bedroom estate on over 40 acres, featuring a private lake, saloon-style wet bar, game room, and bonfire area. Ideal for large groups seeking a luxurious and private desert retreat, it is perfect for hosting memorable bachelor party events.

The Date Palm Estate

This estate has been the best choice for bachelorette trips, and we know why. It offers a resort-style saltwater pool, jacuzzi, game room, tennis court, and many more amenities to enjoy. Providing everyone with ample space for group gatherings and celebrations in a serene setting.

Villa Verbena

Nestled on 1.71 acres in Bermuda Dunes, Villa Verbena is a luxurious retreat featuring expansive outdoor spaces, a private pool, and its own basketball court. The expansive living and dining areas are perfect for groups seeking relaxation and entertainment in the desert.

Related Reads:

Palm Springs, California – Desert Oasis

For a blend of relaxation and excitement, Palm Springs delivers. Our properties offer private pools, cabanas, and stylish accommodations where you can enjoy poolside lounging by day and explore vibrant nightlife by night.

Villa Valentina

A sleek 4-bedroom retreat nestled against the foothills of Mount San Jacinto State Park, just 5 minutes from Downtown Palm Springs. This home features a private pool, hot tub, outdoor dining area, and modern interiors designed for your stylish bachelor. 

The Marley Hotel

An exclusive hotel experience awaits, offering a private pool, spa, fire pit, and multiple patios by the desert. Located steps from downtown nightlife, it’s the ultimate party pad for bachelors seeking privacy and luxury.

Olivano Ranch

Challenge your groom’s friends for basketball and pickleball at this home. Enjoy the game garage, private pool, hot tub, and a spacious lawn perfect for games and activities. This estate in Palm Desert is the best desert home designed for groups seeking entertainment.

Related Reads:

Joshua Tree, California – Artistic Escape

Joshua Tree offers a unique desert experience with its stunning national park and artistic community. And our homes are here to provide serene settings for stargazing and exploration during your trip.

Sky Ranch Noir

Just 20 minutes from Joshua Tree National Park, this design-forward desert oasis was created by executive producer Chris Hanley that offers five bedrooms and an expansive open-concept layout. Featuring a private resort-like backyard with complete amenities.

Flora

Surrounded by cacti and native flora, this tranquil oasis has a plunge pool, hot tub, and chic interiors. It’s a perfect base for intimate bachelor gatherings, morning hikes in the park, and evenings around the outdoor fireplace.

Lava Rocks

This is the home where everyone from your group can unwind after exploring Joshua Tree’s famed trails and galleries. Offering 3 bedrooms, a pool, a cowboy tub, a fire pit, and stylish lounge spaces, it’s the home for bonding, storytelling, and late-night talks with your crew.

Related Reads:

🏔️ For the Adventure Seeker

Embark on an unforgettable bachelor party surrounded by nature’s grandeur. From mountain peaks to serene forests, these destinations offer thrilling adventures and cozy retreats.

Central Oregon – Outdoor Adventure Hub

For the outdoorsy groom-to-be, Central Oregon provides a playground of activities. We have homes that offer hot tubs, fire pits, and easy access to hiking, fishing, and skiing. After a day of adventure, relax in spacious accommodations designed for group comfort.

The Gem Estate

This expansive retreat near Sunriver offers a private pool, hot tub, sauna, fire pit, and a massive backyard. With elegant interiors, 5 bedrooms, and game-ready entertainment spaces, it’s tailor-made for group getaways filled with fun and adventure.

River Meadows

Nestled among towering pines, this beautifully renovated 4-bedroom home features a private dock, wraparound deck, hot tub, and cruiser bikes that are free to use. With access to nearby hiking trails and the Deschutes River, it’s the ultimate home for your adventurous bachelors.

Klamath

A charming lakeside cabin in Bend, this home has the coziest setting with wood interiors, stone fireplaces, and a spacious outdoor spa. The home also comes with a fire pit, foosball table, and a large dining area—perfect for post-exploration hangs with your crew.

Related Reads:

Breckenridge, Colorado – Mountain Adventure

If outdoor activities are your group’s preference, Breckenridge offers skiing, hiking, and more. Selected AvantStay’s properties provide ski-in, ski-out access, a hot tub, and a game room, ensuring both adventure and relaxation.

Holly

This massive home sits in the heart of Breckenridge and features a deck with views of the snowcapped mountains, a game room, and a private hot tub. With spacious common areas and unbeatable access to nightlife and ski lifts, it’s designed for unforgettable group celebrations.

Frontier

A luxury retreat with panoramic views of the mountains, this home features a bubbling hot tub, a pool table, and a large dining table to gather. Located minutes from Main Street, it’s perfect for groups wanting upscale comfort and easy access to trails and breweries.

Zendo

A sleek 5-bedroom alpine escape with soaring windows, a hot tub, and a spacious deck ideal for après-ski lounging. With its modern rustic vibe and close proximity to slopes and town, it’s a stylish home for bachelor adventures in the Rockies.

Related Reads:

Big Bear, California – Cabin Getaway

For a rustic yet comfortable experience, Big Bear is the ultimate mountain escape for bachelor parties seeking adventure. With its year-round appeal—from snow-covered slopes in winter to hiking and lake days in summer—this alpine town offers something for the outdoor-loving crew.

Clover

Nestled near the slopes, this home features a private hot tub, fire pit, and a spacious game room equipped with billiards, foosball, shuffleboard, and air hockey. With cozy interiors and plenty of entertainment, it’s perfect for an active bachelor weekend in the mountains.

Alpenglow Chateau

This sprawling 5-bedroom mountain home has a chef’s kitchen, a foosball and pool table, alfresco dining, and multiple balconies with forest views. The expansive and luxe layout and outdoor seating make it a top pick for large groups looking to spread out and enjoy Big Bear.

Lakefront Lodge

Situated right on Big Bear Lake, this stunning lodge offers lake fun, a game room, and breathtaking water views. Enjoy sunset cocktails on the deck, unwind in the hot tub, and soak up the peaceful vibes after a day of outdoor adventures or boating.

Related Reads:

⛳ For the Golf Enthusiast

Tee off in style and unwind in luxury. These destinations offer premier golfing experiences paired with upscale accommodations, ensuring your bachelor party is both thrilling and relaxing.

Scottsdale, Arizona – Golf Geek’s Dream

Scottsdale is a golfer’s paradise with over 200 courses set against stunning desert landscapes. After a day on the greens, enjoy the city’s vibrant nightlife and upscale dining. AvantStay offers luxurious accommodations close to top courses and entertainment venues.

Fairway Oasis

Fairway Oasis is the perfect retreat designed for entertainment and lounging. Practice your swing on the private putting green, challenge friends in the game room or at a basketball hoop, unwind in the hot tub, and soak in the pool. The backyard makes it perfect for group gatherings.

Red Rock

Featuring sleek modern interiors, a private pool and spa, a fully equipped outdoor kitchen, and a personal bar, this 4-bedroom home is just minutes from top golf courses and Old Town Scottsdale. It is ideal for daytime tee times and vibrant nights out with your bros.

Sonoran Sunshine

Sonoran Sunshine offers 4 bedrooms and a backyard designed for entertainment, including a private pool, putting green, ping pong table, and BBQ area. Its location provides easy access to numerous golf courses and Scottsdale’s attractions.

Related Reads:

La Quinta, California – Desert Fairways & Nightlife

La Quinta is renowned for its world-class golf courses, and with its rich golfing heritage and diverse course offerings, La Quinta offers an unparalleled experience for golf enthusiasts in your bachelor’s group. Plus, you can cap off your evenings with a round of cards!

Edgy House

This modern 2-bedroom retreat features a private pool, hot tub, and BBQ area, all with stunning golf course vistas. Situated directly on the golf course, guests can enjoy unobstructed views and easy access to the lush fairways.

Quinta Blue & Green

These two sister homes are surrounded by golf courses and feature a pool, hot tub, and a spacious outdoor dining area, making this home ideal for group gatherings. Plus, Quinta Blue has its own putting green!

Moonshine

Located on the PGA West Golf Course, Moonshine offers the best panoramic views of the Santa Rosa Mountains, a pool, fire pit, and stylish interiors, offering a luxurious retreat for golf enthusiasts.

Related Reads:

Lake Tahoe, California – Scenic Mountain  Views

Lake Tahoe offers unique high-altitude golfing experiences with breathtaking views. Our properties in the area provide comfortable accommodations near top courses and the lake’s recreational activities.

Grays Crossing

For good talks with the gang, this cabin is just moments away from the Grays Crossing Golf Course. With 3,600 sq ft of space to lounge and celebrate, it offers luxury and privacy, featuring a spacious patio, modern amenities, and proximity to Prosser Lake.

Redwood

Nestled among pine trees, this 5-bedroom cabin offers panoramic views of Martis Valley. Its proximity to Northstar Golf Course, luxurious amenities, and areas to gather, including two expansive decks and a hot tub, make it an ideal spot for golf enthusiasts in your group.

Sparrow

This 4-bedroom home offers a bright, open-concept layout with cozy interiors and forested surroundings. Just minutes from Lake Tahoe Golf Course, it features a spacious deck, fire pit, and hot tub—ideal for unwinding after a day on the fairways.

Related Reads:

🎮 For the Gamers

Level up your bachelor’s party with endless entertainment! Packed with high-tech game rooms and immersive experiences, perfect for the groom who loves a good challenge.

Orlando, Florida – Theme Parks & Gaming Galore

Orlando isn’t just about theme parks; it’s a haven for gamers in your bachelor’s, too. Futuristic game rooms with arcade games, a massive projector screen, and a Star Wars-themed theater are just some of the fun features, ensuring endless entertainment for any age and kid at heart.

Sunshine Ridge

This home delivers next-level fun with a room full of entertainment, from a pool table, air hockey, and console setups. With 9 bedrooms, a private pool, and spacious lounges, it’s built for all-day play and late-night hangouts of your gaming crew.

Storybook Sanctuary

Just minutes from Disney World and Universal Studios, this home is the perfect launchpad for bachelor groups ready to have adventure with downtime. Unwind by the pool, hang out in the spacious areas, or kick off the night with drinks before heading out to Orlando’s nightlife. 

Ever After

A pop culture paradise for a bachelor with a youthful spirit, a futuristic game room that has arcade machines, foosball, air hockey, and a massive projector screen awaits here. Upstairs, a Star Wars-themed theater and themed bedrooms create a fully immersive entertainment zone.

Related Reads: 

San Diego, California – Coastal Gaming Retreat

San Diego is the perfect place for bachelor parties that want to keep the energy high from day to night, with its stunning coastline, vibrant nightlife, and endless entertainment options.

Shoreline

This luxurious coastal escape in La Jolla features oceanfront views and a hot tub for sunset hangs. Inside, enjoy a sleek game room and multiple living areas perfect for movie nights or poker with the crew. Putting you minutes from the beach, downtown, and buzzing nightlife.

Indigo

With a modern open-concept design, Indigo is a simple seven-bedroom home. It has a rooftop deck with ocean views and multiple indoor lounges that your bros will love. Just a short drive from Pacific Beach and Mission Bay, it’s best for casual gaming and hangouts as a party.

Villa Valencia

This Spanish-style villa brings the celebration with its outdoor pool, hot tub, and fire pit surrounded by lush greenery. Indoors, you’ll find game tables and plenty of room to stretch out. Located in Mission Hills, you’re close to top bars, arcades, and the Gaslamp Quarter.

Related Reads:

Charleston, South Carolina – Fun Games & Talks

Charleston stands out as an exceptional choice for a bachelor’s party, due to its captivating history and vibrant contemporary experiences. Its cobblestone streets, antebellum architecture, Instagrammable beaches, and views set the stage for a memorable celebration. 

Cast Away

Just a block from Isle of Palms Beach, this bright and airy beach house invites you to gather close friends for an unforgettable trip. The game room is equipped with foosball, shuffleboard, and poker tables, while the deck offers lounge chairs and a hot tub for relaxation. 

Raven

Located in the heart of downtown Charleston, this home has ample entertaining space, such as a pool table, perfect for a bachelor group. Enjoy the rooftop deck with skyline views, and walk to King Street nightlife in minutes.

Jessamine

Located in the heart of Charleston’s historic district, this is a beautifully restored home with 4 bedrooms, common areas, and a charming outdoor patio. It’s perfect for groups looking to have fun and play in the city by day and unwind by night.

Related Reads:

Quick Tips for Planning the Perfect Bachelor Party 

  • Know the Vibe: Decide if your group prefers nightlife, nature, golf, or gaming for your celebration. Pick a destination that fits the mood, and everything will follow.
  • Be Budget-Smart: Talk money as early as now. Choose spots that offer fun and value for you, like large homes that cost less per person than hotels.
  • Keep Travel Simple: Pick destinations with major airports and short drives—this makes it easy in and easy out for everyone coming to your party.
  • Match the Destination to the Activities: Go beachside, hit the mountains, tee off on desert fairways, or geek out at theme parks, just choose what fits your crew.
  • Choose the Right Stay: Book a full-home rental with group-friendly features like hot tubs, game rooms, and lots of space to gather and dine together.
  • Use Concierge Perks: Many homes offer extras like fridge stocking or private chefs. Take advantage of these for a smoother trip with AvantStay. Learn more here.

Ready to Lock It In? Book Early!

Did you know that the best bachelor party homes go fast? Lock in your dates as early as today for the best selection. Secure your stay now and get first pick of top-tier group properties before they’re gone. Book now at AvantStay!

10 Best Big Bear Cabins for Large Groups & Reunions

Planning a group getaway to Big Bear? If you’re organizing a family reunion, friends’ retreat, or multi-generational vacation, finding the right place to stay can make all the difference. 

Fortunately, Big Bear Lake is packed with spacious cabins perfect for large groups—think 5+ bedrooms, big kitchens, open-concept living areas, game rooms, and private hot tubs.

To help you skip the endless scrolling, we’ve rounded up the 10 best Big Bear cabins for large groups and reunions. These vacation rentals sleep 10+ guests comfortably and come with standout amenities, from lakeside decks to cinematic game rooms. 

So grab your crew and get ready—these cabins are built for memory-making. 

Curated Reads to Check Out: 

Bearpaw 

Sleeps 11 guests | 5 Bedrooms & 5 Baths

With a fresh, modern design and thoughtful layout, Bearpaw is comfortable and stylish for groups looking to relax in the mountains. Guests love the open-concept kitchen and living space, perfect for hanging out as a group, and the upstairs bedrooms feel more like a resort than a cabin. The property includes a ready-to-go hot tub, ample natural light, and refined finishes that feel upscale without losing the cozy cabin vibes.

Experience The Best of This Home:

  • Ready-to-use hot tub and fireplace for relaxation
  • Adult and kids’ play zone with foosball and a card table
  • Nearby Big Bear Lake and Ski Beach Park

From Our Valued Guests:

“The place is gorgeous, my friends and I really enjoyed our stay. Clean and with plenty of room for 10 of us”.

“Absolutely loved this house and the location. The home felt cozy, but also plenty of room for all of our guests. The layout was perfect for hanging out as a group and a very social kitchen-living room setup. The upstairs bedrooms felt like a resort vacation. Loved the crisp colors and clean finishes when so many cabins in big bear have a little too much log feel and not enough natural light. The hot tub was warm and ready to go when we arrived and super easy to use. Would stay here again in a heartbeat.”

Check Availability ⟶

Starlight Retreat

Sleeps 12 guests | 4 Bedrooms & 3 Baths

Just minutes from local shops and restaurants, Starlight Retreat is a crowd-pleaser for family groups. The spacious living room and big windows are ideal for gathering, while the upstairs loft gives younger guests their own fun zone with theater-like reclining chairs and a ping-pong table. With its convenient location and welcoming layout, it’s easy to see why families come back for more.

Experience The Best of This Home:

  • Expansive 3-story decks offering panoramic mountain views
  • Loft game room with wet bar and entertainment space
  • Luxurious master suite featuring a Jacuzzi tub and dual-sided fireplace

From Our Valued Guests:

“We had a wonderful time in Big Bear. Thank you to AvantStay for hosting us!”

“Cabin was great for the whole family. We really enjoyed hanging out in the living room and the young ones enjoyed the upstairs area. Location was great and near local shops and restaurants.”

Check Availability ⟶

Zen Den

Sleeps 9 guests | 4 Bedrooms & 3 Baths

True to its name, Zen Den is a serene hideaway with lake views, clean interiors, and spacious living. Set on a hill, it offers breathtaking views and captivates an Instagrammable backdrop of the shimmering lake, which is just a short walk from town (though be ready for a steep return!). This home is ideal for families and best for groups that want quiet mornings, social evenings, and plenty of space to spread out.

Experience The Best of This Home:

  • Spacious layout with a cozy wood-burning fireplace and gourmet kitchen
  • Entertainment options include foosball, pool/hockey combo table, and multiple decks
  • Prime location within walking distance to Big Bear Village and the lake

From Our Valued Guests:

“Our family loved staying at Zen Den. It was spacious, comfortable and clean with everything we needed. The AvantStay Team was very responsive to our requests, always in a friendly manner. The house has a lot of steps, but the reward is a breathtaking view of the lake from the front. It is very near town and is within walking distance. But the return is up a very steep hill. There are many restaurants and bars in town, some with entertainment. Overall, a great place for a family vacation.”

“Beautiful home. Very big and accommodating for our group. We’d definitely stay here again!”

Check Availability ⟶

Eagle Ridge Retreat

Sleeps 15 guests | 5 Bedrooms & 3 Baths

Eagle Ridge Retreat offers a peaceful perch with incredible views of the surrounding forest and lake. The expansive, open-concept living and dining areas are complemented by oversized windows that bring the outdoors in, while the spacious deck makes it easy to gather for drinks, games, or just soaking up the view. Its close proximity to the lake, just five minutes away, makes it convenient for water activities and lakeside strolls.

Experience The Best of This Home:

  • Expansive 3,700 sq ft log cabin with wrap-around decks and scenic views
  • Loft area equipped with a poker table and entertainment options
  • Near Big Bear Lake, shops, and ski resorts

From Our Valued Guests:

“Great location to stay, everything was close by around the area, cabin was huge and roomie”

“Our family had a wonderful time in this cabin! The views were breathtaking, the home was spacious, clean and comfortable. Less than a 5 minute drive to the lake. Definitely recommend ☺️

“We loved the home! It was a great place to get together and spend time with family and friends. The view from the deck was spectacular.”

Check Availability ⟶

Dawn and Dusk

Sleeps 15 guests | 7 Bedrooms & 5 Baths

With room for big getaways and plenty of hangout zones, Dawn and Dusk is perfect for larger groups that want a fun and social space. The home’s game-ready amenities and large common areas make it easy to keep everyone entertained. Located close to both the village and the slopes, this cabin is convenient and spacious. It’s a favorite for snow trips, reunions, and celebratory getaways.

Experience The Best of This Home:

  • Fully remodeled 4,500 sq ft cabin 
  • Entertainment galore with game room, movie theater, and multiple living areas
  • Walking distance to the lake, marinas, and Big Bear Village

From Our Valued Guests:

“Great place to stay! They were very communicative and the place was as advertised. It was in a good location and had a lot of amenities and activities to do in and around the property.

“My friends and I absolutely loved our stay! The bnb was huge and accommodated all 14 of us very nicely. We had the best time on our annual snow trip and would 100% do it again! The hosts were very nice and easy to get ahold of. 10/10 in my experience:)”

Check Availability ⟶

Shoreline Lakehouse

Sleeps 10 guests | 4 Bedrooms & 4 Baths

If your group loves lakefront views and plenty of space to unwind, Shoreline Lakehouse should be at the top of your list. With a well-maintained log cabin aesthetic and every bedroom featuring its own bathroom, this rental delivers on both comfort and convenience. The outdoor space is especially appealing, offering quiet places to relax and areas for kids or teens to play. Guests love the stunning mountain and lake views the most. 

Experience The Best of This Home:

  • Direct lakefront access with private dock and expansive backyard
  • Game room featuring a bar and poker table for indoor fun
  • Multiple decks and patios with a hot tub and fire pit

From Our Valued Guests:

“It’s a beautiful place, great location, they let me do late check out which won me over and would stay here again.”

“This lovely well maintained and well stocked log cabin was everything my family hoped for and exceeded our expectations! It was just the right size for our family and we all appreciated having a bathroom co-joining each bedroom. The outdoor space was perfect for all the range of activities our family( ages from a 2 yr. old to grandparents) wished to engage in! The view of the lake and surrounding mountains was exquisite! Thank you for sharing your cabin with my family!!”

Check Availability ⟶

Penticton Lodge

Sleeps 14 guests | 4 Bedrooms & 4 Baths

Located just a short drive from downtown Big Bear and nearby parks, Penticton Lodge offers seclusion and accessibility. The decor is cozy and inviting, with large windows that bring in natural light and frame mountain views. Whether you’re celebrating a special occasion or just enjoying a weekend away, this home has that comfort and scenic charm. Many guests say it’s the kind of cabin that becomes a family tradition, thanks to its peaceful vibe and easy layout.

Experience The Best of This Home:

  • Vaulted cathedral ceilings with floor-to-ceiling windows showcasing mountain vistas
  • Master suites, each with private decks and luxurious amenities
  • Game room equipped with bunk beds and futons, perfect for kids or extra guests

From Our Valued Guests:

“Did a family outing and had a wonderful time! Location was spot on, in between any type of activity you plan to do all within 10-15 min drive. Host group was responsive and attentive. Would highly recommend!”

“Penticton Lodge is a great home for our family short weekend trip in Big Bear. We loved the Lodge! It is perfectly decorated and very homey. Big windows that shows the views of the mountains, love the scenic views and we had great pictures. Easy to find on the location, quiet and private. Close to downtown and some parks. Thank you Avantstay.. we had a great time.”

“Had a wonderful time celebrating our son bday. Would definitely come back to this location. Lovely views, very enjoyable. Everything was close by which made it very convenient and comfortable.”

Check Availability ⟶

Gambler

Sleeps 10 guests | 4 Bedrooms & 3 Baths

Gambler is a centrally located gem with easy access to the lake, shops, and restaurants. Its spacious cabin layout is perfect for families or multi-family groups who want to be close to everything while still having space to unwind. With plenty of amenities and a well-stocked kitchen, this rental makes hosting a breeze. Our past guests love how clean the place is and how smooth our check-in process is, which sets the tone for a great stay.

Experience The Best of This Home:

  • Well-equipped with modern amenities and a hot tub
  • Indoor games available, such as a pool and card table 
  • Close proximity to Big Bear Lake and local attractions

From Our Valued Guests:

“Property was clean, check-in/out process was easy, and we loved all the amenities! The location was walking distance from the lake and many other fun places. We would definitely book with AvantStay again and maybe even the same property. Huge thanks to AvantStay for making our trip so great! :)”

“Was surprised how big and spacious the cabin was. My family and I really enjoyed the stay there. Can’t wait to go back again.”

Check Availability ⟶

Big Bear Castle

Sleeps 15 guests | 6 Bedrooms & 5 Baths

Looking for something a little over-the-top? Big Bear Castle delivers a royal experience in the woods. This large and uniquely styled home features luxurious finishes, tons of space for dining and lounging, and amenities such as a hot tub and indoor games. Whether you’re celebrating a birthday, planning a ski weekend, or just want to treat your group to something special, this home makes an impression. Plus, it’s close to the ski areas! 

Experience The Best of This Home:

  • Unique castle-themed architecture offering a one-of-a-kind stay
  • Private hot tub and easy access to skiing and outdoor activities
  • Spacious back patio with outdoor dining perfect for gatherings or celebrations

From Our Valued Guests:

“Everything was perfect. AvantStay team was always responsive and friendly.”

“Very nice location. I spent my birthday dinner. Very cool that can give you options for check in and check out and with private chefs and much more. Thank you for your place.”

“Great house. Easy access to skiing. Hot tub was great.”

Check Availability ⟶

Koda

Sleeps 10 guests | 4 Bedrooms & 3 Baths

A dream cabin for multigenerational groups, thanks to its beautiful lake access, sprawling outdoor space, and layout that works for guests of all ages. Koda is modern and well-equipped, with plenty of indoor amenities like a fireplace, hot tub, and game options. It’s peaceful, private, and just a short drive to everything Big Bear has to offer. Whether you’re sipping morning coffee by the lake or gathering around the fireplace, this home makes quality time easy.

Experience The Best of This Home:

  • Multiple dining setup areas, may it be indoor or outdoor
  • Modern cabin interiors and a fully equipped kitchen
  • Stunning lake views with a cozy atmosphere and ample outdoor space

From Our Valued Guests:

“Beautiful Lakeview and lake access, cozy atmosphere, and so much land! The perfect cabin getaway- my family ages 3-85 all enjoyed their stay and couldn’t wait to come back. They’re already asking to make it an annual trip to the exact cabin. The Airbnb came with lots of amenities (hot tub, games, fireplace, etc.)”

“Beautiful, super clean and modern property. Convenient to everything in big bear. Owners were very responsive regarding questions and needs during our stay. Thank you!”

Check Availability ⟶

What Activities Can Your Large Group Do in Big Bear?

Big Bear Lake is a haven for group adventures year-round, offering a diverse array of activities that cater to all ages and interests. Whether you’re planning a family reunion, a friends’ getaway, or a corporate retreat, there’s something for everyone to enjoy.

1. Water Adventures on Big Bear Lake

From April through October, Big Bear Lake becomes a playground for water enthusiasts. Groups can indulge in activities like paddleboarding, kayaking, pontoon boating, wakeboarding, and sailing. With 23 miles of shoreline, there’s ample space for everyone to relax or engage in water sports. 

2. Thrilling Mountain Activities

For those seeking adrenaline-pumping experiences, Big Bear Mountain Resort offers a variety of activities. Groups can enjoy zip-lining, rock climbing, mountain biking, and hiking. In the winter months, the resort transforms into a snowy paradise with skiing, snowboarding, and snow tubing. 

3. Unique Group Experiences

Big Bear boasts several attractions perfect for group bonding. You can test your teamwork at Mountain Room Escapes or embark on an off-road adventure with Big Bear Off-Road Experience. These activities provide memorable experiences that strengthen group connections.

4. Scenic Exploration and Relaxation

The Scenic Sky Chair at Snow Summit offers breathtaking views of the surrounding mountains, making it a must-do for groups seeking a more relaxed activity. Additionally, the village area provides a charming setting for shopping, dining, and leisurely strolls.

5. Culinary Delights and Nightlife

After a day of adventures, groups can unwind at local eateries and bars. The Village Sports Bar, for instance, is a popular spot for groups to enjoy live music, games, and a vibrant atmosphere. 

With such a wide range of activities and attractions, Big Bear Lake ensures that every group can create unforgettable memories together.

For more inspiration on planning your group getaway, check out our guide on the best things to do in Big Bear and the top 15 Big Bear Airbnbs, which highlights accommodations that offer the ultimate relaxation & peaceful escape.

Related Articles:

Cabin Goals, Unlocked.

Reuniting with the whole fam, rallying your college crew, or finally taking that long-overdue group getaway, Big Bear is the ultimate backdrop—and these cabins are the main event. 

Lakeside hangs, late-night hot tub soaks, game room showdowns, and fireside chats that stretch into the stars. With space for everyone and vibes for days, your next unforgettable trip starts here.

Need help picking the perfect place? Our Guest Experience Team is just a call or text away—(833) 442-8268.

Explore all Big Bear stays → 

Frequently Asked Questions

1. Are pets allowed in AvantStay Big Bear cabins?

Some AvantStay properties in Big Bear are pet-friendly, while others are not. Pet policies can vary by home, so it’s essential to review the specific property’s details before booking. If you’re considering bringing a pet, please check the listing’s pet policy or reach out to our Guest Experience team for assistance. You can contact us 24/7 via SMS at 833-442-8268 or through our Help Center for more information.

2. Is air conditioning available in Big Bear cabins?

Most cabins in Big Bear do not have air conditioning due to the area’s mild summer temperatures. However, some properties may offer A/C or provide fans for guest comfort. If air conditioning is a priority for your group, you need to ensure that you verify this amenity in the property’s description before booking a house.

3. What parking regulations should we be aware of in Big Bear?

Street parking is generally prohibited in Big Bear. Each of our properties will have a designated number of parking spaces, and if not, we include this information in our property listings.  Exceeding parking limits can also result in fines. Additionally, parking RVs at vacation rentals may or may not be allowed. Always adhere to the parking guidelines provided by your rental to avoid any issues. If you need to clarify the parking situation of the home you want to book, always feel free to contact us! 

12 Lake Norman Airbnbs with Private Docks for Lakeside Fun

Ever feel like you just need to hit pause on everything and find a spot that’s totally calm and quiet? Like discovering your own little hidden gem? Well, get ready, because we’re about to show you some amazing places on Lake Norman where you can do just that! 

Think of those peaceful, serene lakeside vibes – sunlight sparkling on the water, maybe the gentle sound of ripples, and just feeling totally tucked away from the busy world. This article is all about finding your perfect escape, a true lakeside haven where you can unwind and make some wonderful memories. 

Get ready to explore 12 of our best Lake Norman Airbnbs that are all about that tranquil waterfront life!

Wilson Hideaway 

5 Bedrooms | 16 Guests | Pet-friendly

You gotta check out Wilson Hideaway, an awesome lakefront spot that just gets it when it comes to mixing fancy modern with all that beautiful nature. A house made of cedar and stone with a shiny metal roof, indeed, it just fits perfectly by the water! One of the best parts is that you can also see the lake from everywhere – the bedrooms, the living room, the kitchen, even the dining room.

Living at Wilson Hideaway is all about enjoying the good life by the lake. You can easily just relax and take in the views, a kind of place where you feel like you’ve found your own peaceful spot right on the lake.

  • Amenities? Saltwater pool, hot tub, dedicated office room, big yard, BBQ grills.
  • Private dock? Yes, new and double-decker. 
  • Best For? Families, bigger friend groups, and boaters.

🛶 Why You’ll Love Wilson Hideaway

Seriously, you will love this house with two kayaks and two standing paddleboards available for your use–for free! The lake views from so many rooms are incredible too! It just feels like the perfect place to make really cool memories right on the lake!

➡️ Book on Airbnb | Book with AvantStay (Best Price!)

Whitetail Cove

6 Bedrooms | 20 Guests | Pet-friendly

Tucked between the trees and the water, Whitetail Cove is the kind of place where summer memories are made. The home has a modern, warm, and rustic feel with soft wood tones, stone textures, and big windows that let the lake views pour in. Every room—from the cozy sunroom to the game-packed rec space—feels made for together time, whether you’re swapping stories after settling into a lakeside nap.

But the real magic happens outdoors. One minute you’re cannonballing off the dock, the next you’re grilling by the pool while someone launches a kayak for a sunset paddle. It’s the home that makes you lose track of time, in the best way.

  • Amenities? Private swimming pool, pool table, mini bar, La-Z-Boy couch, fireplace, BBQ grill.
  • Private dock? Yes.
  • Best For? Reunions, family escapes, or a summer-long weekend.

🛶 Why You’ll Love Whitetail Cove

This house brings everything to the table—huge group-friendly interiors, a brand new private pool, multiple chill zones, lots of entertainment options, and a dreamy dock for lake lounging and boat days. 

➡️ Book on Airbnb | Book with AvantStay (Best Price!)

Waking Up Norman

4 Bedrooms | 10 Guests | Pet-friendly

This home doesn’t just have lake views—it’s wrapped in them. Waking Up Norman feels like one long deep breath from the moment you step inside. With soft natural light, cozy furniture, and big windows overlooking the water, every space invites you to slow down and stay awhile. Mornings are made for sipping coffee in the sunroom while the lake glistens just beyond. Later, cruise across the glassy water, and float your way back just in time for golden hour.

Downstairs, there’s room for games, laughs, and late-night movies. Outside, the private dock and fire pit are waiting for dockside dives and s’mores under the stars. It’s peaceful, playful, and full of that just-right lake life energy.

  • Amenities? Kitchen island seating, patio with BBQ grill, fire pit, large backyard area.
  • Private dock? Yes, with free kayaks and paddleboards.
  • Best For? Families, paddleboarders, and lake-loving groups.

🛶 Why You’ll Love Waking Up Norman

Stunning lake views from nearly every room and direct dock access with 3 kayaks and 3 paddleboards in the house, ready for use and adventure. The game room has a card table, air hockey, a comfy couch with a TV, and foosball.

➡️ Book on Airbnb | Book with AvantStay (Best Price!)

Lake Living

8 Bedrooms | 22 Guests | Pet-friendly

Get ready to experience lake life like never before. Lake Living is two charming homes combined into one large, lakeside escape. It’s the ultimate getaway that greets you with bright, airy spaces, a cozy family room, and kitchen areas made for meals, memories, and making the most of those incredible lake views. There’s plenty of space to spread out, from the peaceful sunrooms with their coffee-perfect spots to the downstairs rec rooms.

Patios and balconies wrap around both homes, offering spots to relax, take in the lake views, or hang out. Whether you’re grilling by the pool, soaking in the hot tub, or lounging lakeside, this home is all about creating those summer memories that last long even after the season ends.

  • Amenities? Private pool, hot tubs, BBQ grills, fire pit, air hockey table, screened porch.
  • Private dock? Yes, with free kayaks and paddleboards.
  • Best For? Large groups, families, multi-generational reunions, and water lovers.

🛶 Why You’ll Love Lake Living

With two homes in one, this space is made for large groups who love water activities. With 2 private docks and free kayaks & paddleboards for use, there’s always something to do. Plus, the 2 private houses are next to each other, meaning your group can spread out.

➡️ Book on Airbnb | Book with AvantStay (Best Price!)

Sunset Pointe

5 Bedrooms | 14 Guests | Pet-friendly

True to its name, Sunset Pointe is all about breathtaking views and lakefront living. Step outside and you’ll find yourself on a spacious deck, drink in hand, as the sky changes colors with the setting sun. The home itself is as inviting as the views, with cozy living spaces, plenty of room for everyone, and expansive windows that flood the space with natural light, making you feel like you’re always connected to the serene lake outside. 

The true charm of Sunset Pointe comes from the outside, where every corner is designed for both adventure and unwinding. If you’re looking for lake life, this is it—perfectly positioned for relaxing days in the sun and sunsets that will take your breath away.

  • Amenities? 3 TVs in rec room, pool table, fireplace, fire pit, cornhole, alfresco dining setup.
  • Private dock? Yes.
  • Best For? Families, groups, people wanting tan lines, and sunset lovers.

🛶 Why You’ll Love Sunset Pointe

The combination of docks, sunbathing, stunning sunset views, and plenty of outdoor space to play and relax makes it a one-of-a-kind experience. Whether you’re kayaking or just fully enjoying a lakeside fire with your loved ones.

➡️ Book on Airbnb | Book with AvantStay (Best Price!)

Hideaway Cove

5 Bedrooms | 16 Guests | Pet-friendly

Welcome to Hideaway Cove, where the only thing better than the view is the good times you’ll have. This stunning home is everything you want for a lake escape—plenty of space for everyone, stunning lake views from nearly every room, and a vibe that says relaxation from the moment you walk in. Be greeted with an open layout that’s as bright and welcoming as a summer day.

Step outside, and it’s a whole new world. The backyard has tons of space to soak up the North Carolina sun or enjoy some shade. Roasting marshmallows, with the sound of the water gently lapping at the shore—indeed, a perfect end to a perfect day.

  • Amenities? Private saltwater pool, fire pit, BBQ grill, fishing deck, paddle boards, and kayaks. 
  • Private dock? Yes, with a ladder.
  • Best For? Families, friends, water sports enthusiasts, and anyone who loves the lake.

🛶 Why You’ll Love Hideaway Cove

Every inch of the home is designed for fun, relaxation, and lakefront living. Whether you’re sharing stories around the fire pit, floating on the lake, or just enjoying the peaceful surroundings, this is the perfect place to enjoy what Lake Norman has to offer.

➡️ Book on Airbnb | Book with AvantStay (Best Price!)

Pleasant Cove

3 Bedrooms | 8 Guests 

Step into Pleasant Cove—a circular lakeside retreat that is comfortable, charming, and offers scenic views. This home was built to bring people together, with large open spaces designed for fun and relaxation. Whether you’re lounging in the cozy living area with panoramic views of Lake Norman or stepping outside to enjoy the wraparound deck, every part of this home is made for those who want to unwind.

The interior feels modern and rustic, with light pouring in from every angle, highlighting the beautiful natural surroundings. The fun continues in the game room, where kids (and adults!) can enjoy hours of entertainment.

  • Amenities? Entertainment room with a large TV and games, fire pit, lawn games. 
  • Private dock? Yes, with a ladder.
  • Best For? Families and anyone looking for a peaceful lakeside escape.

🛶 Why You’ll Love Pleasant Cove

The open-concept design, combined with gorgeous lake views and tons of outdoor space, makes this house one of the best lakefront houses. Relax around the fire pit, play lawn games, or paddle across the lake; this home is perfect for adventure.

➡️ Book on Airbnb | Book with AvantStay (Best Price!)

Modern Masterpiece

6 Bedrooms | 20 Guests | Pet-friendly

Modern Masterpiece is exactly what it sounds like—a beautiful, modern home that feels like a luxurious lakeside getaway. Tucked away on 1.56 acres of serene Lake Norman, this house has sweeping views of the water, which is framed by its expansive floor-to-ceiling windows that bring the beauty of the lake right to your doorstep. The whole house feels open and airy, making it perfect for spending time together with family or friends.

The large decks and peaceful lake views make it the perfect place to relax after a fun day. If you’re looking for some quiet time, there are lots of comfy spots to sit back and enjoy the places for some unforgettable memories. 

  • Amenities? Office spot, piano, 2-level deck, pool table, fire pit, wet bar area.
  • Private dock? Yes, with a boathouse.
  • Best For? Groups, families, friends, and modern luxury seekers.

🛶 Why You’ll Love Modern Masterpiece

From its breathtaking lake views to the stylish design and spacious living areas, Modern Masterpiece offers the perfect lakeside retreat for those who appreciate modern elegance and outdoor adventure. 

➡️ Book on Airbnb | Book with AvantStay (Best Price!)

Fireside Fun

7 Bedrooms | 18 Guests | Pet-friendly

Where the fun never ends and the lake is always calling, welcome to Fireside Fun. This newly remodeled home on Lake Norman is made for lounging by the pool, roasting marshmallows by the fire, or diving into a game of pool with your crew. The home is spacious and inviting, with open areas designed for gathering and plenty of cozy corners for those seeking a little peace and quiet.

Real adventure begins outside, whether you’re out on the water, playing games, or just enjoying a quiet moment by the lake. This house is everything you need for an unforgettable lakeside getaway.

  • Amenities? Private pool, fire pit, BBQ grills, ping pong table, lakeside dining table setup.
  • Private dock? Yes.
  • Best For? Families, groups, and anyone who loves outdoor fun and the lakeside.

🛶 Why You’ll Love Fireside Fun

The cozy game room and in-ground pool have everything for a perfect and fun lakefront vacation. Play cornhole, sunbathe, or just hanging out by the water, there’s something here for everyone.

➡️ Book on Airbnb | Book with AvantStay (Best Price!)

Bright Water Cove 

5 Bedrooms | 18 Guests | Pet-friendly

Imagine having over an acre of land and a huge chunk of private space right on Lake Norman – that’s what’s up at Bright Water Cove! This place is designed to totally sweep you away with its awesome outdoor areas. It’s got everything you need for the perfect sunny getaway. You can chill on the sundeck or hide away in the shade of the gazebo, just soaking up the peace and quiet.

Stepping outside feels like you’ve entered your own private lakeside playground. There’s a little cove just for you, and get this – there’s even 50 feet of private beach! Yep, your own sand for lying out and having fun. 

  • Amenities? Private saltwater pool, sundeck, shaded gazebo, fire pit, table tennis, board games.
  • Private dock? Yes, private ramp and pier too.
  • Best For? Families who love the pool & lake, sunbathers, boaters, and nature lovers.

🛶 Why You’ll Love Bright Water Cove

It has so much private lakefront space with a beach, dock, and even a boat ramp! The house comes with lake toys, kayaks, paddleboards, life jackets even. The lower level hangout zone is perfect for having fun and an awesome time by the lake!

➡️ Book on Airbnb | Book with AvantStay (Best Price!)

Ponderosa Pointe 

4 Bedrooms | 15 Guests | Pet-friendly

Just wait till you see the lake views at Ponderosa Pointe as they’re absolutely stunning and go on forever! As soon as you walk in, you’ll see the amazing lake and the big backyard right through the huge windows in the living room. The yard is massive, giving everyone tons of space to run around and play games, or just hang out by the fire pit making s’mores and great memories!

This house has covered spots to relax, plenty of seats outside, and even rocking chairs off the main bedroom – perfect for starting your day with coffee or ending it with a beautiful sunset view!

  • Amenities? Outdoor deck, gazebo, BBQ grill, fire pit, ping-pong & air hockey table, cornhole.
  • Private dock? Yes, with a boathouse.  
  • Best For? Large families and those wanting a cool, separate hangout spot.

🛶 Why You’ll Love Ponderosa Pointe 

The views here are just breathtaking. The game room is a super fun bonus, and there is a boathouse with kayaks, paddle boards, and life jackets available for your use. It is a unique place to hang out right on the water with extra beds and living space! 

➡️ Book on Airbnb | Book with AvantStay (Best Price!)

The Retreat 

5 Bedrooms | 16 Guests | Pet-friendly

Get ready for a super cool lakefront getaway at The Retreat! This is a huge house, over 5,000 square feet, designed especially for big groups. It’s a modern spot right on the lake that’s just perfect if you want to chill with your family or have a really fun vacation with all your friends. And did we mention that this home is also perfect for the kids, or just anyone who wants to play with fun zone areas and entertainment options? 

The inside is set up awesome for everyone to hang out and have a good time. The main floor has comfy spaces, there’s even a giant screened-in porch that feels like its own whole room facing the lake – it’s seriously the best spot for everyone to gather! 

  • Amenities? Private saltwater pool, fire pit, BBQ grill, bar area, family room with board games.
  • Private dock? Yes, with kayaks and standup paddle boards. 
  • Best For? Large groups, families with kids, and people who love entertainment.

🛶 Why You’ll Love The Retreat 

The Retreat indeed is a retreat with so many cool things to do, especially the saltwater pool that can be an indoor or outdoor one with just a click of a button for the retractable windows. The game areas downstairs, the outdoor space, and the living areas are all fantastic. 

➡️ Book on Airbnb | Book with AvantStay (Best Price!)

Relax or Play? At Lake Norman, You Can Do Both!

You might be thinking, “Okay, the houses look great, but what else is there to do at Lake Norman?” Well, get ready, because this place has something for pretty much everyone, and you will never run out of things to do! 

If you just want to chill out and take it easy, you can totally do that. The lake is super calm and peaceful, perfect for just sitting by the water, reading a book, or watching the boats go by. It’s a great place to just breathe and relax.

But, if you’re looking for some excitement and adventure, Lake Norman has you covered, too! You can get out on the water and try paddleboarding, go kayaking, or even rent a boat for some tubing and splashing around. There are also cool parks nearby with trails for hiking and biking if you want to explore on land. 

Plus, there are charming little towns with fun shops and yummy restaurants to check out. So, whether you feel like being lazy or going on an adventure, Lake Norman lets you pick your own perfect vacation vibe. 

Ready to explore even more options for your perfect Lake Norman getaway, it’s time to make it happen! Check the availability of your chosen home and book today!

Stay Where the Wines Are: 10 Dreamy Temecula Airbnbs You’ll Love

Sun-drenched vineyards, golden hills, and the aroma of crushed grapes in the breeze—Temecula is a whole mood for a romantic escape, a bachelorette weekend, or a laid-back group retreat. 

There’s no better way to experience Southern California wine country than by staying at an Airbnb surrounded by the vines. Temecula serves up the perfect pairing of boutique accommodations and local flavor. 

You can sip award-winning vintages at your European-like home, then unwind in your private pool or toast s’mores by the fire pit at night. From cozy vineyard-view casitas to sprawling estates with backyard bocce, we’ve rounded up the dreamiest vacation rentals for your grape-fueled getaway.

So grab your wine glass—these 10 Temecula Airbnbs were made for sipping, celebrating, and savoring every sun-soaked moment in Temecula Valley.

Bordeaux

Sleeps 12 guests

There’s no better place to kick off your Temecula wine country escape than Bordeaux, a ranch-style retreat made for groups who want to sip, swim, and unwind. Between laid-back backyard hangs and luxe indoor spaces, this home is perfect for relaxation and celebration. If you’re cooling off by the pool or toasting at the fire pit after a day of vineyard hopping, you’ll quickly find yourself settling into wine country mode.

Top House Amenities: 

  • 5 bedrooms, 4 bathrooms, 5 beds
  • Private pool, hot tub, BBQ grill, firepit lounge
  • Game room with pool & poker table
  • Minutes to Galway Downs and famous wineries

Why You’ll Love Bordeaux: From the private pool to the horse arena next door, this is your dream basecamp for wine tastings and sunny SoCal adventures.

Hear from Our Happy Guests:

“Wonderful stay. The home is huge, with room for the whole family plus friends! The host went above and beyond. This trip was supposed to be a getaway for my husband and me, but unfortunately, we had to evacuate San Diego due to the fire, and they accommodated our two children and pup, no questions asked.. Upon arrival, they stocked the fridge with some salami, cheese, fruit, crackers, wine, and the most adorable cookie decorating kit for the little ones, which was a huge hit. We were exhausted and worried about our home but they made us feel very comfortable. I’m looking forward to returning for the adult getaway!”

“Everyone in our party enjoyed the home, amenities and location. They mentioned several times that we should come back and that the house was awesome. It was easy to access, everyone had space and we had everything we needed. Quiet rooms, nice decor, would definitely recommend, thanks!”

Book on Airbnb | Book with AvantStay (Best Deals)

Chardonnay Charm

Sleeps 10 Guests

Sip, soak, and unwind in total style at Chardonnay Charm, a luxe estate set right in the heart of Temecula wine country. This home is the perfect spot for your next group getaway. A five-bedroom retreat paired with vineyard views, with entertainment galore. Whether you’re enjoying sunset sips by the pool or leveling up game night with poker and ping pong, every detail invites you to stay a little longer.

Top House Amenities: 

  • 5 bedrooms, 4 bathrooms, 8 beds
  • Private pool, hot tub, shaded BBQ pavilion, sun loungers
  • Private putting green, movie room, game room with foosball, ping pong, poker
  • Minutes from Wilson Creek, Ponte, and Leoness wineries

Why You’ll Love Chardonnay Charm: It’s the backyard wine country dream where lazy pool days, sunset toasts, and fire-lit evenings blend into one unforgettable escape.

Hear from Our Happy Guests:

“We had a really excellent stay in this home. It was very spacious and had all the amenities we needed to have some nice meals gathered as friends. It was a bit chilly in Temecula during our stay but the central heating quickly took the chill off and we played pool, poker and enjoyed the hot tub. The home accommodated our large group with ease. The host was incredibly responsive and always replied within a few minutes.”

“Perfect for our large group. The location was close to several wineries and restaurants. Host was responsive to any questions we had. We would definitely stay with AvantStay in the future!”

Book on Airbnb | Book with AvantStay (Best Deals)

Merlot

Sleeps 10 Guests

If your Temecula getaway is about bringing the whole crew together, Merlot delivers with ease. Tucked just minutes from 30+ wineries, this countryside estate gives you room to spread out and reconnect. Whether it’s a wedding group, family reunion, or corporate retreat, have peaceful mornings, wine-tasting afternoons, and evenings spent stargazing with your favorite people.

Top House Amenities:

  • 7 bedrooms, 6 bathrooms, 8 beds
  • Private poo, hot tub with scenic views, sun loungers, gazebo
  • Spacious outdoor patio with dining table, ping pong, lounge chairs
  • Near horseback rides, jazz nights, and hot air balloon tours

Why You’ll Love Merlot: This is the place where everyone fits, the wine flows freely nearby, and there’s always room for one more around the table.

Hear from Our Happy Guests:

“Myself and the group absolutely loved this home. It was perfectly cleaned including the backyard and front yard. The kitchen had any tool you’ll need, too. The bedroom to bathroom ratio is awesome in this house too so it’s wonderful for groups. The large tree in the front yard is so beautiful, and the grass is kept nice so my friends and I spent time in the front yard too. Its neighbor is an Alpaca farm which was so fun. AvantStay is a wonderful company and so communicative. We will be booking with this host again!”

“Our stay at the Merlot by Avanti was perfect for a family birthday celebration. Lots of room and games to keep both adults and teens entertained. Would stay again!”

Book on Airbnb | Book with AvantStay (Best Deals)

Wilson Creek Manor 

Sleeps 20 Guests

For your next big occasion—be it a milestone birthday, corporate retreat, or weekend with the entire wine club—Wilson Creek Manor has the grandeur with a side of vineyard views. This grand estate is not just a home; it’s a European-like manor in the middle of Temecula wine country. With room for the whole crew and endless amenities, this mansion turns any getaway into an unforgettable experience.

Top House Amenities:

  • 10 bedrooms, 10.5 bathrooms, 13 beds
  • Private pool, spa, long dining table, poker table, wet bar, 
  • Spacious dressing area, office, and meeting room 
  • Game room with billiards, ping pong, poker, and more
  • Massive outdoor space with bocce, horseshoes, and fire pits

Why You’ll Love Wilson Creek Manor: It’s steps from Wilson Creek Winery and packed with wow-factor features, from spa tubs in the bedrooms to a ballroom-style grand salon. It’s a stay that feels like a celebration.

Hear from Our Happy Guests:

“Our team had a wonderful 2 days enjoying Wilson Creek Manor. The space was ideal for our group of 9 women with bathrooms in all bedrooms, large seating areas, kitchen fit with everything needed for a gourmet diner, game room and gorgeous out door area. We were in the middle of beautiful vineyards and was able to coordinate with a wine tour company to pick us up for a day of adventure and easily ordered pizza following our day of wine tasting. The boardroom came in handy to tend to work during our stay and would highly recommend for any large group.”

“This property is beyond gorgeous. We really loved our time here, and we would definitely come back. It was the perfect location for our small women’s retreat.”

Book on Airbnb | Book with AvantStay (Best Deals)

Villa Verdot

Sleeps 10 Guests

Villa Verdot feels more like your own luxury resort than a vacation rental. This expansive estate has a little something for everyone, whether your ideal day involves sipping rosé in the hammock under the palapa or going all-in on a backyard tennis match. With separate spaces for fun and quiet (yes, there’s even a private casita), it’s made for groups who want to be together, but not on top of each other.

Top House Amenities:

  • 6 bedrooms, 6 bathrooms, 10 beds, including a separate casita with kitchen
  • Private pool, spa, hammock, outdoor bar & grill, patio
  • All private, tennis court, putting green, & basketball court
  • Billiards, game room, popcorn machine, and other games

Why You’ll Love Villa Verdot: You can start the day with a rally on the tennis court, unwind with wine on the putting green, then stargaze from the hot tub with a glass of Temecula’s finest.

Hear from Our Happy Guests:

“Wow! This was my first Airbnb experience and I have to say that AvantStay set the bar very high! The property, Villa Verdot, exceeded my expectations in every aspect. AvantStay truly went above and beyond to provide all the amenities, supplies, cookware, linens, and entertainment/games we could possibly need. The property was impeccably stocked, clean, maintained, and felt like home. And I can’t forget to mention the amazing local hosts – Kim, Alyssa, Jessicah, and Talia – who were so friendly, helpful, and communicative! The only regret I have is not booking a longer stay. I wholeheartedly rate my experience a 10 out of 10. Thank you, AvantStay! ❤️”

“2nd time staying here and it’s still a favorite. we don’t have anything bad to say about this property. kid friendly – family friendly- beautiful and comfortable”

Book on Airbnb | Book with AvantStay (Best Deals)

Casa del Arbol

Sleeps 12 Guests

Casa del Arbol offers more than a panoramic view but an elevated wine country experience with front-row seats to Temecula’s rolling vineyards. This Tuscan-inspired escape is designed for guests who love luxury and serenity. If you’re planning on sipping a local vintage drink by the poolside or shooting hoops on your own private court, this villa makes the everyday feel like a European retreat.

Top House Amenities:

  • 4 bedrooms, 4 bathrooms, 5 beds
  • Infinity pool, spa, private basketball court, alfresco dining
  • Expansive terrace with outdoor grill and lounge seating
  • Converted game room with foosball and a ping pong table

Why You’ll Love Casa del Arbol: This home feels like a private estate in the hills of Tuscany but with Temecula’s best wineries just minutes away.

Hear from Our Happy Guests:

“The customer service at AvantStay was beyond what we expected. They truly cared and made sure we had everything we needed. We were really impressed with every person we interacted with and they responded very quickly each time we reached out. The home itself is beautiful and the views were absolutely breathtaking! It’s a great spot to get away and recharge but still close enough to town if you want to go out to eat or do some shopping. The kitchen was well stocked with supplies so you have everything you need if you want to cook yourself which was nice. We really enjoyed the outdoor games they had for the family to play with as well. The bedrooms were all a great size and fit our family comfortably. We would definitely stay here or any other AvantStay managed home again. Thank you for having us!”

“This was one of the most beautiful airbnbs I have ever stayed at! The home and property were absolutely stunning and the house was extremely clean and beautiful. I couldn’t recommend this property more and can’t wait to come back soon!!”

Book on Airbnb | Book with AvantStay (Best Deals)

Cleveland Vista

Sleeps 10 Guests

Perched high above wine country, Cleveland Vista is a hilltop haven where golden sunsets and panoramic views steal the show. Whether you’re lounging poolside with a local rosé or catching up with your crew around the fire pit, this home turns every moment into a postcard. With a chef’s kitchen and spa-like privacy, it’s perfect for long weekends, small celebrations, or group retreats that deserve a view.

Top House Amenities:

  • 4 bedrooms, 4 bathrooms, 5 beds
  • Private fenced pool, hot tub, fire pit, gazebo, iconic garden pathway
  • Hilltop views of Temecula Valley with outdoor lounge seats
  • Luxe house interiors, high ceilings, gourmet kitchen with barstools

Why You’ll Love Cleveland Vista: You’re just steps from Briar Rose Winery and a short drive to top vineyards, but let’s be real, you might never want to leave for the breathtaking views.

Hear from Our Happy Guests:

“My family and I had a wonderful time in this beautiful and perfect home. We met with Jessica upon check in and she gave us a tour of the home and left us with a lot of welcoming goodies, thank you. I highly recommend this home and host. The view, the amenities were exactly what my family and I needed and wished our trip was much longer. We definitely created memories with my mom that will last us a lifetime and can’t wait to return with more family members. Thank you!!”

“Great host. Our original house was in an area that was affected by power outages and Avant Stat was able to move us to another house in the area on short notice. House was clean and as advertised! We love staying at Avant Stay properties!”

Book on Airbnb | Book with AvantStay (Best Deals)

Malbec 

Sleeps 18 Guests

At Malbec, every hour is golden hour. This Mediterranean-style hilltop house invites your group to soak up the sweeping vineyard views, raise a toast under the sunset sky, and kick back with games and good vibes. With its spacious layout and breezy terrace, it’s a dream stay for anyone craving a stylish escape in the heart of wine country. From the moment you arrive, you’ll be captivated by the charm and tranquility here, making it the perfect destination.

Top House Amenities:

  • 9 bedrooms (includes guest house), 6 bathrooms, 10 beds
  • Bocce ball, ping pong, and a pool table for endless game fun
  • Panoramic mountain and vineyard views with a large outdoor dining terrace
  • European-inspired house interior with bright furnitures and lighting

Why You’ll Love Malbec: It’s the kind of place where your wine tastes better, your photos look brighter, and your group getaway turns into an annual tradition.

Hear from Our Happy Guests:

“Malbec was the perfect Airbnb for our wedding weekend! We shared the space with friends and family traveling to Temecula, and it comfortably fit all 16 guests. The layout had great social spaces without ever feeling crowded, making it perfect for gathering and celebrating. The morning after our wedding, we hosted a catered brunch, and the kitchen was spacious and well-equipped. We loved how the patio doors opened up, seamlessly connecting the indoor and outdoor seating areas so everyone had plenty of space to relax. The outdoor area was a highlight—our guests enjoyed the beautiful scenery and exploring the trail leading to the rocks. Though we were busy with wedding events, we wish we had more time to take it all in! The casita was a wonderful bonus, giving my in-laws the privacy they needed. Communication with the host was always quick and friendly, making everything smooth and stress-free. We couldn’t have asked for a better place to stay for such a special weekend!”

“We love this place! We’ve been back multiple times and have never been disappointed. They really nail all of the touches that make it a wonderful place to stay, from stocking any supplies you could need and being super helpful during our time there.”

Book on Airbnb | Book with AvantStay (Best Deals)

Grapevine

Sleeps 12 Guests

Down a palm-lined driveway and wrapped in rows of grapevines, Grapevine is your private slice of Temecula wine country. This dreamy estate is made for gathering—from sun-drenched afternoons by the pool to late-night s’mores under starlit skies. Whether you’re here for a birthday weekend, family getaway, or wine-fueled retreat, Grapevine turns moments into unforgettable memories.

Top House Amenities:

  • 5 bedrooms, 2.5 bathrooms, 5 beds
  • 4 acres of private vineyards, scenic gardens, citrus trees
  • Private pool, hot tub, and outdoor bar with grill
  • Game zone with pool table, rope swing, and cornhole

Why You’ll Love Grapevine: A private wine country playground where the hammocks will meet happy hours, and every sunset is your golden hour.

Hear from Our Happy Guests:

“Overall our stay was great. The house is spacious, clean and very peaceful. The host is very nice and responsive. Would definitely recommend the property to friends.”

“Such a beautiful stay! We had the best time and AvantStay is a next level management company – so proactive and caring and they left such nice touches for our stay.”

“Our group of 10 really enjoyed the house and amenities this property provided! The hosts were very responsive to our questions and messages throughout the stay and we couldn’t have asked for more. Would recommend this spot for a nice weekend get away in Temecula.”

Book on Airbnb | Book with AvantStay (Best Deals)

La Barrique

Sleeps 10 Guests

This private vineyard estate brings your Temecula wine country dreams to life. Tucked between the vines and the hills, La Barrique is the kind of home that turns a weekend into a full-on lifestyle reset. Have a group yoga by the pool, sip local blends in the hot tub, or play volleyball tournaments with mountain views. If you’re toasting at sunset or exploring nearby tasting rooms, this stay pairs perfectly with celebration and serenity.

Top House Amenities:

  • 8 bedrooms, 5 bathrooms, 2 half bathrooms, 16 beds
  • Beach volleyball court, fire pit, and giant chess
  • Private pool, hot tub, and outdoor bar, gazebo, al fresco dining area
  • Game zone with ping pong, pool table, basketball

Why You’ll Love La Barrique: You’ll feel like you’ve checked into a private wine resort—only this one’s exclusive just for you and your crew.

Hear from Our Happy Guests:

“Beautiful stunning home in a great location relative to Galway Downs. And the wineries! Lots of space for our entire group to spread out. Enjoyed having group meals in the large kitchen and dining areas. ”

“We had a wonderful 3 day stay here. I was especially impressed by the well stocked kitchen, good heating system, and cleanliness of the whole home. The hosts responded in minutes to a special text chain and I felt confident that they would help there were any emergency.”

Book on Airbnb | Book with AvantStay (Best Deals)

The 7 Must-Visit Wineries in Temecula Valley

Temecula is home to over 40 wineries, each with its own vibe, varietals, and views. Whether you’re here for a girls’ getaway, romantic weekend, or group retreat, these standout wineries are worth putting on your tasting itinerary. 

Looking for other things to do? Read our guide on the best things to do in Temecula for more ideas! 

1. Wilson Creek Winery

Famous for: Almond Champagne, wedding vibes, live music

A fan favorite for a reason. With bubbling fountains, tree-lined walkways, and their iconic almond champagne, Wilson Creek Winery is elegant and fun.

2. Leoness Cellars

Famous for: Scenic patios, estate-grown reds

Located along the De Portola Wine Trail, Leoness Cellars offers bold reds, vineyard views, and some of the best food pairings in Temecula.

3. Ponte Winery

Famous for: Relaxed tastings, farm-to-table restaurant

This eco-friendly winery is all about good wine and great vibes. The Restaurant at Ponte Winery is a go-to for lunch in between sips.

4. Robert Renzoni Vineyards

Famous for: Italian varietals, wood-fired pizza

Sip sangiovese and watch the hills light up at sunset. Their wine club patio and live events make this a local favorite.

5. South Coast Winery Resort & Spa

Famous for: Award-winning wines, full resort amenities

Great for groups, this resort-like winery has a spa, villas, and a full restaurant. Plus, the wines at South Coast Winery consistently win big at state fairs.

6. Callaway Vineyard & Winery

Famous for: Crisp whites, panoramic hilltop views

This hilltop gem features a sleek, modern tasting room with views that stretch for miles. Try the Viognier or rosé flight on the rooftop deck of Callaway Vineyard.

7. Akash Winery

Famous for: Small-batch wines, chic picnic lawn

Akash Winery is a newer boutique winery that’s quickly become a favorite for bachelorettes and Instagrammers alike. Bring a picnic blanket and vibe.

Wine Not Book That Stay?

All you need to bring is the corkscrew and escape to the vineyard. Stunning views, clinking glasses, and unforgettable memories. Wine not make it official and book your dream stay today! 

Explore All Temecula Homes →

10 Stunning Corpus Christi Airbnbs That You’ll Want to Gatekeep

Planning your next beach trip? Don’t sleep on Corpus Christi. This sun-soaked Gulf Coast gem is full of charm, sandy shores, and hidden gems—especially when it comes to finding the perfect Airbnb. 

Whether you’re a first-timer or a frequent visitor, these 10 stunning Corpus Christi Airbnbs are so good, you’ll want to gatekeep them. From waterfront views to cozy coastal escapes with boat docks and pools, each one is built for laid-back vibes and unforgettable group getaways. Let’s dive in!

Ridley Retreat

Guest Count: 8 Guests

Bed & Bath: 3 Beds & 3 Baths

Top Amenities:

  • Hangout space with a foosball table for friendly battles
  • Full kitchen with washer and dryer, community pool access
  • Just a few minutes to the beach and local eats

Nearby attractions: Padre Island Art Gallery, Whitecap Beach, Mustang Island Beach

You know those amazing places you find and almost want to keep secret? Well, get ready for Ridley Retreat! It’s this totally stunning spot on North Padre Island that just feels like the perfect coastal escape, set up perfectly for making awesome memories with your favorite people. It feels super comfy inside and puts you just moments from all the best beach fun and attractions – seriously, this one might just make you want to gatekeep it!

Book on Airbnb | Book with AvantStay (Best Rates)

Compass 17

Guest Count: 6 Guests

Bed & Bath: 2 Beds & 2 Baths

Top Amenities: 

  • Private balcony with outdoor seating and calming sunrise and sunset views
  • Shared pool access, full kitchen, and in-home laundry
  • 5 mins to the beach and short drive to local attractions

Nearby attractions: Whitecap Beach, Padre Island National Seashore, Texas State Aquarium, USS Lexington Museum

Soak up sunshine, surf, and simple comforts at Compass 17, a sunny and inviting spot in Corpus Christi that has that coastal charm with modern ease, creating a perfect relaxing getaway. This bright condo is your easy-breezy beach base with bright interiors, cozy bedrooms, and a private balcony to enjoy salty breezes, it’s perfect for beach bums, foodies, and families alike.

Book on Airbnb | Book with AvantStay (Best Rates)

Villa La Isla

Guest Count: 11 Guests

Bed & Bath: 3 Beds & 3 Baths

Top Amenities:

  • Community pool access, shuffleboard, board game collection
  • Full kitchen with washer and dryer, beach, and baby gear available
  • 10 mins to local eats and nearby attractions

Nearby attractions: North Padre Island Beach & Mustang Island, Dolphin Tours & Fishing, Texas State Aquarium

Kick back and soak up that coastal energy at Villa La Isla—a poolside retreat where beach days roll into game nights without missing a beat. This condo is designed for making memories with your group or family, offering comfy spaces to relax and fun games to play inside. It’s perfectly positioned for easy access to Corpus Christi’s amazing beaches and attractions, making it your gateway to endless coastal adventures!

Book on Airbnb | Book with AvantStay (Best Rates)

Ocean Echo

Guest Count: 6 Guests

Bed & Bath: 1 Bed & 1 Bath

Top Amenities:

  • Beachfront balcony with seating & stunning ocean views
  • Shared pool, hot tub, picnic area, cozy living area with a kitchenette
  • Walkable to the popular beach and attractions

Nearby attractions: North Beach, Texas State Aquarium, USS Lexington Museum, Corpus Christi Downtown Seawall, Fajitaville

Ready for some serious beach therapy? Welcome to Ocean Echo, your beachfront hideaway that sits right on North Beach in Corpus Christi. It is a cozy condo perfect for watching sunrises from your private balcony, quick walks to the water, and winding down after a day of salty fun. Whether you’re solo, coupled up, or wrangling a kiddo or two, this place is all about easy, breezy Gulf Coast vibes.

Book on Airbnb | Book with AvantStay (Best Rates)

The Beautiful Place

Guest Count: 16 Guests

Bed & Bath: 4 Beds & 4 Baths

Top Amenities:

  • Private patio and balconies, picnic table, and a fully equipped kitchen
  • Community pool access, foosball table, arcade machine
  • Less than 5 minutes from Whitecap Beach, near restaurants and dolphin tours

Nearby attractions: White Cap Beach, Mustang Island, Corpus Christi Downtown Seawall

Welcome to The Beautiful Place, a real hidden gem in Corpus Christi’s coastal paradise that’s perfect for relaxing and reconnecting, giving you a great mix of privacy and beach convenience! This comfy three-story beach townhome lives up to its name, designed for quality time with your favorite people. From game nights in the arcade-style rec room to sunset grilling in the yard, it’s where good vibes and great memories are basically guaranteed.

Book on Airbnb | Book with AvantStay (Best Rates)

Yellowfin

Guest Count: 6 Guests

Bed & Bath: 2 Beds & 2 Baths

Top Amenities:

  • Waterfront location, access to a 17-slip private boat dock for boat parking
  • Community pool, private balcony, in-home laundry, BBQ grill, and full kitchen
  • Less than 10 minutes to North Padre Island Beach and Mustang Island

Nearby attractions: North Padre Island Beach & Mustang Island, Bluff’s Marina, Convenience store & Gully’s Bar 

If waterfront vibes are your love language, discover Yellowfin. A beachy escape that you’ve been waiting for, and a charming place nestled on the serene shores of Laguna Madre Bay. Cast a line off the dock or sip something cold on the breezy balcony, this rustic-modern home has you covered from sunrise to BBQ. It’s your front-row seat to laid-back life on Laguna Madre Bay—and you’ll want to stay long past checkout.

Book on Airbnb | Book with AvantStay (Best Rates)

Keeper Trout

Guest Count: 15 Guests

Bed & Bath: 6 Beds & 4 Baths

Top Amenities:

  • Two-level balconies, outdoor dining spots, and a waterfront community pool
  • BBQ grill, lounge spaces, full kitchen, in-home laundry, and boat slips
  • A few minutes to Mustang Island and North Padre Island Beach

Nearby attractions: Bluff’s Marina & Boat Dock, Convenience store & Gully’s Bar, Doc’s Seafood & Snoopy’s Pier

Big group? Big views? Keeper Trout delivers both with a coastal clubhouse feel. This luxurious and spacious coastal haven tucked away in a charming fishing village on Laguna Madre Bay has ample room for your whole group to relax and make memories. With spacious comfort and amazing outdoor spaces, you’ll be sure to enjoy the breeze and views. It’s an unforgettable escape by the bay that you might just want to keep a secret!

Book on Airbnb | Book with AvantStay (Best Rates)

Oscar’s Lodge

Guest Count: 8 Guests

Bed & Bath: 3 Beds & 2 Baths

Top Amenities:

  • Waterfront location with private balcony and seating
  • Community pool, 17-slip boat dock, patio with grill, in-home laundry
  • Nearby the famous beach and popular spots across the bay

Nearby attractions: Bluff’s Marina & Boat Dock, Convenience store & Gully’s Bar, IslandDoc’s Seafood & Snoopy’s Pier

This one’s for the anglers, beachgoers, and boat-life dreamers. Oscar’s Lodge sits right on Laguna Madre Bay, offering laid-back vibes, waterfront views, and front-row access to the rustic coastal charm. Every moment definitely feels like vacation here. You won’t mind the due date or hopping on a video meeting, as being in a private fishing village makes it easy, memorable, and you just want to slow down and forget. 

Book on Airbnb | Book with AvantStay (Best Rates)

Roseate Spoonbill

Guest Count: 10 Guests

Bed & Bath: 3 Beds & 3 Baths

Top Amenities:

  • Waterfront, private balcony, BBQ grill, full kitchen, spacious layout
  • Access to community pool, cabana, boat slips, and ramp
  • Near Whitecap Beach, Mustang Island Beach, and famous attractions

Nearby attractions: Bluff’s Marina & Boat Dock, Convenience store & Gully’s Bar, North Padre Island Beach & Mustang Island

Tucked inside a private fishing village, Roseate Spoonbill is the kind of stay you’ll want to keep all to yourself. With warm coastal interiors, two balconies, and waterfront pool access just steps away, this escape makes beachside living effortless. Whether you’re here to fish, float, or just take in the salty breeze, your perfect Corpus getaway starts here. This place is also designed for relaxing and having fun with your group or family.

Book on Airbnb | Book with AvantStay (Best Rates)

Big Trout

Guest Count: 8 Guests

Bed & Bath: 3 Beds & 2 Baths

Top Amenities:

  • Bay views, patio with picnic table, BBQ grill
  • Community pool, boat dock access, and a fishing-friendly location
  • Walking distance to famous eats and local attractions

Nearby attractions: Convenience store & Gully’s Bar, North Padre Island Beach & Mustang Island, Bluff’s Marina & Boat Dock

Big Trout is about to reel you in with its coastal vibes and water views. Open interiors, two dining spaces, and balconies where you can lounge make it perfect for morning coffee or evening BBQs. This stay makes vacationing with your crew even a breeze as you’ll be flipping between beach days and boat rides in no time with its convenient location right by the bay and close to everything. 

Book on Airbnb | Book with AvantStay (Best Rates)

Why Corpus Christi Should Be Your Next Beach Getaway

There’s a reason people keep Corpus Christi on the down-low. It’s the kind of place you want to gatekeep. If you’re dreaming of a beach vacation that’s sunny, fun, and still kind of a hidden gem, Corpus Christi is your perfect choice of spot. It’s one of Texas’s best coastal cities, offering beautiful views, family-friendly attractions, and great food—all without the massive crowds.

Here are 5 great reasons to book your next getaway in Corpus Christi:

1. Easy Beach Access

From Whitecap Beach to Mustang Island, you’ll find soft sand, clear water, and plenty of space to relax or play.

2. So Many Things to Do

Explore the Texas State Aquarium, walk the USS Lexington, go on a dolphin tour, or rent a kayak for the day. There’s something for everyone.

3. Amazing Seafood

Corpus is packed with local restaurants serving up fresh fish, shrimp tacos, oysters, and more. It’s a foodie win.

4. Outdoor Fun

Go fishing, paddleboarding, birdwatching, or just chill by the water. The weather is great most of the year, so you’ll always find something to enjoy.

5. Great for Groups

Whether you’re traveling with family or friends, many homes in the area are built for group getaways, with space to spread out and enjoy quality time together.

Book a stay and see why more people are falling in love with Corpus Christi—just don’t be surprised if you want to keep it all to yourself.

Pro tip: Book your trip in spring or early fall to beat the crowds and still enjoy the sunshine. And don’t forget your appetite—Corpus has a serious seafood scene. From oyster bars to beachfront taco joints, the local flavors are worth the trip alone.

Ready to Reel In the Perfect Stay?

Whether you’re here to fish, float, or just kick back on the coast, you can bring the beach life to your doorstep. And the best part? They’re all just a click away.

Book your Corpus Christi getaway with AvantStay today! 

Best Palm Springs Boutique Hotels to Get Your Bach On

It’s Bach SZN. Time to bring the babes, booze, and bachelorette on over to these oh-so-exclusive boutique hotels in Palm Springs, CA. May we add, you can do full hotel buyouts at all of these stays – meaning you and the bride’s babes get a whole place to yourself, day and night. Do with this information what you will, but first, grab your flamingo float and let’s dive into what each of these desert oases brings to the table. 

The Marley Hotel

6 Rooms, 20 Guests

Backyard of The Marley Hotel avantstay vacation rental

Pretty in pink. 

She said “yes” to the dress; now it’s your turn to say “yes” to the west! Pack all your pink, because regardless if it’s Wednesday or not, The Marley Hotel is a sweet, pink, bachelorette dream machine. Lounge by the pool with mountain views. Book group massages for your bridal bash via the AvantStay app. Bounce around town and soak in all that Palm Springs has to offer. Whatever floats your flamingo when you’re at the Marley.

Hotel El Cid

5 Rooms, 16 Guests

Hotel El Cid poolside avantstay vacation rental

Meet you under the cabanas.

It’s quirky, it’s bold, it’s got five bungalows! Meet Hotel El Cid – a newly renovated stay, fully equipped for you and all 15 members of the Bride Squad. Featuring poolside cabanas, a dining tent, firepit, BBQ, outside shower, and more, this buyout promises to turn your bride’s dream bach trip into reality.

The Monkey Tree Hotel

16 Rooms, 34 Guests

The Monkey Tree Hotel exterior avantstay vacation rental

It’s all fun and games, especially when your games are outside with picture-perfect views of the San Jacinto Mountains. 

This colorful hotel has a historical, fun and frenzied past – rumor has it that JFK and Marilyn Monroe had a tryst here during their stay! Bring all 34 of your Bride’s Babes and get ready to pawty at the Monkey Tree Hotel – because both friends and Fidos are allowed at this hotel, too.

The Wesley Hotel

10 Rooms, 30 Guests

the wesley Hotel poolside avantstay vacation rental

It’s your Final Flamingle and everyone’s invited.

Good times are calling, and you can call up to 30 of your BFFs to join you on a journey to this exclusive Palm Springs hotel, The Wesley Hotel. Lax the day away with a private mixologist sesh, booked directly through the AvantStay app. Have a spa day at Desert Healthcare Wellness Park, or book poolside massages and facials with via the AvantStay app. Spread out and enjoy privacy with over ten flats. When it’s happy hour, reconvene in the common space, which features a large pool, views of the mountains, and bikes ready whenever you are! 

How To Set Vacation Rental House Rules

Regular maintenance and upkeep are essential to vacation rental home care, but making sure that guests respect your home is an important part of running a successful vacation rental. Limit any chances for confusion or misunderstanding by providing straightforward, concise vacation rental house rules. This will influence how guests treat and leave your property so you’ll never have to worry about its condition. A cared-for home will generate positive reviews, increase bookings, and make you more revenue. Keep reading to find out what you should include in your house rules. 

Why it’s important to set vacation rental house rules

Vacation rental house rules are essential to protecting your home—and your guests! Set clear expectations before guest arrival so you’ll never have to worry about crazy parties disturbing your neighbors, pet accidents, or any damage to your property. Include these rules on your listing page so potential guests can decide if your home is a good fit for their vacation, while also limiting the time you’ll spend answering questions. Setting vacation rental house rules puts you in charge and holds everyone accountable. 

Things to consider

Even with house rules in place, there’s still a chance that guests may break them. Make sure you define the consequences of breaking any rules, whether it’s a fine, eviction, or both. Include a note with your rules and in the rental agreement. Here are some other things to consider when establishing your vacation rental house rules: 

  • Be straight to the point. “Please refrain from bringing your pets,” is more likely to be broken than “no pets allowed.” 
  • Make your house rules easily accessible. Include them on your listing page, in your welcome book, and any pre-check-in communications.
  • Remember that this is your guests’ vacation. It may be tempting to write rules for every little detail in your home, but don’t overwhelm or limit your guests. Set boundaries that still allow your guests to enjoy themselves and your home. 

Examples of vacation rental house rules

Every vacation rental property is unique, so create rules that are specific to your home’s location, layout, and amenities. From pets and parties to smoking and quiet hours, be sure to clearly lay out what guests can and can’t do. Here are some examples of common vacation rental house rules. 

Typical AvantStay house rules

Club 25

In order to book this property you must be over 25 years old.

Humans Only

Sadly pets are not permitted at this property. Unauthorized pets may be subject to a fine.

Thank You For Not Smoking

This is a smoke-free home. Violation of the no-smoking policy will result in forfeiture of the full security deposit and damages liability up to $2,500.

Respect Community Rules

Please be considerate of your neighbors and mindful of noise levels. Noise violations may result in fines. Please also note we do not provide speakers or sound systems.

Other common rules 

There are several areas of concern that apply to most vacation rental homes, so be sure to include rules for the following: 

  • Check-out time
  • Maximum occupancy
  • Parties and events
  • Off-limit rooms or areas
  • Electronics and appliances
  • Pools and hot tubs
  • Decks and balconies 
  • Parking/garage use 
  • Trash and recycling

Superior home protection with AvantStay 

If you’d rather ditch the stress of keeping your home secure, partner with an experienced vacation rental manager who can keep your home in pristine condition via best-in-class technology and a local team on the ground 24/7. 

Every AvantStay home is equipped with cutting-edge smart (IoT) technology that remotely monitors everything from entry surveillance to noise to occupancy, all to ensure your home stays safe and protected. 

In addition to our smart home technology, we have procedures in place during all stages of the guest journey to prevent issues. This includes:

  • Tech-enabled identity verification in the booking flow
  • Fraud detection and prevention technology through our credit card processor
  • An in-house Trust & Safety team that monitors reservations for suspicious activity
  • Dynamic entry codes via smart locks
  • Noise detection technology with operational processes triggered upon alerts
  • Entryway monitoring through Ring cameras
  • Our local team is available for dispatch to your home 24/7

Interested in learning more about AvantStay’s management services? Our team is ready to help. Get started with our vacation rental management experts today!

Top Isle of Palms Airbnbs for Beachfront Views & Pool Days

Sugar-white sand, warm Atlantic waves, and charming coastal homes, it’s no wonder this Lowcountry gem is a favorite for spring break escapes and summer vacations alike. Flip-flops on, shades out—Isle of Palms is the destination. 

If you’re craving barefoot beach walks, cannonball contests in the pool, or breezy afternoons lounging on a deck with a frozen drink in hand, this barrier island off the coast of Charleston is the best place to unwind. 

Each of the homes on our list offers something special—think oceanfront views, private pools, sun-drenched decks, and plenty of space to gather your crew. But the real magic? Waking up to the sound of the surf, spending your days chasing sunshine, and wrapping it all up with golden hour BBQs under palm trees.

Whether you’re a beach bum, golf lover, or simply here for the good vibes, these Isle of Palms Airbnbs are your ticket to laid-back luxury. Let’s dive in! 

🌊🌊🌊

3602 Cameron

Sleeps 12 guests | Private pool | 1 min. to the beach

Just one block from the beach, 3602 Cameron is the kind of vacation home that has you planning your next stay before you’ve even unpacked. With 5 bedrooms and a rooftop terrace made for golden hour, this Isle of Palms getaway is all about sunshine and salt air.

The king and queen bedrooms offer a plush place to land at night, and the twin + queen combo room is perfect for the younger crew. There’s an elevator for convenience, balconies, a private pool, and a rooftop deck for ocean views. 

We also have other Cameron homes nearby for you to explore:

👉 Book on Airbnb | Book on AvantStay Direct (Best Price!)

15 Pelican Bay

Sleeps 8 guests | Communal pool | 5 min. to the beach

Tucked beside a peaceful lagoon and just a short stroll from the beach, 15 Pelican Bay is what spring break dreams and quiet coastal escapes are made of. This 3-bedroom getaway feels like a warm hug, complete with a Victorian-style porch swing and a screened-in patio.

Bedrooms are cozy and quiet, with a king, queen, and two twin-sized beds—plus a sleeper sofa for extra crew. You’re steps from the private Pelican Bay pool and beach access, and just a quick drive to all the restaurants and fun of Isle of Palms, Sullivan’s Island, and Charleston.

Want more options nearby? Check out our other Pelican Bay homes:

👉 Book on Airbnb | Book on AvantStay Direct (Best Price!)

14 Beachwood East

Sleeps 10 guests | Private pool | 1 min. to the beach

Dreaming of a beachfront getaway with a private pool and unbeatable ocean views? Say hello to 14 Beachwood East—your new happy place on the Isle of Palms. This 7-bedroom oceanfront beauty is the only home in Wild Dunes with its own private pool on the beach. 

Inside, you’ve got four dreamy king suites (yes, ocean views included), two adorable bonus kids’ rooms, and a full-full bunk bedroom that’s perfect for families. The two living rooms are made for relaxing, either for sunrise yoga or afternoon lemonade. 

We also have 28 Beachwood West available to book!

👉 Book on Airbnb | Book on AvantStay Direct (Best Price!)

3301 Palm

Sleeps 12 guests | Private pool | 3 min. to the beach

When you’re this close to the beach and you have your own private pool, rooftop perch, and movie theater, you’re basically winning at vacation. With 6 bedrooms, 3301 Palm is built for group getaways—whether it’s a multi-family vacation or a friends’ trip to the coast.

There’s room for everyone to spread out, snack, and chill. The dreamy kitchen has cobalt cabinets, a wine fridge, and a big island for serving charcuterie. The king and queen bedrooms all have TVs, and when you’re ready, the beach access point is right across the street.

Here are some of our Palm Blvd homes to keep the vibes going:

👉 Book on Airbnb | Book on AvantStay Direct (Best Price!)

37 Grand Pavilion

Sleeps 8 guests | Communal pool | 2 min. to the beach

If you’re looking for that sweet spot between lively beach energy and laid-back luxury, 37 Grand Pavilion has you covered. This bright and breezy home is just a short stroll from the beach, two oceanfront pools, and all the action on the Wild Dunes boardwalk.

With 4 bedrooms, hardwood floors, and comfy furniture, it creates an easygoing space and multiple spots to hang out, like the screened-in porch or shaded backyard under ancient oaks. The kitchen flows right into the living area, making it great for group dinners and game nights.

If you need more Grand Pavilion homes nearby, for a big group getaway, check these out:

👉 Book on Airbnb | Book on AvantStay Direct (Best Price!)

307 Yacht Harbor

Sleeps 7 guests | Communal pool | 1 min. to the harbor

Sip your morning coffee while you watch the boats drift by, 307 Yacht Harbor checks every box. This first-floor villa puts you right along the water with easy access to the marina, a community pool just steps away, and your own screened porch for laid-back afternoons with a sea breeze.

The updated kitchen has everything too, from a stocked coffee bar (beans included!) to granite counters and a stainless-steel induction range. The living room invites you to kick back after sunset dock strolls, while three spacious bedrooms give everyone their own place to recharge.

We also have more Yacht Harbor escapes for you to book!

👉 Book on Airbnb | Book on AvantStay Direct (Best Price!)

10 Surf Lane

Sleeps 10 guests | Communal pool | 2 min. to the beach

Steps from the sand and packed with charm, 10 Surf Lane is your front-row seat to oceanfront bliss. This 4-bedroom home brings you unbeatable views, private beach access, and a deck made for golden-hour lounging. 

Enjoy a bright, open living area with ocean views and an updated kitchen ready for anything from beach snacks to big family dinners. The primary suite opens directly onto the deck—yes, the ocean is practically your backyard—you’ve got the best of both saltwater and swim time.

👉 Book on Airbnb | Book on AvantStay Direct (Best Price!)

43 Fairway Dunes

Sleeps 6 guests | Communal pool | 7 min. to the beach

Whether you’re here for sunny days by the shore or tee time with a view, 43 Fairway Dunes brings it all together. This newly renovated 3-bedroom home sits just two blocks from the beach and overlooks the Links Golf Course and the Fairway Dunes pool.

Three outdoor decks let you unwind aside from the spacious living room and queen suite after a day on the sand. Fully updated with a stylish kitchen, large-screen TV, and plenty of comfy gathering space, this is your go-to for laid-back group getaways.

Find more homes nearby in Fairway Dunes:

👉 Book on Airbnb | Book on AvantStay Direct (Best Price!)

20 Morgan Place Drive

Sleeps 8 guests | Communal pool | 1 min. to the dock

Sunrise coffee on the porch and sunset cocktails by the dock–20 Morgan Place Drive is calling your name. This 4-bedroom coastal gem sits right on Morgan Creek and comes with its own private 40-foot floating dock. 

If you need a break from the beach, get to the kitchen, a sunroom perfect for a midday read, and a ping pong table for some competition. Whether you’re boating, lounging, or just watching the marsh wildlife go by, this house is your front-row seat to Lowcountry magic.

Looking for more homes nearby? We’ve got 26 Morgans Cove Drive in the same area:

👉 Book on Airbnb | Book on AvantStay Direct (Best Price!)

1307 Cove Avenue

Sleeps 12 guests | Private pool | 2 min. to the dock

1307 Cove Avenue is your Sullivan Island sanctuary for extended beach bliss. Long, lazy afternoons by the pool and breezy walks to the beach for travelers looking to actually settle in and savor the slow life.

Available for 28+ night stays, this 5-bedroom coastal beauty has chic interiors and a prime location. You’ve got multiple dining areas, a dreamy marble kitchen, and two living rooms for movie nights or quiet reading, checking every box for a relaxing seaside escape.

👉 Book on Airbnb | Book on AvantStay Direct (Best Price!)

15 Lagoon Villa 

Sleeps 6 guests | Communal pool | 6 min. to the beach

Your beachy basecamp in the heart of Wild Dunes, welcome to 15 Lagoon Villa! A breezy, beachside hideaway that makes family trips and golf getaways feel effortless. Between the private decks, stylish new kitchen, and a pool, everything about this villa says easy-living. 

With 2 bedrooms, 2 bathrooms, and four queen beds, this fully renovated villa is made for groups that need space to stretch out—plus, you’re smack in the middle of all the Wild Dunes action. Everything you need is within walking distance, too!

Want more Lagoon Villas? We’ve got another: 36 Lagoon Villa

👉 Book on Airbnb | Book on AvantStay Direct (Best Price!)

502 Ocean Blvd

Sleeps 16 guests | Private pool | 1 min. to the beach

Planning a multigenerational beach trip or an epic friend reunion? 502 Ocean Blvd brings the space and the fun. With 10 bedrooms and direct access to one of the best stretches of sand in South Carolina, this is the kind of house where memories are made and retold for years!

You’ve got ocean views from nearly every corner, a private pool, a ping pong and foosball zone in the garage, and not one but three oceanfront decks. The kitchen’s ready for a crowd too, with two fridges, two dishwashers, and a layout that’s just as good for pancake breakfasts. 

Want more homes on Ocean Blvd? Check these out:

👉 Book on Airbnb | Book on AvantStay Direct (Best Price!)

311 Carolina

Sleeps 12 guests | Private pool | 2 min. to the beach

Sitting high on a natural sand dune, 311 Carolina is your elevated escape with next-level views—literally. With 5 king bedrooms and 4 decks, this home was made for soaking up the Isle of Palms in style. Rooftop cocktails, marsh-side sunsets, and salty breezes from every angle.

Find a reverse floor plan, an open-concept living area, a chef’s kitchen, a 12-seat dining table, a wet bar, and an oversized fridge made for beach snack stocking. There’s even a private study with a sleeper sofa, multiple balconies, and a rooftop lounge that’s the crown jewel. 

We also have other homes on Carolina Boulevard:

👉 Book on Airbnb | Book on AvantStay Direct (Best Price!)

12 Abalone Alley

Sleeps 12 guests | Private pool | 6 min. to the beach

Just a four-home stroll to the beach, 12 Abalone Alley delivers the kind of effortless coastal escape you dream about. Fully renovated from top to bottom, this 4-bedroom beauty is fresh, modern, and full of that breezy Isle of Palms charm.

Each king bedroom has its gorgeous new bathroom, so everyone in your group gets a private oasis. Fully equipped kitchen, high-speed Wi-Fi, a full-size washer/dryer, and a sparkling pool make sunny afternoons even sweeter and your stay as easy as it is beautiful.

👉 Book on Airbnb | Book on AvantStay Direct (Best Price!)

302 Charleston

Sleeps 10 guests | Private pool | 1 min. to the beach

Steps from the sand and second row to the beach, 302 Charleston blends classic Lowcountry charm with all the perks of a spring or summer escape. This coastal 5 BR retreat invites you to soak up slow mornings on the screened porch and spend all afternoon in the private pool.

You’ll find a full kitchen for group meals, a spacious living room for game nights, and updated interiors that feel stylish but relaxed. Enjoy ping pong outside, a sun-soaked backyard, and easy access to beachy fun just across the street.

👉 Book on Airbnb | Book on AvantStay Direct (Best Price!)

103 H Tidewater 

Sleeps 6 guests | Communal pool | 1 min. to the beach

If your idea of a perfect vacation starts with coffee on a screened porch and ends with sandy toes and a poolside nap, then head over to 103 H Tidewater. A 2-bedroom ground-floor condo that puts you just steps from the Tidewater pool—and a few more steps from the ocean beyond.

The layout is made for easy, breezy living. Located right across from the 13th hole of the Wild Dunes Links course and close to the Clubhouse, you’ll have everything from golf to spa days within reach. 

👉 Book on Airbnb | Book on AvantStay Direct (Best Price!)

Tide, Dine, and Unwind at IOP

If you’re dreaming of the perfect spring or summer getaway, Isle of Palms checks every criterion that you are looking for. Miles of soft white sand, warm Atlantic breezes, and a laid-back beach town vibe, it’s a destination that feels both luxurious and refreshingly down to earth. 

Foodies? You’re in luck. From beachy bites to upscale seafood, we’ve also rounded up the best Isle of Palms restaurants you won’t want to miss while you’re here. And for families & adventure-seekers, our guide to the best things to do in IOP will fill your days with excitement—from kayaking through marshes to shopping local boutiques. 

If you’re up for a short drive, hop over to Sullivan’s Island and explore its charming shops, historic sites, and relaxed beach scene with our insider tips on the best things to do while in Sullivan’s Island.

So whether you’re here for beach days, date nights, or everything in between, Isle of Palms is ready to be your go-to seaside escape. Let the salt air work its magic—you’ll leave refreshed, recharged, and already planning your next trip.

Related: 

Your Beach Chair Is Waiting!

From private pools and oceanfront decks to island eats and adventures just minutes away, these Isle of Palms Airbnbs are your home base for breezy mornings and golden-hour evenings. The best part? You don’t have to choose between beach and pool—you get both. 

Book your IOP stay today! 

22 Park City Airbnbs That You Can Book for Any Time of the Year

From the vibrant blooms of spring hiking and the thrilling trails of summer biking to the breathtaking colors of fall foliage and, yes, the unbeatable ski season.

Ever thought of Park City as just a winter wonderland? Think again! While the fresh powder and après-ski scene are legendary, this mountain escape truly shines in every season. But to really make the most of this ever-changing paradise, you need a home base that’s just as ready for adventure as you are, no matter what the calendar says.

We’ve put together a list of the best Park City Airbnbs that you can go to any time of the year, whether you’re chasing summer sunshine, autumn leaves, spring blooms, or that perfect winter ski trip. 

Get ready to discover homes that are ready to welcome you for every kind of Park City memory, 365 days a year!

Orion

Stay at Orion, a stunning, newly built luxury home in Park City that has incredible mountain views and is a perfect blend of outdoor adventures and relaxation for any season. This home feels modern and upscale inside with lots of light and space for everyone to enjoy. It’s also super conveniently located just minutes from Deer Valley and a short drive from Main Street, making it an elevated base for exploring everything Park City has to offer!

Top Amenities: Newly built, two-way fireplace, private office, downstairs living area with wet bar and game area (foosball), spacious covered deck with outdoor lounge seating and fire pit table, just minutes away from newly expanded Deer Valley Resort and Jordanelle Reservoir.

What Our Recent Guest Said:

“House was beautiful and super convenient to Park City and Deer Valley resorts. Everything was new and clean. The host was very responsive and helpful with anything we needed throughout the stay. I would highly recommend this home!”

Book on Airbnb | Book with AvantStay (Best Deal!)

Blue Skies Lakeside

A charming home in Park City where beautiful mountain views meet peaceful lakeshores, giving you a perfect mix of outdoor fun and relaxation no matter the season. Escape to Blue Skies Lakeside, where it feels really welcoming and cozy with comfy spaces for everyone to gather, eat, and unwind after a day of exploring. Its location is amazing, just minutes from both the slopes and the lake, making it super easy to dive into all the adventures Park City and the outdoors have for you!

Top Amenities: Minutes from Park City Mountain’s world-class ski slopes and Jordanelle Reservoir, private hot tub on the patio, well-equipped kitchen with Keurig, two inviting living areas with cozy fireplace, upper balcony with BBQ, washer and dryer.

What Our Recent Guest Said:

“Plenty of room and very comfortable. With bedrooms upstairs and on the bottom level, this home would be ideal for a large family or group. Short drive to Park City and to Heber City as well. The hot tub was nice after a long day on the slopes. I would recommend reading the instructions that are sent (I didn’t) as they shared helpful information that I would have taken advantage of i.e. having groceries delivered since we arrived after 10pm and local ski equipment rental in the neighborhood. Kitchen is well appointed with plenty of pots, pans and even a variety of spices. Everything was very clean and well done. Would definitely recommend.”

Book on Airbnb | Book with AvantStay (Best Deal!)

Reflection

Be absolutely amazed at Reflection, a truly luxurious mountain retreat tucked away above the Jordanelle Reservoir where stunning nature views come together perfectly for any season. This upscale home is designed to show off incredible, sweeping vistas from nearly everywhere, inviting you to relax and enjoy memorable moments with your whole group. It is an ultimate escape with tons of adventure nearby, being just minutes from the reservoir for summer fun!

Top Amenities: Panoramic views of Jordanelle Reservoir & Wasatch Mountains, floor-to-ceiling windows, living area with wet bar and game room (pool table), secondary firepit in yard, bocce ball court, chef’s kitchen, living rooms with fireplaces. 

What Our Recent Guest Said:

“Absolutely breathtaking views! Beautiful home! We had a wonderful time together in the house. Is the perfect setting and amenities for a magical trip in any season. Avent Stay, the property manager, was wonderful to work with. A top notch rental experience.”

Book on Airbnb | Book with AvantStay (Best Deal!)

Juniper Landing Bedroom 3

Step into this bright townhome and feel instantly welcomed by its stylish, open rooms filled with sunshine – it’s truly a perfect spot for a mountain escape any time of the year. Juniper Landing Bedroom 3 makes it easy for your group to gather comfortably, relax together, and enjoy the beautiful views around you. Plus, its location means you’re just a short walk to the gondola for quick access to all the mountain and village fun!

Top Amenities: Walkable to the Frostwood Gondola, community pool, hot tub, & gym, full kitchen, balcony/deck, fireplace. Within walking distance to Canyons Village shops and restaurants.

What Our Recent Guest Said:

“The home was perfect for our family spring break ski trip. Canyons has always been one of our favorite places. This home made it even more special. The ski rack, boot dryer, and bench in the garage were a nice touch. Having the pool and hot tub directly across the street was very convenient. The kitchen was equipped with everything we would ever need. The crockpot was a nice surprise! When we return to the Canyons we will definitely stay here again! Thank you!”

Book on Airbnb | Book with AvantStay (Best Deal!)

Powder Pointe

Escape to Powder Pointe, your own mountain retreat located right at the base of Canyons Village, offering incredible views and a comfy place to relax no matter the time of year. This home makes it super easy to get to the slopes and explore nearby spots, helping you plan your perfect Park City adventure with ease. With everything you need conveniently close by, it’s a great base for enjoying all that Park City has to offer!

Top Amenities: Located at the base of Canyons Village, a 5-minute walk to Canyons Cabriolet Gondola, complimentary on-call shuttle service in winter, access to heated outdoor pool, hot tub, and sauna at Red Pine Clubhouse, minutes from Main Street and Utah Olympic Park.

What Our Recent Guest Said:

“We had a great stay! The place was exactly as described and had plenty of room for our two families. The kids loved the bunk room! The kitchen was great and we all enjoyed the fire place. Would definitely stay here again!”

Book on Airbnb | Book with AvantStay (Best Deal!)

Park Ave Getaway

Park Ave Getaway is your cozy home tucked away in a really great spot in Park City, sitting right next to a park and just a quick stroll from Main Street and a lift, making it a perfect base for any time of year. When you step inside, it feels super welcoming with bright, open spaces and views of the mountains and park, ready for everyone to gather and relax together. It’s truly an ideal location if you want to easily experience a little bit of everything Park City has to offer!

Top Amenities: Just a few minutes’ walk from Main Street and the Old Town lift, located right next to Park City Library and park, views of the mountain ski resort and park, multiple living areas, back deck, mudroom, ski storage, private outdoor seating area.

What Our Recent Guest Said:

“Perfect for a couples trip. The location was walking distance from the slopes, and there’s a hot tub overlooking a dog park, so it doesn’t get much better than that!”

Book on Airbnb | Book with AvantStay (Best Deal!)

Silver Strike

Welcome to Silver Strike, a truly luxurious mountain escape right next to the Silver Strike Express Lift, giving you the ultimate ski-in, ski-out experience and a wonderful place to stay any time of year. Once you’re inside, the home feels welcoming and fancy, with a stylish design perfect for relaxing in comfort after a day exploring the mountains. It’s an unforgettable retreat with adventure and upscale amenities right at your fingertips!

Top Amenities: Ski-in, ski-out location next to Silver Strike Express Lift, direct access to the slopes, private hot tub with mountain views, fully equipped kitchen with top-of-the-line appliances, cozy living room with fireplace, Minutes from Park City Main St.

What Our Recent Guest Said:

“My husband, niece and I enjoyed the beautiful ski in ski out condo! The location was perfect and the condo was clean, comfortable, and well equipped. We enjoyed the hot tub and the view! I would definitely recommend this place and plan another trip here! Thank you for being a great host!”

Book on Airbnb | Book with AvantStay (Best Deal!)

Woodside Getaway

A truly charming and updated historic home in Park City that just feels so bright and open, making it a perfect spot–say hello to Woodside Getaway. The inside is designed for everyone to easily gather and relax after a day out, with a warm and welcoming feel. Its location is amazing, just a short walk from both the base of the resort and lively Main Street, offering great convenience for whatever you have planned!

Top Amenities: Short walk to the base of Park City Mountain Resort and Main Street, charming, remodeled, historic home, vaulted ceilings, flood of natural light, open layout, private hot tub on the back patio, fully stocked kitchen with stainless steel appliances, washer/dryer.

What Our Recent Guest Said:

“We’ve stayed at this house twice now and both times were great! The pictures matched the house and getting into the house was very easy. Quick walk into town. AvantStay was very repsonsive when we had a question. The kitchen was well stocked. As others mentioned, the upstaris bedroom gets warm, even in the cooler months, we slept comfortably with the windows open.”

Book on Airbnb | Book with AvantStay (Best Deal!)

Quittin Time Townhome

Quittin Time Townhome is built right on the mountain at the edge of a ski run, which means you can easily ski in and out when it’s snowy or hike right from your door when it’s warmer for mountain fun all year! It’s set up great inside for two families or a group of friends to have their own space, and you get awesome views of Old Town from the decks. Best of all, you can just walk down some stairs and be on historic Main Street in minutes for all the shops and food!

Top Amenities: Ski-in/ski-out access via Quit ‘N Time ski run, hiking and mountain biking, 3 to 5-minute walk via outdoor stairs down to historic Main Street, remodeled with new furnishings, multiple decks overlooking Old Town, gas fireplace.

What Our Recent Guest Said:

“Fabulous townhome…Perfect location…Responsive host…Would definitely book again!!”

Book on Airbnb | Book with AvantStay (Best Deal!)

Jupiter Peak

Experience the ultimate mountain retreat at Jupiter Peak, a stunning townhome that gives you gorgeous mountain views and a cozy place to unwind, no matter when you visit Park City. This home is set up great for enjoying the scenery and relaxing, perfect for your getaway. Plus, it’s in a super handy spot near Deer Valley and Main Street, with easy access to the free town shuttle to help you get around and see everything!

Top Amenities: Located in Deer Lake Village, gorgeous mountain views, private hot tub and BBQ area, close access to Park City’s complimentary shuttle system, fully equipped kitchen with Keurig, full-size washer and dryer, deck with seating.  

What Our Recent Guest Said:

“The set up of the rooms (4 bedrooms) each with their own shower was really great. It allowed three sets of adults some private space and then let kids share a bunk room. The sizing and set up of all the bedrooms and shared living space was just the right amount to feel cozy and still be able to spread out. We really appreciated the Avantstay managers: they were easy to work with; we had to make a schedule change early on and they took care of that easily for us. We had a couple of questions and concerns during the trip and they quickly gave us responses as well as took note of our concerns to maintain the property for the next guests.We are booking with Avantstay again next year!”

Book on Airbnb | Book with AvantStay (Best Deal!)

Red Hawk

Let Red Hawk wrap you in its warm, mountain cabin feel, a perfect blend of cozy and convenient any time you visit Park City. This home is designed for fun and relaxation, inviting you to unwind in its charming spaces after a day of adventure or get ready for a night out on Main Street. Being so close to the heart of town means you’re perfectly set up to explore all the shops, restaurants, and entertainment whenever the mood strikes!

Top Amenities: Cabin in the city feel, only a few blocks walk to historic Main Street, movie room with 90″ screen, private hot tub, outdoor plush sofas with BBQ grill, game room area, fireplace, near Deer Valley Resort and other local attractions.

What Our Recent Guest Said:

“Our stay was spectacular. The location was perfect. A minute walk to town and a 5 minute drive to Deer Valley ski resort. The house had plenty of space and was well stocked with all you would need for a night in. We loved it!!”

Book on Airbnb | Book with AvantStay (Best Deal!)

Snow King

Get ready to kick off your Park City adventure at Snow King, a home that feels like a cozy mountain lodge, giving your group just the right amount of space and comfort. Step inside rooms full of light that are perfect for hanging out and enjoying time together after a day exploring the outdoors or the town. Its location puts you conveniently close to both Main Street and several big ski resorts, making it a top pick for an easy and fun getaway!

Top Amenities: Proximity to Park City’s Main St. and multiple major ski resorts, roomy living area with wood-burning fireplace, spacious kitchen and dining area with bay windows and natural lighting, private hot tub, sauna. 

What Our Recent Guest Said:

“This home was absolutely amazing! It is about a 10 min walk to town, 5 min walk to the nearest lift and right across the street from a dog park. Plenty of room and very clean. We will definitely look to book this place again in the future. Can’t say enough good things about the experience!”

Book on Airbnb | Book with AvantStay (Best Deal!)

Alpine Abode

Check out Alpine Abode, a stunning single-level place right in the heart of Canyons Village with views that will seriously take your breath away. This condo is designed for comfort and convenience with unique elevator access, letting you easily get around and enjoy everything the village and mountains have to offer. Being right at the base of Canyons Village means you’re perfectly located for exploring and making the most of your trip!

Top Amenities: Stunning single-level residence with elevator access, private patio with epic Canyons Village views and BBQ grill, located right at the base of Canyons Village and the 13th hole of the Canyons Golf Course with easy access to Park City’s free transportation system.

What Our Recent Guest Said:

“Great location with an easy walk to the lift! The unit is also beautiful with amazing sunrises in the morning. Community hot tub also very close!”

Book on Airbnb | Book with AvantStay (Best Deal!)

Hillside Overlook

Hillside Overlook offers the best of both worlds in Park City, giving you that quiet mountain getaway feel with amazing views while still being right in the heart of Old Town. This home is easy to enjoy with stunning scenery, or gather with your group for relaxing meals and downtime inside. The free town trolley stopping right outside is a huge bonus, letting you easily explore all the shops, restaurants, and lifts without needing your car!

Top Amenities: Old Town views from multiple rooms and expansive wrap-around deck, Main Street Trolley stops just steps from the home, complimentary transportation right from the doorstep, oversized hot tub.

What Our Recent Guest Said:

“This house is super well appointed with all the amenities you could ask for at a ski resort town like Park City. 100 steps from main street, hot tub, lovely deck with outstanding views. You can feel that this is not just a rental home but someone’s second home away from home.”

Book on Airbnb | Book with AvantStay (Best Deal!)

Quicksilver

Step into Quicksilver, a place that strikes a cool balance between sleek and modern style with that cozy cabin feeling, making it a great spot to hit pause and recharge after any kind of day in Park City. How you choose to unwind here is totally up to you, whether you’re chilling by the fireplace or curled up in one of the comfy beds. It’s an ideal hideaway for resting up and being ready for whatever Park City adventures await, no matter the season!

Top Amenities:  Big windows, vaulted ceilings, fireplace, TV, comfortable beds, pack n’ play, and high chair available. Near The Moose Cafe, Snowbird, Deer Valley Resort, Park City Mountain, Historic Main Street.

What Our Recent Guest Said:

“We had a wonderful time at this property. House was very clean and check in process could not have been easier. Definitely would recommend it and would stay there again. Great experience for my whole family.”

Book on Airbnb | Book with AvantStay (Best Deal!)

Raddon

Step back in time at Raddon, a truly one-of-a-kind Victorian gem nestled right in the heart of Park City’s Old Town that offers a unique and soulful escape from ordinary homes. This historic place is bursting with character, blending its old-world aesthetic with comfy modern touches. A perfect spot to relax after a day of adventure and enjoy lovely views from the balconies. Its unbeatable location, just steps from bustling Main Street and the slopes, makes it rare.

Top Amenities:  Inviting interior with historic roots, two spacious balconies and treetop views, exposed wood beams, fully equipped kitchen, cozy living room with fireplace, private hot tub, near Deer Valley Mountain Resort, and local restaurants/bars.

What Our Recent Guest Said:

“My wife and I rented this property for a family ski vacation with our two sons, their wife\fiance and our two 4yr old granddaughters. It was perfect. We all felt very comfortable in the space. The location was ideal. Very walkable, just a block to Main Street Park City. The property was very well supplied with linens, towels and kitchen\cooking utensils. Hot tub, front porch and inside fireplace were all lovely. I highly recommend this property for a family vacation or gathering of friends. In addition, AvantStay was very responsive and accommodating to our requests\needs.”

Book on Airbnb | Book with AvantStay (Best Deal!)

Silver Sun

Discover a beautiful custom home nestled in Deer Valley’s Empire Pass that gives you exquisite mountain views and amazing ski-in/ski-out access, making it a perfect luxury retreat for any season. Silver Sun offers comfy, spacious living areas for everyone to gather and relax, whether you’ve been out on the slopes or just taking in the views from inside or out. Its location is great, offering a peaceful mountain setting that’s still just a short drive from the fun of Main Street!

Top Amenities: Exquisite mountain views, ski-in/ski-out access just 150 feet away, private office with workstation, two living spaces, private hot tub and fire pit, fully equipped kitchen, two-minute drive from spas and restaurants at Montage.

What Our Recent Guest Said:

“Beautiful home! Well appointed kitchen – great for cooking family meals. Gorgeous views and excellent location. Luckily was still ski in / ski out (following short walk up the drive /few steps enroute to Northside Lift). Very thoughtful and much appreciated welcome amenity & quick response to our on site questions. Look forward to returning!”

Book on Airbnb | Book with AvantStay (Best Deal!)

Resort Plaza #5012

Resort Plaza #5012 is a wonderfully located condo right in the base village of Park City Mountain Resort, where you can cozy up and soak in mountain views throughout the year. This spot makes it incredibly easy to get out and play, with the lifts for skiing, mountain biking, and hiking right outside your door! It’s a fantastic and convenient base for anyone wanting unbeatable access to the mountain and easy transportation to explore all of Park City.

Top Amenities: Conveniently located in Park City Mountain Resort, lifts for skiing/mountain biking/hiking, free, citywide shuttle route, mountain views, seasonal shared hot tubs, pack n’ play, and high chair available. 

What Our Recent Guest Said:

“We very much enjoyed our stay. Great location- n easy walk to lifts. Condo was spacious and worked perfectly for our group. Avant Stay was on it!!!”

Book on Airbnb | Book with AvantStay (Best Deal!)

Silvertown

Imagine stepping into a spot in Park City that feels completely fresh and modern – that’s Silvertown, ready for your next trip any time of the year! This condo is set up for effortless exploring, putting you just a short walk from the slopes and a quick ride away from Main Street and all the town’s hotspots. It is comfortable and convenient, making it your perfect home for enjoying Park City adventures, whatever the season!

Top Amenities: Walkable to the Park City bus stop, Starbucks, and a grocery store. Ski rentals are just 3 minutes away. Two living rooms with a fireplace, a loft space, a fully equipped kitchen, available cribs, and a high chair.

What Our Recent Guest Said:

“3 adults, 5 kids, and our small dog had more than enough room to spread out. The description and photos are accurate. Everything in the property was in good working order. The hosts proactively checked in with us via text throughout the stay and answered the one property-related question very quickly and accurately. Good experience.”

Book on Airbnb | Book with AvantStay (Best Deal!)

Silverado

Time for Silverado! A sophisticated and modern mountain house where you and your fave people can come together beautifully. An ideal getaway where majestic views help you feel right at home any time of year. This place is designed for relaxing after your adventures and enjoying the stunning landscape. With easy ski-in/ski-out access and a focus on comfort, it’s a truly perfect spot for your Park City escape!

Top Amenities: ski-in/ski-out access to the Apex Clubhouse that has a spa, pool, fitness center, massage room, sauna, and workspace, private hot tub on the balcony, fireplace, near Deer Valley Mountain Resort, Main Street, and local restaurants/bars.

What Our Recent Guest Said:

“Blown away!!! This vacation rental exceeded every single one of our expectations and then some. The level of care and attention the hosts provided was extraordinary. They had a high chair and 2 pack n play cribs in the condo ready to go for us. Made it so easy. The condo itself was immaculate, modern, clean, and equipped with all the amenities you could want. Great views through the massive windows. Parking spot in the parking garage is 2 steps from your door, on the same level as the kitchen and main living room. True ski in/out off your porch. Every detail is carefully thought out to ensure maximum comfort and convenience. One of the most impressive experiences was how accommodating the staff was. We had a little trouble figuring out how to use the TV and the gas fireplace, and they had someone, Chris (a lifesaver!), at the door within 15 minutes! He was so friendly, replaced the batteries in the remote, walked us through how everything worked, and made sure we were completely set up. They even followed up later to apologize for the “inconvenience,” though honestly, it barely felt like one at all, especially given how quickly they helped us out! If you’re looking for a place where luxury meets genuine hospitality, this is it. I could not say enough to compliment how fantastic the condo, location, and AvantStay was. Thank you for going above and beyond to make our stay unforgettable!”

Book on Airbnb | Book with AvantStay (Best Deal!)

Norfolk Escape

Charming, cozy, and warm (in a good way), Norfolk Escape is your home tucked away in Park City’s Old Town. With its welcoming feeling, it makes it a perfect spot for a mountain getaway with family or friends any time of year! This place is designed for comfort and relaxation after a day on the hill, with inviting spaces you’ll look forward to coming home to. Its location is fantastic and super easy to explore all the shops, restaurants, and slopes!

Top Amenities: 5-minute walk to the Town Lift and Main Street for shops and best restaurants in the area, hot tub, washer/dryer, fully stocked kitchen, card and board games, pack n’ play and high chair available. 

What Our Recent Guest Said:

Great location: a 5 minute walk down the street gets you on Town Lift and on the slopes. And a 5-10 min walk gets you to the heart of Old Town Park City with all the best restaurants and bars! Very Spacious and Homey: Plenty of comfortable seating in the family room for our group to spread out and watch TV or play games after a day on the slopes! The primary bed room and bunk room are large rooms with plenty of space. The queen bedroom is on the small size , just enough room for the bed, and could use a TV. Kitchen is large and well stocked with serving ware and equipment. We would highly recommend this home!!

Book on Airbnb | Book with AvantStay (Best Deal!)

Mountain Lover

A truly luxurious and modern home perched high on a bluff where breathtaking views and comfortable design blend perfectly for a fantastic escape any time of year. Mountain Lover is set up for your group to easily enjoy the adventure and tranquility from inside and out. With stylish spaces to relax after exploring the outdoors or the town, its location also provides super convenient access to the reservoir for summer fun.

Top Amenities: Views of Wears Valley and Jordanelle Reservoir, bedrooms with fireplaces, balcony access, work and office area. Private at-home fitness studio, home theater with projector screen, pool table, foosball table, wet bar, airy deck, private hot tub, BBQ grill.

What Our Recent Guest Said:

“Recently stayed in this property with our extended family and had a wonderful time. There was plenty of room for everybody, the home is immaculately clean, and views are spectacular! It snowed during our stay and we were grateful that the neighborhood was promptly plowed and the driveway was heated, which made getting in and out a breeze. AvantStay was easy to work with, regularly communicated with us to make sure that check-in and check-out were seamless, and was responsive to all of our needs throughout our stay.Anybody staying here should be aware that the neighborhood is still under construction (which the listing makes clear), but we didn’t find it obtrusive and wouldn’t hesitate to stay again.”

Book on Airbnb | Book with AvantStay (Best Deal!)

Is Park City Only Fun When It Snows?

You might know Park City is best for its amazing ski slopes in the winter, but honestly? This town is a total blast all year round. So, the answer is no.

If you’re thinking about booking one of these awesome Airbnbs and you might be wondering what there is to do when there’s no snow on the ground. Get ready to be surprised!

Aside from the best things to do in Park City, when spring arrives and the snow melts, the mountains turn into a huge playground for hiking and mountain biking, with tons of trails opening up. 

Summer brings warm, sunny days perfect for exploring even more trails, trying out water sports on nearby lakes like Jordanelle Reservoir, or enjoying outdoor concerts and festivals. 

Fall is absolutely beautiful with all the leaves changing colors, making it a gorgeous time for scenic drives and crisp hikes, plus the crowds are usually smaller. 

Even in the “shoulder seasons,” you can still explore the charming shops and restaurants on Historic Main Street, visit the Utah Olympic Park, or just relax and take in the stunning mountain scenery.

Make Memories No Matter What the Calendar Says

Intrigued enough to experience the magic of Park City throughout the year? Every season is prime time for making lasting memories, and finding a great place to stay that welcomes you year-round is the first step to making that happen. Book a stay today!

Explore all Park City homes →

13 Things to Do in Port Aransas

Welcome to Port Aransas! If you’re yearning for sun, sand, and endless fun, Port Aransas is the perfect vacation destination for you. This delightful coastal town offers a wide range of exciting activities and hidden gems waiting to be explored. In this ultimate guide, we’ll highlight the top 13 things you absolutely can’t miss. Here’s an important tip while you’re planning your travels: staying at a vacation home is the ideal way to experience Port Aransas, especially if you’re traveling with a group. Fortunately, AvantStay offers a fantastic selection of vacation homes that cater to your needs.

1. Beach Activities

Let’s kick off our journey with the main attraction: the beaches! Get ready to soak up the sun, build sandcastles, and take refreshing dips in the crystal-clear waters. Port Aransas boasts pristine stretches of sandy paradise, perfect for swimming, sunbathing, and leisurely beachcombing. Don’t forget your sunscreen and get ready for some serious beach bliss.

Source;: Travel and Leisure

2. Fishing and Boating

Calling all fishing enthusiasts! Port Aransas proudly holds the title of “Fishing Capital of Texas,” and it’s no wonder why. Cast your line into the abundant waters, reel in some impressive catches, and savor the thrill of the chase. You can try your hand at bay fishing, fishing off the Horace Caldwell Pier or Bob Hall Pier, or even fly fishing. Don’t worry if you’re new to fishing; there are plenty of charters and guides available to show you the ropes. If you’re into boating, you can also enjoy thrilling adventures like kayaking and jet skiing.

Source: Fisherman’s Wharf

3. Dolphin Watching

Prepare for an unforgettable experience as we embark on a dolphin watching tour. Hop aboard a boat and set sail on the sparkling Gulf waters, where you’ll have a front-row seat to witness these magnificent creatures leaping and playing in their natural habitat. It’s a truly magical encounter that will leave you in awe.

Source: Port A Escapes

4. Birding and Wildlife

Nature lovers, this is the place for you. Port Aransas is a paradise for birding enthusiasts and wildlife admirers alike. With its diverse ecosystem, you’ll have the chance to spot a fascinating array of bird species and encounter other remarkable wildlife. Grab your binoculars, explore the trails, and keep your eyes peeled for feathery friends, sea turtles, and even alligators.

Source: Port A Escape

5. Mustang Island State Park

For those seeking outdoor adventures, a visit to Mustang Island State Park is a must. Lace up your hiking boots, set up camp, and immerse yourself in nature’s wonderland. This park offers an array of activities, from hiking scenic trails to enjoying picnics and camping. It’s the perfect opportunity to embrace the great outdoors and create lasting memories.

Source: PortAransas.org

6. Port Aransas Nature Preserve

Get ready to be captivated by the Port Aransas Nature Preserve. This hidden gem boasts a unique ecosystem waiting to be explored. Traverse the winding walking trails and elevated boardwalks that meander through stunning landscapes. You’ll have the chance to reconnect with nature, spot wildlife, and capture Insta-worthy photos—keep your camera ready for breathtaking views. It’s a serene escape where you can recharge and connect with the wonders of the great outdoors.

Source: PortAransas.org

7. Visit the Port Aransas Museum

Step back in time and immerse yourself in the rich history and culture of Port Aransas at the Port Aransas Museum. Explore fascinating exhibits and get up close to artifacts that vividly depict the town’s heritage. Admission is free but donations are happily accepted to support the museum. Keep an eye out for any special events or programs or join one of the tours they offer—it’s the perfect chance to make history come alive.

Source: The Clio

8. Explore the Local Art Scene

Port Aransas is a hub of creativity, boasting a vibrant art scene. Take a leisurely stroll through art galleries, discover local studios, and marvel at stunning public art installations that grace the town’s streets. Keep an ear to the ground for upcoming art events and festivals—it’s an opportunity to immerse yourself in the world of art and support local talent.

Source: PortAransas.org

9. Enjoy Fresh Seafood

If you have a taste for seafood, Port Aransas is a culinary paradise known for its delectable, fresh seafood straight from the Gulf. Indulge in mouthwatering dishes at local seafood restaurants, savoring the flavors of the ocean. From succulent shrimp to flavorful fish and delectable crab delights, your taste buds are in for a treat. Don’t forget to check out local seafood markets for the freshest catches to cook up in your vacation home.

Source: The Dunes

10. Golfing

Fore! If you fancy hitting the green, Port Aransas has got you covered. Tee off at one of the town’s fantastic golf courses and enjoy a round or two amidst beautiful coastal scenery. Whether you’re a seasoned golfer or a novice looking to have some fun, you’ll find plenty of opportunities to perfect your swing and soak in the relaxed atmosphere.

Source: Palmilla Beach Resort & Golf Community

11. Shop at Local Boutiques and Souvenir Shops

Time for a little retail therapy! Port Aransas offers a unique shopping experience with its charming local boutiques, souvenir shops, and art galleries. Take a leisurely stroll through the streets, discover one-of-a-kind treasures, and bring home a piece of Port Aransas magic. From coastal-inspired decor to quirky souvenirs, there’s something for everyone.

Source: Port A Escapes

12. Visit the University of Texas Marine Science Institute

Unleash your inner marine scientist at the University of Texas Marine Science Institute. Explore fascinating exhibits, learn about marine ecosystems, and even participate in educational programs. It’s an opportunity to dive deep into the wonders of the ocean and broaden your knowledge of marine life.

Source: Texas Highways

13. Attend Local Events and Festivals

Get ready to immerse yourself in the vibrant spirit of Port Aransas by attending its exciting events and festivals. From music festivals to fishing tournaments, there’s always something happening in this lively town. Check out the event calendar and make sure to time your visit with the ones that pique your interest. We’re partial to the Texas Sandfest, an annual sand sculpture competition where more than 100,000 attendees gather to create (and watch artists create) incredibly elaborate, beautiful sand sculptures. The Harvest Moon Regatta is also a popular event, the largest point-to-point sailboat race in the country. The regatta ends in Port Aransas, so you can enjoy the exciting finish from the beach or the jetty. 

Source: Texas Highways

Remember, for the ultimate experience, consider staying at a vacation home, especially when traveling with a group. AvantStay offers a wide range of Port Aransas vacation homes that cater to your needs, providing comfort, space, and an unforgettable stay. 

Now, pack your bags, gather your favorite travel companions, and get ready to embark on a journey filled with beachside bliss, epic adventures, and unforgettable memories. Port Aransas awaits, ready to shower you with its coastal magic. Bon voyage!

Top-Rated 20 Oregon Coast Airbnbs That Are Worth Every Penny

Moody skies, salty air, pine-lined trails, and beaches that go on forever. Windswept walks, whale watching, or wine nights with a view. Just the kind of stillness that stays with you long after you leave.

Some vacations are about seeing the sights, but the Oregon Coast isn’t just a place you visit—it’s a place you feel. And the best way to experience it all? From your own cozy, sunlit home base—complete with ocean views, fire pits, hot tubs, and all the space you need to spread out and settle in. 

These 20 homes are top-rated for a reason. Each one offers that just-right mix so you can stop stressing over search tabs and start planning your next perfect getaway. And if you are looking for things to do, you can check out our guide to the best things to do while on the Oregon Coast.

Why Booking a Vacation Home on the Oregon Coast Just Makes Sense

There’s nothing quite like the Oregon Coast. The wild beaches, the dramatic cliffs, the cozy fog, and the small towns that feel like they’re straight out of a storybook. But to fully experience it? You’ll want more than just a place to sleep—you’ll want a home that makes the trip unforgettable.

If you’re craving panoramic ocean views, a hot tub under the stars, a fireplace to curl up beside, or just the peace of staying in a calming place, then booking a vacation rental gives you the freedom to settle in and truly relax.

What sets our homes apart are:

  • 🛏️ Spaces to gather, spread out, and feel at home
  • 🔥 Private amenities like hot tubs, game rooms, fire pits, and oceanfront decks
  • 🧺 Fully equipped kitchens for pancake mornings or local seafood nights
  • 💁‍♀️ 24/7 guest support and concierge perks like fridge stocking and in-home massages

So, when you’re planning a romantic weekend, a long-overdue family trip, or a friends’ getaway with beach walks and wine nights on repeat, the Oregon Coast has the magic! 

Pacific Breeze

Located right in Cannon Beach, this breezy house makes it easy to explore everything this iconic coastal town has to offer, from local cafes to Haystack Rock. Cozy, cute, and just steps from the sand—Pacific Breeze is where mornings start with coffee on the deck and end with wine by the fireplace. 

Ocean views from the kitchen and dining area, a fully stocked kitchen for whatever you’re cooking up, and a living room with a fireplace that’s ready for movie nights after a beach day, is just the right touch of chill you’re sure wanting for.

Why It’s Worth It:

  • Breathtaking views of the ocean are visible from the kitchen and dining room
  • Private balcony off the king suite
  • Fireplace in the cozy living room
  • Quick walk to the beach and downtown Cannon Beach
  • Pet-friendly (with additional fee)

👉 Book on Airbnb | Book directly with AvantStay (Best Price!)

Cove Keep

Hidden just a few minutes from Haystack Rock and the heart of Cannon Beach, Cove Keep is one of those rare spots where you can truly unplug. Surrounded by tall trees and misty sea air, this home feels like a peaceful retreat that still keeps you close to everything you want to explore.

The vibe you’ll expect here is warm, simple, and just the right amount of cozy. You’ve got a fireplace for chilly evenings, a relaxed open layout for group hangs, and a kitchen that’s perfect for pancake mornings or post-hike feasts. It’s the kind of place where you start a puzzle on the dining table, and the backyard deck gives you a little slice of calm when you want to slow it all down. 

Why It’s Worth It:

  • A quiet spot just minutes from downtown Cannon Beach
  • Walkable to Haystack Rock and the shoreline
  • Backyard deck and cozy living room for easygoing hangs
  • Fireplace, full kitchen, and relaxed layout for group stays
  • Ideal for families, friends, or anyone needing a breath of salty air

👉 Book on Airbnb | Book directly with AvantStay (Best Price!)

Sanctuary by the Sea

Slow jam, ocean breeze, golden hour on repeat. Sanctuary by the Sea is exactly what it sounds like—a quiet, soul-soothing retreat perched right above the sand with unreal views and a deck that hits just right. If you’re watching the waves roll in or winding down after a day exploring Cannon Beach, this spot will make you want to have deep exhales and good energy.

All the clean lines, warm tones, and coastal ease bring in tons of light thanks to floor-to-ceiling windows, while the fireplace sets the mood for cozy nights in. The best part? Panoramic views from the living room!

Why It’s Worth It:

  • Oceanfront views that hit different at sunset
  • Huge wraparound deck with outdoor dining and loungers
  • Direct beach access for sunrise walks and late-night stargazing
  • Spa-style ensuite with soaking tub and double vanities
  • Multiple games for friendly competition

👉 Book on Airbnb | Book directly with AvantStay (Best Price!)

The Pilot House

It’s not every day you find a home where the beach feels like your backyard and the forest wraps around your front—but that’s the magic of The Pilot House. Found in a quiet stretch of Cannon Beach, this house is all about that slow morning, salty breeze, let’s-stay-one-more-day kind of energy.

With whitewashed walls, big windows, and just the right touch of coastal charm, this house is clean, crisp, and cozy. Watch the trees sway from the balcony, curl up by the fire, or make pancakes while someone DJs from the living room; the layout makes it all easy. 

Why It’s Worth It:

  • Peaceful, woodsy location just minutes from the beach
  • Modern coastal design that feels bright and welcoming
  • Fireplace, cozy living room, and lots of natural light
  • Great layout for couples, small families, or two couples traveling together
  • Easy access to both nature and town

👉 Book on Airbnb | Book directly with AvantStay (Best Price!)

Chapman Cove

If your dream Oregon Coast trip includes cozy forest vibes and easy beach access, welcome to your new favorite place. Chapman Cove is nestled in a quiet Cannon Beach neighborhood, just a 5-minute walk from the shoreline—close enough to hear the waves, but far enough to feel like your own little hideaway.

Light wood tones, oversized windows, and an open-concept living space bring a vibe of relaxed, earthy, and a little rustic in the best way. Perfect for movie marathons, board games, or just doing nothing at all, this is the kind of home that feels like a real break from the everyday.

Why It’s Worth It:

  • Just a few minutes to the beach on foot
  • Located in a quiet, residential spot with lots of trees
  • Laid-back house layout with an open feel and big natural lighting
  • Great backyard and front deck for outdoor chill time
  • Ideal for relaxed family getaways or couples’ retreats

👉 Book on Airbnb | Book directly with AvantStay (Best Price!)

Saltgrass Cottage

Want to know what it feels like to live inside a beach daydream? Saltgrass Cottage gets you pretty close. This 3-bedroom charmer is coastal coziness done right, with soft tones, big windows, and all the little touches that make you want to stay a little longer (like that seafoam green tile backsplash—hello, Pinterest board).

You’re just a short walk from the beach and Main Street, so whether you’re grabbing a latte, a book, or your favorite hoodie for sunset, everything is right where you need it. The front deck is the morning coffee spot. The fireplace is made for foggy Oregon nights. And that kitchen? It’s ready for pasta nights, seafood spreads, and spontaneous baking sessions.

Why It’s Worth It:

  • Super walkable and convenient location 
  • Coastal-chic interiors with bright, beachy vibes
  • Front deck with Adirondack chairs and BBQ grill
  • Wood-burning fireplace for max cozy
  • Gorgeous chef’s kitchen with island seating

*Heads up! This house is available to rent for 28+ night stays only. 

👉 Book on Airbnb | Book directly with AvantStay (Best Price!)

Cape Wonder

Let’s just say this: Cape Wonder is where the forest whispers and the ocean roars—and you get the best of both! This dreamy hideaway sits between towering evergreens and the Pacific, just a short stroll from the beach (no highway crossings, promise). It’s the kind of place where time slows down and that first deep breath of salty, pine-scented air hits just right.

Step inside, and things get even better. Floor-to-ceiling windows bring the outside in, while unique art and sculptures add just enough personality without trying too hard. The living space is open, light-filled, and perfect for catching up over coffee or kicking back with a good book. 

Why It’s Worth It:

  • Super close beach access without crossing the highway
  • Bright, open layout with panoramic windows
  • Designer kitchen with all the perks, plus bar seating
  • Soaking tub plus heated tile floors in the bathrooms
  • Minutes from Cannon Beach, Haystack Rock, and Oswald West State Park

👉 Book on Airbnb | Book directly with AvantStay (Best Price!)

Royal Canoe

Royal Canoe will make you instantly switch to coastal chill mode as it’s got all the right perks for a laid-back Oregon Coast escape—bright interiors, comfy spaces, and a peaceful private yard you’ll probably never want to leave.

Tucked in the quiet corner of Arch Cape, you’ve got a cozy living room with skylights and a fireplace, perfect for curling up after a beach walk. The kitchen’s fully stocked, the breakfast bar is ideal for lazy mornings, and the dining table’s ready for family-style dinners that turn into board game nights. There’s also a bonus loft area that makes a great crash pad for the kids.

Why It’s Worth It:

  • Quick, easy walk to the beach
  • Skylit living room with a fireplace
  • Private backyard with dining space and peekaboo ocean views
  • Fully equipped kitchen with a breakfast bar
  • Comfy beds and flexible sleeping layout; great for families!

👉 Book on Airbnb | Book directly with AvantStay (Best Price!)

The Shore Pine

If your idea of a great vacation involves salty air, quiet mornings, and beach strolls on repeat, The Shore Pine might be your perfect match. Just half a block from the sand, this cozy Arch Cape home will make you want to kick your shoes off and just exhale. Made for slow afternoons—grill going, drinks poured, and nothing but forest and sky around you.

Coming back from a hike or winding down after a beach day, the vibe here is always the same: peaceful, warm, and exactly where you want to be. A spot to enjoy a cup of coffee with the sound of waves just down the road.

Why It’s Worth It:

  • Just steps away from Arch Cape’s quiet beach
  • Peaceful patio with outdoor dining setup
  • Fireplace for classic, cozy coastal nights
  • Simple, open layout that’s great for small groups
  • Bright and homey with forest-meets-ocean energy

👉 Book on Airbnb | Book directly with AvantStay (Best Price!)

Away At Last

You know that feeling when your shoulders finally drop and everything slows down? That’s Away At Last in a nutshell, where you can unplug, unwind, and press pause on everything else. Whether you’re here for a full reset or just a quiet coastal weekend, this one’s got the kind of energy that makes you wish you’d booked a few extra nights.

Instead of packing your schedule, this place gently reminds you to slow down. Throw on a sweatshirt, walk to the beach with your coffee, or stretch out on the back deck and let the trees do their thing. Inside, it’s all about comfort: casual living spaces, earthy tones, and a layout that invites you to wander barefoot all weekend.

Why It’s Worth It:

  • Located in the trees for max peace and privacy
  • Thoughtful, lived-in design that feels warm and grounded
  • Minutes from the sand, but it still feels like a hidden gem cabin
  • A calm, no-frills space that’s perfect for recharging
  • Ideal for couples or small families looking for downtime

👉 Book on Airbnb | Book directly with AvantStay (Best Price!)

Buttercup Bay Hideaway

Cue the saxophone as Buttercup Bay Hideaway lets you experience slow mornings, golden sunsets, and just enough drama in the view to keep you humming all day. This waterfront gem is perched right on Netarts Bay, which will make you want to dance in your slippers with a glass of wine.

Everything about this home is easy and breezy in the best way. Wake up to those big water views, throw something together in the open kitchen, then step out onto the deck like you own the place (because for now, you kinda do). The living space is made for long convos and impromptu karaoke, and the fireplace? Pure cozy soul.

Why It’s Worth It:

  • Bayfront location with chef’s kiss views
  • Deck for sipping, lounging, and staring into the sea
  • Open layout with a cozy indoor fireplace
  • Quiet neighborhood and easy beach access
  • Firepit with Adirondack chairs to gather around

👉 Book on Airbnb | Book directly with AvantStay (Best Price!)

Grey Oak

Some places just feel like a deep breath, and Grey Oak is definitely one of them. If you are looking for another quiet spot in Arch Cape that’s surrounded by tall trees and salty air, this home gives you that coastal calm and cabin warmth you’re looking for. A home where you can slow down and disconnect from the hustle and bustle. 

You’re just minutes from the beach—but don’t be surprised if you end up spending most of your time on the deck out back, soaking up the quiet or catching golden hour through the trees. Whether it’s a long weekend or a full-on unplugged escape, there’s plenty of space to gather for group meals or morning coffee chats.

Why It’s Worth It:

  • Just a short walk to Arch Cape’s quiet beach
  • Stylish and minimalist interiors with a calming vibe
  • Washer and dryer available for use
  • Fully equipped kitchen with a sleek, open layout
  • Perfect for couples or small families looking to unplug

👉 Book on Airbnb | Book directly with AvantStay (Best Price!)

Arch Cape Escape

No TVs, no clocks, no pressure to do anything but take a breather. That’s exactly what Arch Cape Escape is: a breezy, beachfront reset that’s all about staying present, soaking up the view, and remembering what it feels like to just be.

Sometimes the best kind of escape is the one where you leave the noise behind. Imagine a life of waking up to ocean views and enjoying life in the outdoor space with your loved ones.  This is the place where phones get put down, beach walks replace screen time, and memories happen without trying too hard.

Why It’s Worth It:

  • Direct beachfront with views of Castle Rock
  • Cozy living room with fireplace and dreamy window seat
  • No TV—by design (embrace the traditional talks!)
  • Oceanfront yard with fire pit and charcoal grill
  • Walkable to tide pools and steps from the sand

👉 Book on Airbnb | Book directly with AvantStay (Best Price!)

The Castle Rock Estate

Hosting a reunion, gathering your closest friends, or bringing the whole crew together? The Castle Rock Estate was made to impress! Big group. Big views. Big energy. A coastal escape where calm space, privacy, and a quiet stretch of sand make a group trip feel effortless. Plus a lot of group selfies!

Just steps from the beach, this home isn’t just about location (though yeah, it’s epic). It’s about the layout—five bedrooms spread across the main house and a fully furnished apartment over the garage, giving everyone their own space to crash, chill, and reset. 

Why It’s Worth It:

  • Prime location with ocean views and beach access across the street
  • Indoor/outdoor entertaining spaces, such as fire bowls and BBQ decks
  • Private hot tub with seating for nine
  • Open-concept designed for large group dynamics
  • Fully equipped kitchen with updated kitchen appliances

👉 Book on Airbnb | Book directly with AvantStay (Best Price!)

Four Bears

There’s something about Four Bears that makes it feel like your new favorite hideout. Maybe it’s the bright, open layout, maybe it’s the firepit under the stars, or maybe it’s the fact that you can walk to the beach in just a few minutes. Either way, this ranch-style retreat is bringing low-key luxury to the coast in all the right ways.

If you’re into slow mornings, s’mores after dark, and easy access to Cannon Beach and Hug Point, this house checks all the right boxes. The backyard is a total mood too—hot tub ready, grill fired up, and a picnic table just waiting for wine and charcuterie.

Why It’s Worth It:

  • Walkable to the beach in a quiet coastal neighborhood
  • Private hot tub and fire pit for laid-back nights
  • Bright, modern interiors with ocean peeks
  • Large backyard with room to lounge, play, and grill
  • Ideal for families, couples, or anyone who needs a little breather

👉 Book on Airbnb | Book directly with AvantStay (Best Price!)

LoLi’s Place

LoLi’s Place is the house you’d stay in every summer, where you’re visiting a friend’s beach house and everything feels easy, familiar, and just right. It’s cheerful, unpretentious, and full of that “welcome home” energy, is just a few blocks away from the beach, and close to everything that you’ll want to explore in Cannon Beach.

Indeed, a stay where it all feels meaningful and something instantly comforting, even if you’re just beachcombing, book reading, or simply doing nothing at all in this house. A cozy home where you can fully enjoy the little things and have some quiet time under the trees.

Why It’s Worth It:

  • 2-block walk to the beach and close to town
  • Relaxed, homey feel with wood-burning fireplace
  • Sunny living space with cozy furniture
  • Private back deck and yard with hot tub
  • A perfect no-fuss stay for families or chill getaways

👉 Book on Airbnb | Book directly with AvantStay (Best Price!)

Blue Horizon

You may have seen stunning ocean views—but not like Blue Horizon, where it is perched high above Rockaway Beach with a panoramic view so wide and dramatic, it kind of stops you in your tracks. Whether you’re watching the waves from the sofa or waking up in the primary suite with the Pacific practically outside your window, this home is the wow moment.

Once featured in Architectural Digest, the house is kept simple and scenic with an open layout, floor-to-ceiling windows, and two ocean-facing decks that make it hard to leave. Plus, every meal you’ll have here comes with a sea breeze and a front-row seat to those Oregon blues.

Why It’s Worth It:

  • Incredible 180° ocean views from 2 decks
  • Architecturally unique with floor-to-ceiling windows
  • Just a mile from Rockaway Beach shops + shoreline
  • Nearby Cannon Beach, Neahkahnie Mountain, or the Tillamook Cheese Factory
  • Bunk room stocked with games, puzzles, and more

👉 Book on Airbnb | Book directly with AvantStay (Best Price!)

Seagrove

A beach house in the trees. A forest escape by the sea. However you describe it, Seagrove is the kind of place that stays with you—and it’s no surprise it’s been named a finalist for AvantStay’s best coastal home. With a main house and guest carriage house, there’s space for the whole group to spread out, reconnect, and fully relax.

You’re tucked away in a grove of pines with ocean views from both kitchens, two full living areas, and multiple decks made for watching the trees sway or the sun melt into the horizon. 

Why It’s Worth It:

  • Close to the beach, trails, and all the charm of Manzanita
  • Large decks and a nice ocean view from the top deck
  • The upstairs master bath has a Jacuzzi tub
  • Fire pit, gas grill, and deck seating for outdoor relaxation
  • A washer and dryer are available

👉 Book on Airbnb | Book directly with AvantStay (Best Price!)

Beach Pines Bungalow

Looking for that classic Oregon Coast cottage moment? Beach Pines Bungalow is serving up all the shabby chic interiors, ocean views, and a short stroll to the sand. A place that feels like it’s been in the family for generations, but in the best way. When it’s time to explore, tide pools, surfing, sandcastle competitions, and lazy afternoons on a nearly private stretch of Arch Cape beach are just a few sandy steps away.

Inside, you’ve got that warm and lived-in vibe. Snuggle up by the fireplace, flip through a book from the shelf, or pour a glass of wine in the backyard surrounded by hydrangeas. This house is for easy, slow mornings and chill evenings.

Why It’s Worth It:

  • Walk-to-the-beach location with ocean views
  • Wood-burning fireplace
  • Foosball table and stocked book & game shelf
  • Private backyard with a BBQ grill
  • Classic coastal comfort, perfect for families or friend groups

👉 Book on Airbnb | Book directly with AvantStay (Best Price!)

Bella Sol

The just-right kind of coastal escape—sunlight pouring in, views that stretch to the horizon, and a sea breeze you’ll want to bottle and take home, Bella Sol hits the sweet spot between quiet and convenient. It is set just half a block from the beach in peaceful Neahkahnie and only a mile from Manzanita, where you can browse local boutiques, grab a pastry from the bakery, or settle in for a slow dinner at one of the town’s cozy, coastal restaurants. 

But the star of the show? The expansive deck with ocean views, perfect for morning coffee, golden hour dinners, and everything in between. Whether you’re here for beach days, hiking trails, or simply doing a whole lot of nothing, Bella Sol gives you the best of both worlds.

Why It’s Worth It:

  • Panoramic ocean views from the deck
  • Steps to the beach and close to Manzanita
  • Game room with ping pong in the garage
  • Open-concept living that has a fully stocked kitchen
  • Outdoor deck with dining setup

👉 Book on Airbnb | Book directly with AvantStay (Best Price!)

Related Articles:

Stop Browsing. Start Packing. Your Oregon Coast Stay Is Waiting.

Don’t let your dream Oregon Coast escape live in your tabs. You’ve found the one (or maybe a few). Now’s the time to make it real. Let’s get you to the coast.

With instant booking, guest-first service, and handpicked vacation homes, AvantStay is here to help you plan less and enjoy more. 

Browse and book your perfect Oregon Coast home at AvantStay.com today!

The Top 35 Things To Do in the Smoky Mountains Year Round

Are you looking for things to do in the Smoky Mountains? We’ve put together a round-up of the top activities in the area.

Great Smoky Mountains National Park is on the border of Tennessee and North Carolina, not far from Knoxville and Asheville. There are fun activities both in the national park and nearby towns.

Whether you’re an outdoorsy person who loves hiking or you would rather cozy up in a mountain cabin with a cup of hot chocolate, there is something for everyone. Get adventurous on a rollercoaster ride, see historic structures, or have fun at a casino.

We’ll discuss the top things to do in the Smoky Mountains for every season. No matter what time of year you visit, you can have an unforgettable experience. Read on to discover the best things to do in the Smoky Mountains today!

Hit the trails in the spring

There’s nothing like springtime in the Smoky Mountains. Rhododendrons, mountain laurels, and wildflowers are in full bloom, and the temperatures rise to the mid-60s and higher.

If you visit the mountains in early spring, you might be able to hit the ski slopes. However, for the most part, the snowy weather will be gone by March.

Spring is a perfect time for outdoor activities like hiking, and we’ll discuss the best trails to check out. Also, consider visiting open-air historic sites.

roaring fork motor nature trail is a required thing to do in the smoky mountains

Roaring Fork Motor Nature Trail

Take a drive on Roaring Fork Motor Nature Trail, a winding road that snakes through the Smoky Mountains. It’s a one-way loop road that extends for five miles, and you can enjoy some of the most scenic drives in the mountains.

It takes about an hour to drive through Roaring Fork, but there are many things to do along the way. Stop at the Visitor’s Center at the head of the motor trail to pick up a guidebook.

You can park and hike along sunny trails or check out waterfalls and historic buildings. Roaring Fork Motor Nature Trail is one of the top-recommended activities in the area, and it’s an experience you won’t want to miss.

Chimney Tops Trail

Hike Chimney Tops Trail in the spring to see rushing streams and beautiful mountain views. It’s just a few miles south of the Sugarlands Visitor Center on the northern side of the mountain range.

Chimney Tops Trail is just a short drive from many of our top rental properties. Check out the four-bedroom Fontana or the Pine Needle house with a hot tub.

Abrams Falls

Abrams Falls is a hiking trail area near Mill Creek. Take a five-mile hike to see the 20-foot waterfall named for a famous Cherokee chief.

The stunning pine tree forest is full of blooming rhododendrons in the spring, and you can take a leisurely walk through the nature preserve. It’s a moderately challenging hike, and you might need prior experience before embarking on this trail.

Tricorner Loop Trail

Consider the Tricorner Loop Trail if you’re a fan of backpacking. It stretches over 31 miles and offers spectacular views of the Smoky Mountain Range.

Head to the Big Creek campground to find the Tricorner Loop trailhead. While you can hike it during any season, we recommend visiting in the spring when temperatures are mild.

take a horseback riding trail ride in the smoky mountains

Horseback Riding

You can go horseback riding in the Smoky Mountains starting in mid-March. There are four stables in different park areas, and you can take a short ride or go out for the afternoon.

Check the schedule to see if a ranger-led tour is coming up or ride with a local guide. You can also book carriage and wagon rides through the park.

Laurel Falls

Laurel Falls is one of the longest paved trails in the Smoky Mountains National Park. It’s ideal for adventurous hikers, and you can trek the entire trail in about two hours.

Some steeper sections can get slippery, so avoid the trail during spring showers. The waterfall at the end of the hike features a wooden bridge perfect for an Instagram photo opportunity.

Mt. Leconte

Mt. Leconte is the third-highest point in Tennessee and one of the best places for spring hiking. It’s in the Blue Ridge Mountain range of Smoky Mountains National Park, and you can enjoy waterfalls, overlooks, and local wildlife. If you’re lucky, you might even spot a llama!

Grotto Falls

Head to Grotto Falls for a peaceful spring hike. The waterfall is over 25 feet high, and the environment is home to an abundance of wildlife, including salamanders.

You can access the waterfall through the Trillium trail system, which takes you on a three-mile scenic journey past rushing mountain streams. The hiking trails wind through rocky pathways and a beautiful hemlock forest.

oconaluftee indian village is a popular thing to do in the smoky mountains

Oconaluftee Indian Village

Oconaluftee Indian Village is a living museum in Cherokee, North Carolina. It’s on the southeast border of the Smoky Mountains, and the outdoor museum is ideal for a warm spring day.

The location is a historical replica of a Cherokee community dating back to the 18th century. The Cherokee Historical Association runs the museum, and you can learn about the daily life and customs of the Cherokee people.

Guided tours start every 15 minutes, so grab a spot and explore the facilities. Check the schedule to see if a dance or other event is happening soon.

Andrews Bald

Don’t miss Andrews Bald, a scenic grassy clearing named after a cattle herder in the 19th century. You can access it via Forney Ridge Trail, a short hike near the Clingmans Dome parking lot. It’s a year-round trail, but we recommend visiting in the spring to see the Innocence wildflowers bloom.

Near the end of spring, watch for blackberries and raspberries along the trail. There’s an elevation change of 1,200 feet to get to Andrews Bald, so bring plenty of water to hydrate yourself.

Get adventurous in the summer

Are you looking for a summer getaway? The summer is the height of the tourist season in the Smoky Mountains. There’s a massive number of things to do, from theme parks to water sports, and you might feel overwhelmed. 

Fortunately, we are here to help. We’ll go over the best summer activities in the Smoky Mountains, including outdoorsy excursions in the park, exciting roller coasters, and local sightseeing.

There’s something fun to do no matter where in the mountain range your accommodation is. Get in touch with local wildlife at the petting zoo, hit the rapids in an inner tube, or take a cave tour if it’s hot outside.

Dollywood

A trip to the Smoky Mountains wouldn’t be complete without a visit to Dollywood, a theme park in Pigeon Forge, Tennessee. Owned by the legendary country music artist Dolly Parton, Dollywood is an Appalachian-themed attraction with rides, water slides, and gift shops.

Dollywood is an essential trip for any Dolly Parton fan, and you can learn about her life and legacy at the Chasing Rainbows Museum. Listen to live country music at night or walk through Dolly’s Country Home attraction.

Even if you aren’t familiar with Parton’s music, you can enjoy the roller coasters and the Wild Eagle, a 135-foot drop. End your day with American cuisine from Red’s Drive-In.

Seven Islands State Birding Park

Head to the great outdoors and explore Seven Islands State Birding Park in Kodak, Tennessee. It’s just north of the Smoky Mountains, not far from Knoxville.

The park is ideal for summer fun. Hike, ride a bike, fish in the river, or look out for protected wildlife like barn owls, waterfowl, and hawks. Seven Islands borders the French Broad River, where you can kayak or canoe in the summertime.

ober gatlinburg is a very popular thing to do in the smoky mountains

Ober Gatlinburg

Ober Gatlinburg is an amusement park next to the Smoky Mountain range’s north border. It’s full of adventurous rides and attractions, but there are quieter activities like mini golf if that’s more up your alley. 

Ride the roller coaster and try your hand at the rock climbing wall. You can beat the summer heat at the waterslide or grab a bite to eat at the Ober Loft Lounge.

Dollywood’s Splash Country

Dolly Parton owns multiple theme parks in the Smoky Mountains area, but Dollywood’s Splash Country is one of our top picks for local summer activities. It’s a great way to cool down on a hot Tennessee day, and the water rides are fun for families or groups of friends.

Head to Pigeon Forge to visit this 35-acre splash park and ride the Mountain Scream Slide and Raging River Rapids inner tubing. The attraction is open from May to September, and you can book tickets in advance.

Clingman’s Dome

Clingman’s Dome is a mountain peak in the North Carolina area of the Smoky Mountains. It’s the highest point in the Smoky Mountains range, and the 360° views of the park are spectacular. 

The paved trail system is only open in the summer and fall, so schedule a hike before the season ends. There’s also an observation tower perfect for watching summer meteor showers.

Whitewater Rafting

Go whitewater rafting on the Pigeon River for a fun summer activity. You can rent a raft from March to October, and the nearly seven-mile path includes 70 rapids.

A certified guide will take you upstream, and you’ll have a thrilling experience on the rapids. We recommend booking a reservation and scheduling around two hours for a raft trip.

enjoy a forest trail in the smoky mountains

Rainbow Falls Trail

The Rainbow Falls Trail is a winding forest trail that leads you to an astounding 80-foot waterfall. It’s in the Roaring Fork area, about five miles from Gatlinburg. If you’re interested in Gatlinburg rentals, consider our Ashberry property which sleeps ten people, or our Sugar Cove log cabin.

We recommend visiting during the summer to catch a glimpse of a rainbow. The light streams through the waterfall on sunny days, creating a shimmering rainbow effect.

Smoky Mountain Deer Farm and Exotic Petting Zoo

The Smoky Mountain Deer Farm and Exotic Petting Zoo are in Sevierville, just north of Great Smoky Mountains National Park. You can book a summer trail ride on a horse or pony, watch wildlife, or visit cute animals at the petting zoo. 

The farm and zoo encompass over 140 acres of natural beauty, and the institution has been around for nearly four decades. 

This spot is good summer fun for the whole family. Kids even receive discount tickets!

Smoky Mountain Alpine Coaster

Bring some adrenaline to your trip and ride the Smoky Mountain Alpine Coaster. With one mile of track, it claims the title of the longest downhill ride in the United States.

This one-of-a-kind ride allows you to control the speed, making the roller coaster thrilling to experience. The attraction is in Pigeon Forge, Tennessee, north of the Smoky Mountains.

Forbidden Caverns

Although it varies by area, summer in the Smoky Mountains can be hot. Skip the heat and cool off at a below-ground cave tour at Forbidden Caverns.

Forbidden Caverns is in the Sevierville area, just off Blowing Cave Rd. Descend into the cave and tour the tunnels, with handrails and lighting, for an incredible experience. 

You can book a guided tour and check out the underground river and ancient cave formations. It closes during the cold season, so catch this attraction in the warmer months.

kayaking is a popular thing to do in the smoky mountains

Kayaking

Kayaking on a clear day in the Smoky Mountains is an unbeatable experience. There are dozens of lake and river spots great for kayaking, but we recommend the Little Tennessee River in Maryville.

You can book a kayak from one of the local rental agencies and spend the afternoon paddling peacefully through the river. Stop by the Citico Recreation Area to enjoy lunch by the waterfront.

Find spooky fall attractions.

Spend your fall vacation in the beautiful Smoky Mountains enjoying the fall foliage and fresh mountain air. The leaves change into brilliant fall colors, the temperature drops, and the peak tourist season levels off, making it an ideal time for a weekend getaway.

You can check out one of the campsites at the national park or go sightseeing in a nearby town and enjoy the crisp fall weather. Keep an eye out for black bears, as they’ll be venturing out to stuff themselves to prepare for winter!

Fall can be a spooky time of year, and nowhere more so than in the Smoky Mountains, legendary for its eerie natural fog. We’ve selected some creepy-themed activities and other ways to enjoy fall in the Smoky Mountains.

Elkmont Ghost Town

Fall is the perfect time to visit Elkmont Ghost Town. The cooler temperatures are ideal for a long walk around the once-inhabited buildings.

In the early 20th century, Elkmont, formally known as Little River, was a weekend getaway destination for wealthy Tennessean families. When the National Park Service annexed the area, the buildings were left to deteriorate. Today, there’s now an eerie ghost town of both abandoned and restored historic houses. 

Cades Cove

October and November are the best months for visiting Cades Cove. The fall foliage will be in full swing, and you can see some of the best wildlife sightings in the area.

Cades Cove Loop Road, an 11-mile stretch of paved road, encircles the cove. You can take a beautiful self-guided tour and enjoy the orange and red trees by driving the route or exploring it on foot on certain days. Take a hayride on a chilly fall afternoon and experience guided commentary from the NPS.

Newfound Gap Road

Newfound Gap Road runs right through Great Smoky Mountains National Park, and it’s one of the easiest ways to experience the park. The trees are brilliant red and orange colors during the fall, making this drive one of the prettiest in the region.

morristown is a popular place to visit in the smoky mountains

Morristown

Want to see the location of a real horror movie? Morristown was the filming spot for the iconic 1981 film Evil Dead, and it’s a perfect place to visit in the fall months.

The cabin used in the film sits right in the woods near the Smoky Mountains, and you can venture into the forest to see its remains. Consider staying at one of our nearby properties, like Bluestem.

Mingus Mill

Mingus Mill is a historic grist mill built in Cherokee, Tennessee, in 1886. Parts of the machinery are still functional, and you can see the water turbine at work on a guided tour. It’s open to visitors until the end of the fall season.

The mill is just a half-mile from the Oconaluftee Visitor Center, so stop by for cultural exhibits, ranger programs, and a bookstore. The mill and visitor center is in the southern part of the Smoky Mountains National Park, near Newfoundland Gap Road and Cherokee, North Carolina.

Appalachian Trail

The Appalachian Trail is undoubtedly among the most famous attractions in the area, with over three million yearly visitors. It’s one of our top picks for fall because the weather is temperate, and there are fewer tourists than in the summer.

The trail cuts through the Smoky and Blue Ridge mountains, following the Tennessee-North Carolina border. Consider taking a weekend getaway to section-hike the Appalachian Trail or drive up to the trail entrance for a photo op. 

Nantahala National Forest

Don’t miss Nantahala National Forest in Bryson City, North Carolina, a pristine natural reserve with waterfalls, campsites, whitewater rafting, and horseback riding. Hike over 60 miles of trails and enjoy the fall colors of the National Forest!

visiting blue ridge parkway is a gorgeous thing to do in the smoky mountains

Blue Ridge Parkway

Driving the Blue Ridge Parkway is a great fall activity. It’s a National Parkway with scenic views, and the road boasts attractions like Mount Mitchell, Linville Gorge, and New River, the oldest river in North America. The parkway ends in Cherokee, North Carolina, near the Smoky Mountains.

See the snowy mountains in the winter

Winter is the offseason in the Smoky Mountains, but there’s still plenty to do. Curl up with a cup of hot chocolate at a hotel, learn about local culture at a heritage center, or check out a museum.

The Smoky Mountains have plenty to offer if you’re a winter sports lover. It’s just a few minutes round trip between the park and the ski areas, and you’ll be acing the slopes in no time.

The National Park is beautiful in the winter, from the snow-capped mountains to the slow flurries gracing the spruce firs. Spend your winter break in the Smoky Mountains, and you won’t be disappointed!

Harrah’s Cherokee Hotel and Casino

Harrah’s Cherokee Hotel and Casino is an upscale resort in Cherokee, North Carolina, off US Route 19. It’s just a 20-minute round trip from the Smoky Mountains, so you can retreat to the casino and play a round if it gets cold. Enjoy top restaurants, live music performances, and designer shopping while the snow falls outside. 

Great Smoky Mountains Heritage Center

The Great Smoky Mountains Heritage Center is a fantastic way to learn about the local area without venturing outside. It’s in Townsend, Tennessee, right next to the entrance to the Smoky Mountains.

The galleries and exhibits range from Cherokee history to regional cooking practices. Visit for a concert or festival, see ancient pottery on display, and learn about the traditions of Townsend and Cades Cove.

The Mountain Farm Museum

The Mountain Farm Museum is near the southern border of the Rocky Mountains, not far from the town of Cherokee, North Carolina. It’s a collection of historic farm buildings dating back to the 19th century.

The Davis House is a log cabin made entirely from now-extinct American chestnut wood, and you can also see a working blacksmith shop with authentic tools. Learn about daily life in the 1800s and visit an apple house, barn, and log farmhouse. You can take a self-guided tour or see a demonstration of historic gardening or livestock practices.

skiing at Cataloochee is a popular thing to do in the smoky mountains

Cataloochee Ski Area

Cataloochee Ski Area sits at 5,400 feet near the Maggie Valley area in North Carolina. The ski season peaks from mid-December to the end of February, so schedule your ski trip to coincide with the heavy snow. Cataloochee Ski Area also has snow-making machines to ensure your vacation is perfect if the winter is mild.

Sugarlands Visitor Center

Sugarlands Visitor Center is on the north side of the Great Smoky Mountains National Park. It’s a few minutes from Gatlinburg, on the Tennessee side of the mountain range.

The center is the perfect place to introduce yourself to the national park. Stop by for information about the area, and find out what local plants and wildlife you can see in the winter.

There are natural history exhibits to explore and programs led by the NPS park rangers. They offer special winter hours, so check the schedule before going.

Ripley’s Aquarium of the Smokies

Don’t miss Ripley’s Aquarium of the Smokies, the perfect activity for a snowy winter day. It’s on River Road in Gatlinburg, Tennessee, on the north border of the Smoky Mountains. 

The massive aquarium contains more than 10,000 sea creatures in ten different galleries. Book your tickets and step into the fascinating world of sea life!

Each gallery has a theme, like the Penguin Playhouse, the Shark Lagoon, and Stingray Bay. Stop by for a live show like the daily penguin feedings or a lecture on coral life.

Wrapping up

The Smoky Mountains comprise some of the most beautiful territories in the southern United States. From sprawling pine forests to snow-capped mountains, the natural beauty of the mountain range is unparalleled. 

Explore wildflower-covered hiking trails in the spring, and feel your heart race as you fly down rollercoasters and waterslides in the summer. The Smoky Mountains turn red and gold colors in the fall, perfect for a hayride or drive, and the winter is ideal for skiing or touring museums. 

Great Smoky Mountains National Park has attracted visitors for nearly a century. The picturesque scenery, historical structures, theme park attractions, and outdoor activities make it the ideal place for a vacation.

9 Best Vacation Rentals with Water Slides

Truth be told, the desire to spend the day by the pool doesn’t just go away as you get older. Even better than your average backyard water game is the forever fun water slide. Pair that with an infinity pool and panoramic views of stunning scenery wherever you are – and you’re bound to win the Coolest Trip Planner Award (because that’s totally a thing).

1. Gray Fox Lodge – Lake Norman, NC

Got a crew? Invite everyone on your radar and let them know it’s time for a stay at Gray Fox Lodge in Lake Norman. This stunning three-story retreat comfortably accommodates large groups of up to 21 guests. With multiple king bedrooms, custom bunk rooms, and even a dedicated nursery, this home is best for family trips with kids and babies!

When you’re ready to make a splash, dive into the pool complete with a waterslide, or take the included kayaks and paddleboards out for some lake exploration. Battle it out on the PlayStation 5 in the game room, catch a movie in the private theater, or roast marshmallows around the fire pit under the stars; this lakefront oasis delivers non-stop fun for everyone!

Other House Highlights:

  • Private boat dock
  • Hot tub and sun loungers
  • BBQ grill available
  • Pack n play and booster seat available
  • Pool Table, wet bar, and kitchenette

2. Under the Sea – Orlando, FL

Rally the troops and let them know it’s time to pack their bags for Under the Sea! Just 9 miles from the magic of Walt Disney World Resort in Orlando, this 3,400-square-foot wonderland is perfect for families or groups of up to 12. The kids will go wild for the pirate-themed SpongeBob bunk room and Snow White and Cinderella murals, while the adults can kick back in the spacious downstairs living area or enjoy a little friendly competition in the Star Wars-themed arcade. 

Need more fun? You’ve got access to the Solterra Resort, complete with water slides, pools, and a gym all for a small fee.

Other House Highlights:

  • Game room
  • Arcades with skeeball and basketball hoop 
  • Pirate and princess-themed kids’ rooms
  • Den with a sports-themed hangout space for kids

3. Bella Vista – Scottsdale, AZ

This one’s for those who like to spend their days in the endless sunshine. Head on over to the Arizona stunner, Bella Vista, and get water-sliding into this cool blue pool. Celebrate sunsets by relaxing on one of the multiple patios of the home or gather with your loved ones by having an alfresco dinner. 

No matter what you want in a vacay, this Scottsdale stay promises to deliver all the amenities and privacy you desire.

Other House Highlights:

  • Cornhole game on turf lawn
  • Covered patio with ambient string lighting
  • Multiple outdoor dining tables and seating
  • BBQ grill, washer and dryer available

4. Tranquil Tides – Port Aransas, TX

Tranquil Tides takes pool time to a whole new level. Just a few blocks from the sand, this 3-bedroom, 2.5-bath home offers everything you need for a relaxing retreat. With a large resort-style pool right outside (seasonally heated by the HOA) and a cozy back patio perfect for enjoying the sea breeze, you’ll feel right at home. 

When you’re not taking full advantage of this extraordinary outdoor setup, spread out in this spacious stay located in the heart of Port Aransas. This aqua lover’s dream is perfect for soaking and sliding away all your worries, paired with a nice margarita, of course.

Other House Highlights:

  • Sun loungers, seating, and picnic table for outdoor dining
  • Fully equipped kitchen for easy meal prep
  • Full-size washer and dryer
  • Golf cart rental is available through Coastal Eds (book early!)
  • Close to Mustang Island Beach (just blocks away!)

5. Alpine Oasis at Frontgate – Vail, CO

Enjoy the stunning mountain and Eagle River views from your private balcony or relax in the cozy living room after an action-packed day. Spend days at Alpine Oasis at Frontgate sliding down this water slide into the luxurious pool. At night, enjoy some friendly conversations with a nice soak in the hot tub. 

If you can ever scrounge up the desire to explore something other than this home, we recommend checking out Beaver Creek Resort; you’ll have access to world-class skiing, hiking, and outdoor activities. Whatever you end up doing, we’re sure that this Vail beauty can check off all those vacation wishlist boxes.

Other House Highlights:

  • Access to Springs Outdoor Oasis and Riverview Terrace
  • Fitness center with TechnoGym equipment, outdoor fitness area, and yoga studio
  • Golf/game simulators, private theatre, game room, and e-bikes
  • Shuttle access to Vail and Beaver Creek Villages during ski season

6.  Villa Valencia – San Diego, CA

Step into Villa Valencia, a Mediterranean charm under San Diego’s sunshine. This entertainer’s dream home is the perfect setting for any occasion, whether you’re celebrating with loved ones or just escaping for a relaxing getaway. The spacious layout is perfect for your group of 10.

Dive into the resort-style pool with a slide, soak in the spa, or gather for a delicious alfresco meal prepared in the outdoor kitchen. The inviting open French doors lead you into a spacious interior, where you can unwind by the roaring fire after a day of sun and fun. Plus, with nearby activities like surfing, kayaking, and delicious local dining options, there’s something for everyone to enjoy.

Other House Highlights:

  • Cozy firepit 
  • Outdoor dining table for alfresco dining
  • BBQ kitchen area
  • Billiard table
  • Pool lounge chairs

7. Sip, Sip Away – Lake Norman, NC 

There’s so much to do when you stay at Sip, Sip Away. We recommend starting with an obligatory plunge into the pool via the water slide. Swim toward the basketball hoop where you can show off your skills. When you’re done with the pool, why not take your boat out for a spin from the home’s private dock?

This lakefront retreat is designed for relaxation, fun, and unforgettable memories with family and friends! Comfortably sleeps 14 guests with 5 bedrooms and a loft, making it the perfect getaway for large groups. When you’re done with the pool, why not take your boat out for a spin from the home’s private dock? Equipped with a kayak, stand-up paddleboard, and more lake toys for endless exploration!

Other House Highlights:

  • 3 kayaks, 2 paddleboards, 1 paddle boat, and 7 oars for water adventures
  • Game room with ping pong and air hockey 
  • Hot tub with lounge chairs
  • Outdoor fire pit 

8. Warhol – Temecula, CA

There’s room for the whole crew in Warhol! Whether it’s a wild girls’ trip, a quiet retreat, or a BBQ bash, this spacious home is made for fun and laughter with friends and family. With room for 28 guests, it’s perfect for celebrating any and every event. When all’s said and done and you’re nice and full, take a trip down the waterslide and go into the deep blue!

This creative-stay-getaway at Temecula, named after one of our favorite visual artists, lets you lounge the days away by the bubbly blue pool, pop another bottle of local wine at your very own outdoor bar, dine al fresco, or toast some fresh s’mores at the fire pit. 

Other House Highlights:

  • Infinity pool & spa
  • Pool table, ski ball, shuffleboard, and ping pong
  • Outdoor firepit 
  • Putting green, corn hole, and bocce ball
  • Games Galore: Cube puzzles, playing cards, Scattergories, Monopoly, What Do You Meme?, Dominoes, Jenga, Scrabble, Poker, and many more!

9. Clint at Brasada Ranch Resort – Central Oregon, OR

Clint is your luxurious ranch-style retreat nestled within the stunning Brasada Ranch community! This exceptional Central Oregon home will leave you breathless with its stunning mountain views from every room. If you’re here for a family vacation, a company retreat, or just to escape and unwind, Clint provides it all. 

From world-class amenities to outdoor activities like golf, horseback riding, basketball, volleyball, and hiking trails. And if you’re feeling adventurous, the vibrant town of Bend is just a short drive away, where you can try craft breweries, fantastic dining, and thrilling outdoor experiences like skiing on Mt. Bachelor and rock climbing at Smith Rock.

Access to Brasada Ranch amenities:

  • Golf, volleyball, and basketball courts
  • Horseback riding and horseback tours
  • Extensive hiking trails for all skill levels
  • Fishing in stocked ponds
  • Kids’ center with daily activities

Even More Amenities 

We have so much more to offer when it comes to extraordinary amenities. Check out these other posts where we dribble into more of what makes AvantStay a cut above the rest:

Slide into Summer Fun!

Imagine the thrill of racing down a twisting water slide, splashing into a refreshing pool under the warm summer sun. Vacation rentals with water slides offer more than just a place to stay, and we aim to provide you with an exhilarating experience that transforms your summer into a memorable adventure! 

Top 15 Port Aransas Airbnbs Just a Golf Cart Ride to the Beach

Mornings are better when they begin with sunshine, a warm breeze, and the hum of a golf cart headed toward the shore. In Port Aransas, that’s just how life rolls. Whether you’re cruising the boardwalk with beach gear in tow, chasing the perfect tan, or hopping from taco shack to souvenir stop, a golf cart makes getting around half the fun—and these stays put you right in the heart of it all.

We’ve rounded up 20 top Port Aransas Airbnbs that offer easy beach access, group-friendly vibes, and prime locations in the golf cart zone, because when you’re this close to the coast, there’s no time to stress about having fun at the beach. 

Leave of Absence

A breath of fresh air, a pause from the busy, and a beachy place to hit reset. Every moment at Leave of Absence feels easy, unhurried, and zero rush to do anything at all. If you are still searching for a house where you can fully unplug and unwind, this is where you can let go, lean in, and truly live the laid-back life. 

💡 Are you looking for a place to disconnect from the world and be surrounded by trees instead of the beach? Then check out this list of Airbnbs where you can calm down! 

Why You’ll Love Leave of Absence:

› Just a short stroll or golf cart ride to the beach

› Private pool and deck with outdoor shower and plenty of hangout space

› Outdoor bar, grill, dining, and lounge areas built for all-day chill

Book on Airbnb | Book with AvantStay →

50 Shades of Blue

At 50 Shades of Blue, the vibe is simple: sunshine, palm trees, and good times just a golf cart ride from the beach. Whether you’re lounging by the pool or catching the breeze from the deck balconies, this three-story retreat feels like your own watch tower of Port A. If you are looking for chill and fun, this place has loads of options for having a good time.

Why You’ll Love 50 Shades of Blue:

› Wrap-around deck for golden-hour views and lounging

› Golf cart-friendly and packed with parking for your crew

› Outdoor spaces for grilling, games, and late-night hangs under party lights

Book on Airbnb | Book with AvantStay →

Villa Reel

Head over to the shore with your crew or spend the day splashing in your private pool; moments in Villa Reel are summed up for a summer vacation done right. Slow down and savor the good stuff while holding your cocktails overlooking the water. Set on this coastal gem, you can just grab the golf cart, hit the beach, then come home to good food and your favorite people.

Why You’ll Love Villa Reel:

› A few-minute ride to the beach

› Golf cart-friendly house and close to town hotspots

› Poolside hangs and BBQ grilling after sandy adventures

Book on Airbnb | Book with AvantStay →

Shore Thang

Every day feels like the first day of summer when you are at Shore Thang. As soon as you get there, everything slows down. Mornings are spent enjoying coffee on the balcony, afternoons are spent riding the breeze on the beach, and evenings are spent telling stories while the stars shine. It’s relaxed, easy, and exactly the kind of place you’ll never want to leave.

Why You’ll Love Shore Thang:

› Private pool and shaded patio for sunny hangs

› In the golf cart zone, just minutes to the beach 

› Walkable to local eateries and Port A favorites

Book on Airbnb | Book with AvantStay →

Salty Sunshine #A

Effortless, coastal, and the Port A experience done right. Every day is filled with a breeze, a smile, and a golf cart ride to the coast at Salty Sunshine #A. Whether you’re cruising to the beach with your crew or soaking in golden hour by the pool, this is the kind of place that turns ordinary weekends into sun-soaked memories that you’ll be telling all summer. 

💡Coming in a bigger group? Book Salty Sunshine #B, which is above this home! 

Why You’ll Love Salty Sunshine #A:

› Located in the golf cart zone for easy rides to the beach

› Walkable to shops, dining, and beach town fun

› A cozy lower-level unit perfect for families or small groups

Book on Airbnb | Book with AvantStay →

A Walk to the Beach

Kick off your flip-flops and have A Walk to the Beach, where the breeze smells like sunscreen and sea salt. Laughter is loud, and summer memories are made without even trying in this home. Watch the kids play after a sun-soaked afternoon or cruise to the shore with snacks in tow; this home is your easygoing launchpad for laid-back coastal days.

Why You’ll Love A Walk to the Beach:

› Just a 3-minute walk to the beach

› Covered balcony with sunrise views and breezy evenings

› Golf cart-friendly and easy access to local Port A favorites

Book on Airbnb | Book with AvantStay →

Port A Cottage

Enjoy the walkable charm of Port A Cottage with just the right amount of sun, shade, and salty air. Wake up with the sunrise, gather the crew, and let the salty air guide your plans. If you want the freedom to cruise to the beach, spread out at home, and make the most of your sunny coastal days, this is the place for you. 

Why You’ll Love Port A Cottage:

› Two outdoor hangout zones perfect for post-beach lounging

› Located in the golf cart zone, easy back and forth from the beach

› Bonus desk nook for remote work or planning your next coastal adventure

Book on Airbnb | Book with AvantStay →

Island Paradise

Sunny mornings, sandy toes, and days that start with a short stroll or golf cart ride to the shore. The name says it all—Island Paradise is the condo that makes you slow down in all the best ways. Feel that carefree, barefoot kind of joy, the feeling of sun-kissed skin, and the salty air, just to fully embrace the simple pleasures of beach life. 

Why You’ll Love Island Paradise:

› In the golf cart zone, where you can ride to the beach

› Less than a mile from the sand with crow’s nest island views

› Game-ready lower lounge for cards, laughs, and chill time

Book on Airbnb | Book with AvantStay →

Coral Reef

Whether you’re catching up on the balcony or cruising toward sunset, Coral Reef makes every moment feel like summer break. For a classic Port A charm with a touch of style, comfort, and an effortless way to get from beach chair to grill night, head over to this house. Every moment here feels like a celebration of sunshine, sand, and being exactly where you’re supposed to be.

Why You’ll Love Coral Reef:

› Short walk from the beach and in the golf cart zone

› Upper deck with ocean views, perfect for sunset hangs

› Community pool access and outdoor lounging galore

Book on Airbnb | Book with AvantStay →

361 Bayview

Made for barefoot mornings, beach bag afternoons, and sunset rides through town in your golf cart, 361 Bayview awaits for beach fun, laid-back living, and golf cart cruising under the Texas sun. With stunning sunrise or sunset views, big space, and a short stroll to the sand, it’s where Port A memories are made. 

Why You’ll Love 361 Bayview:

› Direct boardwalk access to the beach (golf cart-friendly!)

› Private pool with peaceful pond views

› Firepit and shaded patio made for summer nights under the stars

Book on Airbnb | Book with AvantStay →

Palm Palace

Your beach day starts with flip-flops, sunshine, and a golf cart ride at the Palm Palace. Gather with family or friends in the living area or let the kids run wild after a day in the waves. This home is all about effortless fun and coastal connection; perfect for families, multi-gen groups, and beach crews who want plenty of places to spread out and soak in the sun.

Why You’ll Love Palm Palace:

› Located in the golf cart zone—Quick rides to shops, dining, and the beach

› Gorgeous palm-lined pool that feels like a private oasis

› Quiet Old Town location, perfect for winding down after sandy adventures

Book on Airbnb | Book with AvantStay →

Seaglass Landing

Seaglass Landing is your ticket to easy mornings, golden-hour pool sesh, and golf cart rides straight to the beach. This peaceful Port A escape is all about slowing down and soaking up every sun-kissed moment. Chase adventures or just have a quiet retreat, this home brings the best of both worlds to your doorstep.

Why You’ll Love Seaglass Landing:

› Located in the golf cart zone for quick beach cruising

› Private pool, shaded tiki-style cabana, and reclining chairs

› Two living spaces, in-home laundry, and everything you need to feel at home

Book on Airbnb | Book with AvantStay →

Blue Crush 

With refreshing open views of greens on one side, Blue Crush is your best choice for your group who wants to unplug, recharge, and beach-hop by golf cart. It’s the kind of place where beach towels dry on the porch, afternoon naps happen on the mega sofa, and the only thing on your schedule is deciding who’s driving the cart to the beach or just preparing a hearty meal at the big dining table for your group.

Why You’ll Love 50 Shades of Blue:

› Sunset-facing balconies with views of the ship channel 

› Two stories of space and two living rooms for max hangouts

› Golf cart zone with parking for up to 6 vehicles or a boat

Book on Airbnb | Book with AvantStay →

Surf Shack

For an easygoing Port A escape with chill pool days and beach town fun just around the corner, stay at Surf Shack. Sun on your face, salt in the air, and the golf cart waiting by the door, beach-lovers will definitely love this original gem of Mercer Village, especially for anyone who thinks poolside laughs and a golf cart joyride to the sand are the perfect combo! 

Why You’ll Love Surf Shack:

› Iconic Old Town location—walkable to shops, music, and food

› In the golf cart zone with easy access to the beach in 5 minutes

› Community pool and picnic tables, and space just steps from your door

Book on Airbnb | Book with AvantStay →

Sun Beach

All about wide-open decks, unforgettable views, and laid-back beach house living? Then have fun and gain unmatched memories at Sun Beach. Perfect for families, couples, or friend groups who want next-level serenity, every part of this sunny coastal escape is bold, bright, and built for good times from sunrise to starry nights.

Why You’ll Love Sun Beach:

› Gulf-glimpse views from the deck and 5-minute beach access

› Private pool, front & back decks, and a fun garage game zone

› Located in the golf cart zone with room to cruise

Book on Airbnb | Book with AvantStay →

One Location, Many Ways to Stay at Costa Bahia

Looking for something just right for you, your growing family, or maybe multiple groups staying together? Check out the new Costa Bahia, a stylish collection of condos right in the heart of Port Aransas. Whether you’re booking a cozy 1-bedroom for a couple’s getaway or linking up several 2-bedroom units for a family or friends’ trip, Costa Bahia makes group travel feel effortless.

💡 Have fun in the sun with these family summer vacation ideas.

You’ll be in the golf cart zone, close to shops, dining, and the beach, with access to a sparkling community pool and plenty of parking. Each unit is thoughtfully designed with coastal-chic decor, smart layouts, and the modern comforts you’d expect, plus pet-friendly options and discounted golf cart rentals available for all guests in this condo!  

› 1-Bedroom Units: Perfect for couples or solo travelers

› 2-Bedroom Units: Great for families or friends traveling together

1 BedroomBedsBath2 BedroomBedsBath
Costa Bahia 10421Costa Bahia 10142
Costa Bahia 10521Costa Bahia 10332
Costa Bahia 10621Costa Bahia 10732
Costa Bahia 20421Costa Bahia 10832
Costa Bahia 20521Costa Bahia 10932
Costa Bahia 20621Costa Bahia 2014 2
Costa Bahia 20232
Costa Bahia 20332
Costa Bahia 20732

View All Costa Bahia Units →

Why Port Aransas Is the Perfect Beach Town

Port Aransas isn’t just a destination; it’s an experience, a change of pace where you can truly relax and savor your vacation time.

Perfect Trade of the Hustle and Bustle

This charming Texas Gulf Coast town offers a delightful escape from the ordinary. Here, you’ll ditch the traffic jams for leisurely golf cart rides, swap crowded boardwalks for serene, walkable beaches, and leave the big-city stress behind in favor of fresh seafood, warm hospitality, and breathtaking golden sunsets that you can admire right from your balcony. 

The Perfect Beach Getaway for Everyone

Whether you’re envisioning a fun-filled week with the family, a relaxing long weekend with friends, or a peaceful solo retreat, Port Aransas provides the ideal backdrop for a memorable beach vacation. Every day begins with the simple pleasure of slipping on your flip-flops and ends with sandy toes and a contented sigh.

Convenience and Accessibility

In Port Aransas, you’re never far from the things that matter most. The majority of homes are just a short distance from the beach, and with golf carts being the preferred mode of transportation here, getting around is easy and part of the fun.

Bunch of Activities and Adventures

From dolphin tours and local breweries to beachside festivals and family-friendly dining options, Port Aransas offers a wide range of activities and attractions to suit all ages and interests aside from beach hopping!

💡 Need more ideas on how to spend your days here? Check out other things to do in Port Aransas.

A Versatile Place to Be

Anything for an island life, Port Aransas is more than just a beach town that you visit for a summer getaway. Weatherwise, you can still visit Port Aransas during winter! It’s a place where you can create lasting memories, connect with loved ones, and experience the true meaning of relaxation, whatever the season.

Curated Reads You Might Like:

Flip-Flops On, Stress Off

Grab your flip-flops, load up the cooler, and get ready to ride, dip, and repeat. From condos made for couples to beach homes built for group trips, find the perfect home for your next beach escape in Port Aransas. 

Book with AvantStay to coast through your vacation—literally.

Explore Port Aransas Homes →

The Ultimate Vacation Rental Inventory Checklist

Successfully managing a vacation rental requires a lot of preparation. From complying with local regulatory laws to knowing what to stock for your guests, there’s a lot to think about. Most short-term rental hosts start their business without any training or experience. There’s no guidebook to running a short-term rental—you learn by doing. But wouldn’t it be great to have a checklist of all the things you need to be a great host? We thought so too! In this article, you’ll find a full vacation rental inventory checklist complete with all the supplies you’ll need to wow your guests, leaving them happy and eager to write a positive review.

What to stock in your vacation rental kitchen 

AvantStay vacation rental kitchen fully stocked

One of the best perks of staying in a short-term rental instead of a hotel is having the ability to cook your own meals. A kitchen with no supplies and gadgets isn’t of much use. Here’s a list of items to stock in your vacation rental kitchen so guests can create their own family meals and lasting memories. 

Appliances 

  • Toaster
  • Coffee maker
  • Tea kettle
  • Blender
  • Brita water pitcher
  • Ice trays (2)

Cookware and bakeware

  • Pots and pans set 
  • Non-stick skillet
  • Cutting boards
  • Baking sheets (2)
  • Glass baking dishes (2)
  • Mixing bowls
  • Oven mitts
  • Hot pads

Dinnerware and glasses

  • Dinner plates (2x occupancy)
  • Salad plates (2x occupancy)
  • Bowls (2x occupancy)
  • Mugs (2x occupancy)
  • Water glasses (occupancy +4)
  • Stemless wine glasses (occupancy +2)

Flatware and utensils

  • Forks (2x occupancy)
  • Spoons (2x occupancy)
  • Knives (2x occupancy)
  • Chef’s knives
  • Scissors
  • Wooden spoons
  • Cooking utensils

Serveware 

  • Serving platters (4)
  • Salad bowl
  • Serving bowls (2)
  • Serving pitcher
  • Cheese board

Pantry

  • Ground coffee
  • Tea
  • Sugar
  • Stevia sweetener
  • Salt and pepper
  • Olive oil
  • Seasonings

Cleaning and storage

  • Paper towels
  • Trash bin
  • Trash bags
  • Recycling bin
  • Dishwashing soap
  • Soap dispenser
  • All-purpose cleaner
  • Kitchen towels (8)
  • Linen napkins (12)
  • Glass Tupperware set (6)
  • Knife block
  • Utensil holder
  • Cutlery organizer
  • Paper towel holder
  • Sponge holder

What to stock in your vacation rental bedroom 

AvantStay vacation rental bedroom

Guests view their time away from home as a chance to relax and recharge from their everyday routine. This includes a good night’s sleep! Make sure you make the beds with high-quality sheets, warm blankets, and comfortable pillows. Sure, supplying your guests with lower-quality bedding might be cost-effective. However, having high-quality bedding provides your guests with a more comfortable stay and could be the difference between a bad and good review.

  • Duvet cover (2 per bed size)
  • Duvet insert (1 per bed size)
  • Mattress pad (1 per bed size)
  • Mattress (1 per bed size)
  • Pillows
  • Sheet set (2x per bed size)
  • Pillowcases (4x per bed size)
  • Pack and Play sheet set
  • Luggage rack (1 per bedroom)
  • Extra throw blankets

What to stock in your vacation rental bathroom

A tidy and clean bathroom filled with high-quality products provides guests with a spa-like experience. This starts with the basics, from appliances to luxury travel-sized toiletries. When it comes to bath towels, a common rule of thumb is to leave two per guest. You might also consider having a closet with a few extra towels stocked.

Bathroom basics

  • Handsoap
  • Hairdryer (2x per home)
  • Plunger and brush caddy
  • Shower setup
    • Curtain and liner
    • Rings
    • Rod
  • Toilet paper
  • Tissues
  • Wastebasket and extra bags
  • Floor mat 

Towels

  • Bath (2x occupancy)
  • Hand (2x occupancy)
  • Washcloths (2x occupancy)

Bath products

  • Shower gel
  • Shampoo
  • Conditioner

Housekeeping supplies for your vacation rental

Stock up on these basic organization and cleaning supplies so guests can unpack, unwind, and keep their space tidy. 

Cleaning supplies

  • Disinfectant
  • All-purpose cleaner
  • Vacuum
  • Spray mop
  • Floor cleaner
  • Broom and dustpan
  • Paper towels
  • Sponges
  • Dishwasher detergent
  • Dish soap
  • Bleach

Laundry 

  • Laundry detergent
  • Clothing hangers (100 per home)
  • Iron and ironing board
  • Drying rack 

Power

  • Light bulbs
  • Power strips
  • Extension cords

Trash

  • Large trash bags
  • Small trash bags
  • Kitchen trash bags

What to provide for your vacation rental outdoor space

AvantStay vacation rental backyard with all the amenities

Outdoor space is a top amenity for guests. You want to ensure guests have everything they need so the outdoor space is as functional and comfortable as being inside. If your vacation rental has a yard, patio, deck, or porch, consider supplying these items to improve your guests’ outdoor experience.

  • Tables and chairs
  • Grill
  • Grilling tools and brush
  • Lighter
  • Fire pit 
  • Marshmallow sticks
  • Plastic tumblers
  • Hammock
  • Yard games 
  • Pool towels

We believe that maintaining your vacation rental should be as easy as checking a few boxes. Our vacation rental inventory checklist is a great place to start, but if you’d rather enjoy more positive reviews, increased occupancy, and maximized revenue without having to do a thing, partner with AvantStay for end-to-end vacation rental management. 

We offer flexible management programs to give you peace of mind. From financials to design to maintenance, we take care of your home as if it were our own. Our proprietary tech suite powers bookings, operationalizes in-field management, and activates an elevated guest experience. We take care of all the work to maximize your home’s income so you can sit back and reap the rewards—it’s that simple. Get started with our vacation rental management experts today!

Ready For a Change? 6 Things To Know When Switching Property Management Companies

A great vacation rental management company will create a stress-free experience for you while maximizing your vacation rental income. However, you could find yourself in a situation where you aren’t happy with your current management company. 

Is your vacation rental not receiving proper care to stay in good condition? Is there no proactive communication from your management team? Or maybe you just aren’t making as much as you think you could. Any of these situations are a sign that it’s time to change your property management company. If you’re at the end of your vacation rental management agreement or your current property manager is dropping the ball, it might be time for a change! These tips will help you find a better vacation rental management company that meets your needs and financial goals. 

When is it time to hire a new vacation rental property manager

It may seem daunting to change property management companies, but the reward for doing so outweighs any pressure and stress you’re currently facing. The right team will be able to take care of everything to keep your home in pristine condition, consistently booked, and handle all operational tasks that come with managing a short-term rental property. Still unsure if you should switch vacation rental management companies? Here are some signs that it’s time to start your research: 

  • Your vacation rental isn’t consistently booked
  • Owner statements aren’t clear or you get random invoices
  • You’re doing your own marketing 
  • You’re communicating directly with guests and vendors
  • You’re responsible for filing taxes and obtaining permits
  • Your vacation rental management agreement is almost up 
  • Low/slow season is ahead of you

What to do when switching vacation rental managers

There are many things to consider when choosing a new vacation rental manager. Here are the top things to know before making the switch.

1. Understand the stability of the company

In today’s economy, it’s important to understand the stability of a vacation rental management company. Companies that are not financially set up for success may delay owner payments to pay themselves first, not be able to maintain the number and quality of their local teams, and in the worst-case scenario may end up shutting down entirely—in the middle of high season! Do your research to learn how a company is capitalized, and how they perform in a volatile and uncertain environment. 

2. Make sure you’re comparing apples to apples 

If your end goal is to make more revenue, make sure you aren’t just looking at the management fee. While a low management fee is enticing, you should think about any extra costs that your new property manager will or won’t cover, how they’ll be pricing your home, and how much revenue they’re able to generate for you. A low management fee could end up costing you more!

3. Meet your local point of contact

Even if it’s just over a video call, make sure you meet the person or team who will be taking care of your home. They should be an expert in all aspects of your market and local vendors. Be sure to ask about other vacation rentals they manage in your area and how they fare against competition, how they optimize for seasonal trends, and how they comply with local regulations.

4. Check that they have good reviews 

Check out reviews on Google, Better Business Bureau, Yelp, and Trustpilot to get a sense of a company’s brand reputation and how they respond to any negative feedback. Every company has some bad reviews, so make sure they’re at least doing better than the competition. You can even go straight to the source and ask management companies for referrals from current homeowners.

5. Confirm they know how to transfer your reviews 

You’ve put a lot of hard work into creating a great guest experience and cultivating positive reviews. Make sure your new vacation rental manager knows how to transfer over your reviews on Vrbo, otherwise, you’re losing all that traction and recognition from guests.

6. Understand how they manage your existing reservations

A great vacation rental management company will be able to honor your existing reservations so you’re not losing any income during the transition. Once you sign with AvantStay, we ensure that all of your reservations are blacked out on your calendar, transfer over all Vrbo reviews, and take new, professional photos so your listing is fully optimized and ready to drive new bookings. 

Other questions to ask: 

  • How large is your rental portfolio? Will I receive local support?
  • How will you get my home ready for guests? 
  • Will you handle permitting, inspections, occupancy taxes, and insurance? 
  • What are the vacation rental management fees and contract terms? 
  • What services are included in my contract?
  • How will you advertise my home?
  • How do I know my home will be in good hands?
  • Can you guarantee I’ll make more money on my vacation home than I did last year?
  • What does the transition timeline entail? 
  • How long will my home be off-market? 
  • How much involvement will I have in the transition from my current property manager?

How to break up with your property manager

Once you’ve found the right vacation rental manager for your needs, it’s time to part ways with your current property manager. But don’t worry, breaking up with your property management company isn’t as awkward as it seems. Start by revisiting your vacation rental management agreement. There could be clauses in your contract that allow you to terminate your agreement if your vacation rental manager isn’t delivering on services as stated.

Even if you can’t find a right to terminate your contract, you should still reach out to your vacation rental manager and exercise your right to termination. Keep it simple and be prepared. Make a list of all the things they said they would do but aren’t (with specific examples), along with other reasons the partnership is no longer working. Also, make sure to put your termination notice in writing even if you end your partnership over the phone or in person. 

Make the switch to AvantStay

When you partner with a full-service management company like AvantStay, you’ll never have to worry about any of the above. We’ll work with you every step of the way during your termination timeline and transition to AvantStay while going above and beyond to limit the time your listing is offline. 

Once you’re brought on to the AvantStay platform, you’ll receive unmatched personalized service through a local Area Manager. They’ll know the ins and outs of your home, vendors, and market and will be able to quickly assist with any inquiries.

We pair all of that personal support with a proprietary tech suite that powers bookings, operationalizes in-field management, and activates an elevated guest experience. We take care of all the work to maximize your home’s income so you can sit back and relax—it’s that simple.

Interested in learning more about what it means to partner with AvantStay? Our team is ready to help. Get started with our vacation rental management experts today!

Planning a Big Trip? Check Out These 15 Smoky Mountains Airbnbs

Big group trips are special—you’re gathering family, friends, or teammates to laugh, explore, and make real memories. But finding the right place to stay can make or break the whole adventure. 

That’s why we’ve rounded up 15 Smoky Mountains Airbnbs that aren’t just built for big groups—they’re designed for togetherness. Open living spaces, massive decks, game rooms, and cozy spots where late-night chats stretch way past bedtime.

If you’re planning a family reunion, a bachelorette weekend, a company retreat, or just a long-overdue catch-up with your crew, these cabins and lodges make sure everyone has space to hang out, spread out, and feel at home. Plus, you’ll be perfectly placed to explore the Smokies—from hiking hidden trails to checking out some of the best spots for group photos.

✨ Want to grab the best group pictures while you’re here? Don’t miss our list of the best Instagram-worthy houses in the Smokies! 

Dolly’s Lodge

28 Guests | 8 Bedrooms | 8 Beds | 12 Bathrooms

Big trips deserve a big backdrop, and Dolly’s Lodge brings it all together with room to gather and reconnect in the Smoky Mountains. Nestled in the heart of Pigeon Forge, this grand mountain retreat feels made for milestone moments—those late-night talks on the porch, the laughter echoing from the living room, and the slow mornings sipping coffee as the mountains wake up around you. 

Key Features You’ll Adore: 

  • Indoor pool, hot tub, pool table, arcades, and BBQ for group downtime
  • Multiple balconies with panoramic mountain views plus an outdoor lounge area
  • Minutes from Dollywood, The Island in Pigeon Forge, and Rocky Top Sports World

→ Book on Airbnb | Book with AvantStay (Unlock Savings!)

Lookout Lodge

22 Guests | 6 Bedrooms | 12 Beds | 7 Bathrooms

There’s no better place to gather the whole group than Lookout Lodge, where open decks and cozy nooks invite connection at every turn. After days spent chasing waterfalls or riding roller coasters, this mountain home welcomes you back with space to sprawl out and memories waiting to be made. It’s a true Smoky Mountains basecamp built for celebrating, relaxing, and everything in between.

Key Features You’ll Adore: 

  • Game room with pool table, foosball, arcade, and home theater for all-ages fun
  • Hot tub by the deck as you enjoy the incredible mountain views and sunsets
  • Cozy lodge interiors and aesthetics with plush lounges and a fireplace

→ Book on Airbnb | Book with AvantStay (Unlock Savings!)

Alpine Mountain Lodge

19 Guests | 6 Bedrooms | 14 Beds | 5 Bathrooms

Alpine Mountain Lodge is where big family vacations and milestone getaways find their perfect home. With three stories of warm gathering spaces and game-packed rooms, there’s always a new memory waiting to be made. After days of Smoky Mountains adventures, your crew can unwind under the stars, trade stories by the grill, or simply enjoy the peace that only the mountains can bring.

Key Features You’ll Adore: 

  • Huge game room with an arcade machines, private hot tub, and community pool access
  • Gas fireplaces, poker table, and outdoor space for relaxing or game night fun 
  • Quick drive to Dollywood, Gatlinburg, and National Park trails

→ Book on Airbnb | Book with AvantStay (Unlock Savings!)

Marco Polo Lodge

28 Guests | 8 Bedrooms | 14 Beds | 8 Bathrooms

When the crew’s ready for non-stop fun, Marco Polo Lodge is your choice with four levels of laughter, connection, and epic Smoky Mountains memories. Splash, game, or grill your way through the day before winding down in a private theater room or watching sunsets from a misty mountain deck. Built for celebrations, reunions, and just-because escapes, this lodge turns every moment into an experience.

Key Features You’ll Adore: 

  • Private indoor pool, hot tub, game room, and home theater
  • Fireplace and multiple decks for the best greenery views
  • Short drive to Pigeon Forge, Dollywood, and Smoky Mountains trails

→ Book on Airbnb | Book with AvantStay (Unlock Savings!)

Smoky Vista Lodge

29 Guests | 7 Bedrooms | 17 Beds | 6 Bathrooms

At Smoky Vista Lodge, your group gets more than just a place to stay—you get a front-row seat to the Smokies, wrapped in luxury and built for memory-making. With sweeping mountain views, cozy gathering spaces, and thoughtful extras like an elevator and spa-like suites, this lodge turns every family reunion, friends getaway, or company retreat into something a little more exciting and memorable.

Key Features You’ll Adore: 

  • Private elevator, fireplaces, multiple decks, two kitchens, and jetted tubs
  • Theater room, game room with arcade machines, barstool seatings
  • Panoramic Smoky Mountains views from multi-leveled decks and balconies

→ Book on Airbnb | Book with AvantStay (Unlock Savings!)

A View For All Seasons

56 Guests | 12 Bedrooms | 30 Beds | 11 Bathrooms

Big families, big teams, big celebrations—welcome to A View For All Seasons, built for moments too good to fit inside four walls. Designed with expansive gatherings in mind, this home is the perfect haven for space, comfort, and convenience. This cabin turns every success and achievement into something unforgettable; plus, if you need even more room, the neighboring Grand View is just a short walk away, ready to host the rest of your crew.

Key Features You’ll Adore: 

  • Game room, theater room, and two hot tubs for your big pack
  • Fireplace, cozy lounges, massive decks for group hangs and celebrations
  • Near Dollywood, Great Smoky Mountains National Park, and Pigeon Forge fun

→ Book on Airbnb | Book with AvantStay (Unlock Savings!)

Amber Escape

30 Guests | 11 Bedrooms | 14 Beds | 9 Bathrooms

Spread out between four homes with pools, hot tubs, and firepit nights under the stars. At Amber Escape, it feels like its own private village, designed for the kind of big, unforgettable trips you only get once in a while. There’s plenty of space for everyone to relax, recharge, and reconnect. Whether you’re hosting a reunion, retreat, or just a long-overdue celebration, this Smoky Mountains hideaway makes sure no one gets left behind.

Key Features You’ll Adore: 

  • Private pool, multiple hot tubs, and a massive courtyard for group fun
  • Secluded setting with a true “mountain village” vibe yet with a touch of modern
  • 4 minutes to New Market, 10 minutes to Jefferson City, 30 minutes to Knoxville 

→ Book on Airbnb | Book with AvantStay (Unlock Savings!)

Boulder Ridge

20 Guests | 6 Bedrooms | 10 Beds | 6 Bathrooms

Big views, big laughs, and plenty of space to make every moment count. If you’re gathering the whole family or your team for something special, Boulder Ridge makes it feel easy and fun. Beyond the trees, this spacious and luxurious retreat has so much awaiting inside that you’ll be captivated by the natural beauty that surrounds you. With so much to see and do, you and your group will never be bored!

Key Features You’ll Adore: 

  • Private indoor pool, hot tub, theater room, and three decks
  • Game room with a ping pong table, arcade machine, and other board games
  • Practice putts, BBQ grill, and al fresco dining table setup by the balcony 

→ Book on Airbnb | Book with AvantStay (Unlock Savings!)

Smoky Ridge

14 Guests | 6 Bedrooms | 7 Beds | 6 Bathrooms

Whether you’re gathering the whole team, hosting a family reunion, or planning a cozy off-site retreat, Smoky Ridge brings everyone together under one incredible roof. With open gathering spaces, playful energy, and endless room for late-night laughs or early coffee chats, this is the spot where memories come naturally. No matter the reason you’re reuniting, you’ll find it’s even better when the Smokies are your backdrop.

Key Features You’ll Adore: 

  • Indoor private pool, hot tub, private theater for all-ages fun
  • Spacious and modern living spaces plus a game room with arcade games
  • Mini practice putts and Adirondack chairs plus BBQ grill by the deck balcony

→ Book on Airbnb | Book with AvantStay (Unlock Savings!)

Laurel Point

18 Guests | 6 Bedrooms | 9 Beds | 6 Bathrooms

Built for team trips, big birthdays, and family reunions alike, Laurel Point brings everyone together in a cabin where big gatherings feel easy. Lush greenery views in this home invite everyone to slow down and reconnect with your favorite people. Family milestones, team-building retreats, or just getting the old crew back together, this three-story cabin has the essence of privacy and togetherness in all the right ways.

Key Features You’ll Adore: 

  • Private indoor pool & hot tub, game room, and theater built for added fun
  • 3-level deck balconies with different activities to do each floor
  • Nearby Dollywood, Pigeon Forge and Smoky Mountains National Park

→ Book on Airbnb | Book with AvantStay (Unlock Savings!)

Wilderness Rush

14 Guests | 5 Bedrooms | 9 Beds | 5 Bathrooms

If you’re planning a big family trip or a getaway with friends, Wilderness Rush is another choice you can consider. Made for memories and endless fun, this home is a great place if you want to spend time with family or friends in the mountains. You can hike nearby trails, have fun playing games together, or just sit outside and enjoy the fresh air. When you’re surrounded by mountains and people you love, every day feels a little more special.

Key Features You’ll Adore: 

  • Game room with a pool table, fireplace, hot tub for chill 
  • Big decks, spacious, and open concept house layout
  • 10 minutes away from Great Smoky Mountains National Park

→ Book on Airbnb | Book with AvantStay (Unlock Savings!)

Riverbend

14 Guests | 6 Bedrooms | 7 Beds | 5 Bathrooms

Spend your days hiking, chase waterfalls, and explore trails. After exploring Pigeon Forge or Gatlinburg, it’s nice to come back, grab a chair on the deck, and hang out as the sun goes down at Riverbend. This is the home where group trips turn into some of your best memories. Just being with your favorite people telling stories late into the night, having a karaoke showdown, or sitting under the trees makes it easy to have fun together.

Key Features You’ll Adore: 

  • Outdoor amenities include a hot tub, alfresco dining area, BBQ grill, and fire pit.
  • Karaoke setup, poker table, and pool table for friendly competition
  • Tucked on the quiet side of the Smokies yet close to all the fun

→ Book on Airbnb | Book with AvantStay (Unlock Savings!)

Bluebell

14 Guests | 6 Bedrooms | 7 Beds | 6 Bathrooms

Still looking for a spot where no one ever says, “I’m bored?” Then check out Bluebell. The home where you can stay home and still have the best vacation. Get the whole group together for movies, games, and big dinners where everyone fits at the table. It’s the perfect place for birthday weekends, team retreats, or family trips where you want to have fun and chill all at once.

Key Features You’ll Adore: 

  • Private indoor pool, movie room, game room—fun for all ages
  • High-speed internet, electric fireplace, and seasonal communal pool access
  • Big balcony with beautiful treetop views, cozy house interiors

→ Book on Airbnb | Book with AvantStay (Unlock Savings!)

Twilight Ridge

15 Guests | 4 Bedrooms | 8 Beds | 4 Bathrooms

Get ready for family games, group dinners, and quiet mornings with mountain views at Twilight Ridge. The kind of place where big families and friend groups come to relax, play, and reconnect. You can spend your days hanging out in sunny rooms, playing pool, or having long talks around the dining table. Celebrating a birthday, having a bachelorette trip, or just sneaking away with friends, this is one you’ll want to come back to.

Key Features You’ll Adore: 

  • Two cozy living rooms, fireplaces, pool table, and plenty of space to gather
  • Has access to to community amenities such as ball sports, trails, and many more
  • Perfect for birthdays, family trips, retreats, and celebration weekends

→ Book on Airbnb | Book with AvantStay (Unlock Savings!)

Bluestem

14 Guests | 6 Bedrooms | 7 Beds | 6 Bathrooms

Bluestem is all about having fun together, whether you’re playing games, watching movies, or sharing a big meal after a day in the mountains. It’s the perfect place for family reunions, small team retreats, or birthday trips where laughter fills every room. Big trips feel easy at this home, and here, mornings start with coffee on the balcony and evenings end with everyone gathered around the fireplace.

Key Features You’ll Adore: 

  • Space for game nights by the pool table and movie marathons at the theater room
  • Indoor pool, fireplace, big balconies with outdoor chairs for lounging
  • Close to Wears Valley, Dollywood, and Pigeon Forge

→ Book on Airbnb | Book with AvantStay (Unlock Savings!)

Tips for Planning a Big Group Vacation in the Smoky Mountains

Planning a big trip with family, friends, or teammates sounds exciting—but getting everyone on the same page can feel like a challenge! Here are a few of our simple tips to make your upcoming gatherings easy.

Pick a House Built for Groups

Not all cabins are the same. Look for places with open living spaces, plenty of bedrooms, and big gathering areas (like the homes above!). It makes hanging out together way more fun and natural. The group-friendly homes featured in this blog are a great place to start your search!

Plan a Mix of Activities

Some people want to hike, and some just want to chill. Plan one or two group adventures—like visiting Dollywood or hiking Cades Cove—but also leave time for relaxing at the cabin, game nights, and lazy mornings with coffee. If you have limited ideas for your Smokies itinerary, get some more in this curated guide we made—Top 35 things to do in the Smoky Mountains year-round.

Split Up Meals and Chores

If you’re staying for a few days, make it easy: each family or group can take a night to cook dinner or plan breakfast. Big kitchens, BBQ areas, and lots of table space (like you’ll find in these homes) make it simple.

Pick a Central Location

Staying near Pigeon Forge or Gatlinburg means you’re close to parks, shops, restaurants, and activities. Everyone can pick what they want to do without spending hours driving around. Plus, you’ll never want to miss visiting the nearby national parks!

Book Early for Big Groups

Big homes go fast—even if it’s in spring, summer, and fall, and especially in winter. Booking a home as early as today means you get the best spots with the best views (and sometimes even better rates!). To add, your group can still plan and save ahead for this trip. 

✨ Choosing the right house for your group matters because when you have the right house, the right plan, and the right group, your Smoky Mountains trip will surely be a memory that lasts a lifetime. And these homes were picked to make it easy for you!

Other Reads You May Want to Check Out:

Plan Less. Stay More.

Celebrate success, achievement, or a milestone; host a company off-site retreat; or simply catch up with the people who matter most to you. Pick the right Smoky Mountains Airbnb now! No matter the size of your crew, AvantStay has the perfect homes to fit everyone under one roof.

Explore Smoky Mountains Stays →

Best Paso Robles Airbnbs for Wine Lovers & Wine Country Getaways

Did you know that Paso Robles is home to over 40,000 vineyard acres and more than 300 wineries, making it one of California’s largest and most diverse wine regions? From bold Cabernet Sauvignons to crisp Rhône varietals, the region produces some of the most celebrated wines on the West Coast, without the Napa price tag or crowds.

Golden hills dotted with vineyards, sun-drenched patios, and the gentle clinking of wine glasses catching the light. This is Paso Robles—California’s laid-back answer to wine country. Whether you’re here for a weekend escape of wine hopping and tastings or a full-blown vineyard vacation, there’s no better way to soak it all in than with a stay as dreamy as the destination itself.

In this roundup, we’ve uncorked the best Paso Robles Airbnbs for wine lovers and group getaways. From storybook farmhouses to chic hillside estates, each one brings its own flavor of cozy, scenic, and seriously unforgettable. Expect sweeping vineyard views, rustic-chic interiors, alfresco dining setups, and more space to unwind than a tasting room on a Tuesday.

Ready to find your perfect home base in wine country? Let’s pour into it. 🍇✨

Victorian Manor

Classic Wine Country Estate Made for Gathering

If you are throwing a private DIY wine tasting in Paso Robles, it would happen here at Victorian Manor. Your go-big-or-go-home kind of place, with space for everyone from Aunt Susan to your college roommate.

From the moment you arrive, it feels like you’ve stepped onto the set of a romantic countryside film. Wraparound porches, ivy-draped railings, and a full-on life-sized dollhouse out back. Whether you’re here for a wedding weekend, wine-fueled girls’ getaway, or an epic family reunion, this is your storybook backdrop.

🔑 Key Amenities:

  • 12 bedrooms | 8 bathrooms | Sleeps up to 28 guests
  • Includes a guest house and a whimsical life-sized dollhouse
  • Private pool, hot tub, own tennis court, and multiple al fresco spots
  • Antique yet Victorian aesthetic design
  • Just 10 minutes from downtown and 300 wineries nearby

👉 Book on Airbnb | Book on AvantStay Direct (Best Price!)

Adelaida Farmhouse 

Sophisticated Charm in the Vineyards

Let the vines lead you home to Adelaida Farmhouse, a serene and stylish four-bedroom retreat tucked between the rolling hills of Paso Robles. This elegant escape sets the stage for morning coffees on the deck, wine pours, and slow, scenic drives through wine country.

Soft tones and high-end finishes give the whole place a calm, curated vibe—ideal for long, slow mornings and golden hour moments. It’s peaceful, polished, and perfectly placed, whether you’re wine tasting by day or curling up with a book at night, this is the kind of stay that sticks with you.

🔑 Key Amenities:

  • 4 bedrooms | 3 bathrooms | Sleeps up to 10 guests
  • Located between Halter Ranch and DAOU in prime wine country
  • Chef’s kitchen, dining table, and island seating
  • Deck and cobblestone patio with vineyard views and outdoor lounge areas
  • Just 15 mins to downtown Paso and nearby wineries galore

👉 Book on Airbnb | Book on AvantStay Direct (Best Price!)

Devi Ranch

Your Vineyard Hideaway with a View

Ever dreamed of waking up in the heart of Paso Robles wine country? Then Devi Ranch is your grape-to-glass dream come true. Perched in the rolling hills and surrounded by sweeping vineyard views, this luxe ranch-style retreat pairs quiet seclusion with upscale style.

Step inside, and have your own private tasting room right in the living space. Every room is filled with soft tones, plush textures, and elegant design touches that make the whole place feel like a page out of a designer magazine. Long days turn into magical evenings, a bottle of local red within arm’s reach, and nothing but hills in the distance.

🔑 Key Amenities:

  • 3 bedrooms | 3 bathrooms | Sleeps up to 6 guests
  • Glass-enclosed wine room in the main living area
  • Private pool, firepit, outdoor games, and vineyard views
  • Sleek ranch-style design with luxe finishes throughout
  • Minutes to top wineries and downtown Paso Robles

👉 Book on Airbnb | Book on AvantStay Direct (Best Price!)

Terrace Hill 

Wine Country Hideout for Balcony Brunches

Sleek, stylish, and made for slow sips and long chats—Terrace Hill is your modern hilltop hideaway right in the heart of Paso Robles. Whether you’re in town for tasting rooms, trail walks, or just some well-earned downtime, this home was made for bougie BBQs by the deck.

Your mornings here start with vineyard views, and you’ve got your tools for a fun weekend cookout and all your culinary adventures (or takeout nights—we don’t judge). Perfect for groups, a birthday bash, a couple’s trip, or just escaping the noise of everyday life, this home gives you that easy wine country magic.

🔑 Key Amenities:

  • 4 bedrooms | 3 bathrooms | Sleeps up to 10 guests
  • Multiple decks, fire pit, al fresco dining, foosball table
  • Spa-like extras with a massage chair and soaking tub
  • Modern farmhouse interiors and layout
  • Near downtown: Paso’s top wineries, restaurants, and trails

👉 Book on Airbnb | Book on AvantStay Direct (Best Price!)

Rancho de Robles 

Wine and Pool Days in the Hilltop Hideaway

Running away to wine country and not telling anyone where you went? Rancho de Robles is the place to go! Set on a private vineyard in Paso’s rolling hills, this home is a luxe villa and also a secret garden. Quiet mornings with hillside views and just all about easy living is the dream. 

Inside, it’s sleek and stylish without trying too hard. You’ve got a showstopper wine display wall that basically screams sip me. The open-concept kitchen is made for gathering—whether you’re sautéing with friends or laying out a charcuterie spread to pair with your latest bottle. It’s all about space, views, and pure relaxation from splashy weekend hangs to chill twilight toasts. 

🔑 Key Amenities:

  • 6 bedrooms | 5.5 bathrooms | Sleeps up to 14 guests
  • Located on a vineyard with hiking trails and a private guest house
  • Pool, hot tub, outdoor kitchen, covered patio & multiple lounges
  • Elegant interiors with vaulted ceilings, a wet bar, and a wine showcase
  • 5 minutes away from Thacher Winery & Tablas Creek

👉 Book on Airbnb | Book on AvantStay Direct (Best Price!)

Cooperage 

In the Vineyards but Farmhouse Vibes

Need a place where your crew can wine taste by day and kick a soccer ball by sunset? Then head over to Cooperage. Set on a picturesque vineyard lot with sprawling views, this modern-ranch retreat is its own little wine country kingdom.

The breeze here comes with vineyard views, and coffee tastes just a little better. Laid-back luxury is at its best, too, with its vaulted ceilings and sleek kitchen that says, “let’s cook something fancy.” There’s room to gather, but also a space to spread out if you want to reconnect, relax, or just play hard.

🔑 Key Amenities:

  • 5 bedrooms | 5 bathrooms | Sleeps up to 12 guests
  • Private soccer field with vineyard-front views
  • Firepit, BBQ grill, al fresco dining, and picnic tables by the backyard
  • Dedicated office with 6 workstations for WFH warriors
  • Near downtown Paso and top wineries

👉 Book on Airbnb | Book on AvantStay Direct (Best Price!)

Olive Ranch

Tuscan-Inspired Home in the Wine Country Hills

Olive Ranch feels like your own little slice of Italy with sweeping views of the Salinas River Valley and San Marcos vineyards. This peaceful perch invites you to slow down, savor, and let the wine and the good times flow.

Spend your afternoons lounging under the olive trees while sipping local Syrah. On the deck, you can watch the sun set over the vines, catch some fresh air, and stargaze from your hillside vantage point. And while you’re just a short drive from tasting rooms, restaurants, and spa days, you might just find that this home has become your favorite stop on the trail.

🔑 Key Amenities:

  • 3 bedrooms | 2 bathrooms | Sleeps up to 6 guests
  • 4.5-acre property with 70+ olive trees and scenic vineyard views
  • Cozy fireplace, fire pit, and game room with foosball table and board games
  • Rustic-chic interiors with an airy and natural vibe
  • Just 5 minutes to Vines on the Marycrest

👉 Book on Airbnb | Book on AvantStay Direct (Best Price!)

Hidden Oaks Farmhouse

Cozy Wine Farmhouse with All the Space You Crave

Tucked between the vines and the oaks, Hidden Oaks Farmhouse is your golden-hour headquarters. Serene and stylish, this wine country escape is made for slow mornings and afternoons spent tossing cornhole bags, and group dinners that last long into the night.

Game night? Movie night? You’ve got space for all the entertainment you are craving. With all the space and options available at this home, you’ll never feel bored. Whether you’re here for quick sips and wine tastings or just simply to breathe in the wine country air, this place has you covered.

🔑 Key Amenities:

  • 4 bedrooms | 2 bathrooms | Sleeps up to 12 guests
  • Dual workstations and an entertainment room with a pool table
  • Chef’s kitchen, small bar, and a breakfast nook
  • Hot tub, fire pit, cornhole game, al fresco dining with balcony views
  • Just 15 minutes to Paso Robles, 10 minutes to Templeton & top wineries

👉 Book on Airbnb | Book on AvantStay Direct (Best Price!)

🍷 Paso Robles – California’s Best-Kept Wine Country Secret

If you’ve ever dreamed of visiting wine country, Paso Robles should be at the top of your list. Even if you are not a wine enthusiast, there are still a lot of things for you to do in Paso Robles. 

This small but beautiful town in California is full of sunshine, hills covered in grapevines, and some seriously amazing places to stay, sip, and relax. Here’s what makes it so special:

1. One of the Top Wine Spots in the U.S.

Paso Robles is home to more than 200 wineries (that’s a lot of wine!) and over 40,000 acres of vineyards. That means there are endless places to explore, taste, and enjoy. Whether you’re a total wine pro or just someone who likes sipping a glass with friends, there’s something for everyone.

2. So Many Different Kinds of Wine

Paso is known for wines like Cabernet Sauvignon (a bold red) and Zinfandel, but there are over 60 kinds of grapes grown here. You’ll also find Syrah, Grenache, and other Rhône-style wines that taste amazing thanks to the sunny days and cool nights.

3. Lots of Famous Wineries You Can Visit

Some of the most popular wineries in California are right here, and they’re open to the public. You can take tours, do tastings, or just relax with a view. A few favorites include:

  • Adelaida Vineyards & Winery – Known for its diverse terroirs and estate-grown wines.
  • DAOU Vineyards – Offers premium wines with panoramic views.
  • Tablas Creek – Pioneers in organic and biodynamic Rhône varietals.
  • Justin Vineyards – Famous for its Bordeaux-style blends.
  • Eberle Winery – A historic winery with a legacy in Zinfandel production.
  • Turley Wine Cellars – Specializes in old vine Zinfandel and Petite Sirah.

4. Other Activities than Wine

Even if wine’s not your thing, Paso has hot springs, olive oil tastings, horseback rides, hot air balloons, and even ziplining nearby. Downtown Paso is also super charming, with cute shops, tasty restaurants, and lots of places to grab ice cream or a good burger.

5. Relaxing and a Beautiful Place to Get Away

With all the wide-open spaces, rolling hills, and peaceful sunsets, it’s the perfect spot to unplug, unwind, and enjoy the moment. Whether you’re with your family, your partner, or a group of friends, Paso Robles has a way of making everyone feel right at home.

Uncork Your Wine with AvantStay

Sip, stay, and savor the good life in Paso Robles. From vineyard views to cozy firepit nights, our curated homes give you the perfect wine country escape. 

Ready to wine down in style? For a girls’ weekend, a couple’s retreat, or a full-blown family reunion, you are right in the heart of California’s most charming wine country. Your wine country escape starts here. Book your Paso Robles home today!